diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs')
24 files changed, 0 insertions, 19877 deletions
diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/qt_dialogs.pri b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/qt_dialogs.pri deleted file mode 100644 index 6d9191dc1..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/qt_dialogs.pri +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -# Qt dialogs module - -dialogs { - DIALOGS_P = dialogs - - HEADERS += $$DIALOGS_H/tqcolordialog.h \ - $$DIALOGS_H/tqdialog.h \ - $$DIALOGS_H/tqerrormessage.h \ - $$DIALOGS_H/tqfiledialog.h \ - $$DIALOGS_H/tqfontdialog.h \ - $$DIALOGS_H/tqmessagebox.h \ - $$DIALOGS_H/tqprogressdialog.h \ - $$DIALOGS_H/tqsemimodal.h \ - $$DIALOGS_H/tqtabdialog.h \ - $$DIALOGS_H/tqwizard.h \ - $$DIALOGS_H/tqinputdialog.h - - !embedded:mac:SOURCES += $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqfiledialog_mac.cpp $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqcolordialog_mac.cpp - win32:SOURCES += $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqfiledialog_win.cpp - unix:SOURCES += $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqprintdialog.cpp - unix:HEADERS += $$DIALOGS_H/tqprintdialog.h - - SOURCES += $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqcolordialog.cpp \ - $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqdialog.cpp \ - $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqerrormessage.cpp \ - $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqfiledialog.cpp \ - $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqfontdialog.cpp \ - $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqmessagebox.cpp \ - $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqprogressdialog.cpp \ - $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqtabdialog.cpp \ - $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqwizard.cpp \ - $$DIALOGS_CPP/tqinputdialog.cpp -} diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqcolordialog.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqcolordialog.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index d99c63f4b..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqcolordialog.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1665 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of TQColorDialog class -** -** Created : 990222 -** -** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqcolordialog.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_COLORDIALOG - -#include "tqpainter.h" -#include "tqlayout.h" -#include "tqlabel.h" -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqlineedit.h" -#include "tqimage.h" -#include "tqpixmap.h" -#include "tqdrawutil.h" -#include "tqvalidator.h" -#include "tqdragobject.h" -#include "tqgridview.h" -#include "tqapplication.h" -#include "tqstyle.h" -#include "tqsettings.h" -#include "tqpopupmenu.h" - -#ifdef TQ_WS_MAC -TQRgb macGetRgba( TQRgb initial, bool *ok, TQWidget *parent, const char* name ); -TQColor macGetColor( const TQColor& initial, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ); -#endif - -//////////// TQWellArray BEGIN - -struct TQWellArrayData; - -class TQWellArray : public TQGridView -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - Q_PROPERTY( int selectedColumn READ selectedColumn ) - Q_PROPERTY( int selectedRow READ selectedRow ) - -public: - TQWellArray( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool popup = FALSE ); - - ~TQWellArray() {} - TQString cellContent( int row, int col ) const; - // ### Paul !!! virtual void setCellContent( int row, int col, const TQString &); - - int selectedColumn() const { return selCol; } - int selectedRow() const { return selRow; } - - virtual void setCurrent( int row, int col ); - virtual void setSelected( int row, int col ); - - TQSize tqsizeHint() const; - - virtual void setCellBrush( int row, int col, const TQBrush & ); - TQBrush cellBrush( int row, int col ); - -Q_SIGNALS: - void selected( int row, int col ); - -protected: - void dimensionChange( int oldRows, int oldCols ); - - virtual void paintCell( TQPainter *, int row, int col ); - virtual void paintCellContents( TQPainter *, int row, int col, const TQRect& ); - - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent* ); - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent* ); - void mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent* ); - void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent* ); - void focusInEvent( TQFocusEvent* ); - void focusOutEvent( TQFocusEvent* ); - -private: - int curRow; - int curCol; - int selRow; - int selCol; - bool smallStyle; - TQWellArrayData *d; - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQWellArray( const TQWellArray & ); - TQWellArray& operator=( const TQWellArray & ); -#endif -}; - - - -// non-interface ... - - - -struct TQWellArrayData { - TQBrush *brush; -}; - -/*! - \internal - \class TQWellArray qwellarray_p.h - \brief The TQWellArray class provides a well array. - - - \ingroup advanced -*/ - -TQWellArray::TQWellArray( TQWidget *parent, const char * name, bool popup ) - : TQGridView( parent, name, - (popup ? (WFlags)(WStyle_Customize|TQt::WStyle_Tool|TQt::WStyle_NoBorder) : (WFlags)0 ) ) -{ - d = 0; - setFocusPolicy( Qt::StrongFocus ); - setVScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff); - setHScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff); - viewport()->setBackgroundMode( TQt::PaletteBackground ); - setNumCols( 7 ); - setNumRows( 7 ); - setCellWidth( 24 ); - setCellHeight( 21 ); - smallStyle = popup; - - if ( popup ) { - setCellWidth( 18 ); - setCellHeight( 18 ); - setFrameStyle(TQFrame::StyledPanel | TQFrame::Raised); - setMargin( 1 ); - setLineWidth( 2 ); - } else { - setFrameStyle( TQFrame::NoFrame ); - } - curCol = 0; - curRow = 0; - selCol = -1; - selRow = -1; - - if ( smallStyle ) - setMouseTracking( TRUE ); -} - - -TQSize TQWellArray::tqsizeHint() const -{ - constPolish(); - TQSize s = gridSize().boundedTo( TQSize(640, 480 ) ); - return TQSize( s.width() + 2*frameWidth(), s.height() + 2*frameWidth() ); -} - - -void TQWellArray::paintCell( TQPainter* p, int row, int col ) -{ - int w = cellWidth(); // width of cell in pixels - int h = cellHeight(); // height of cell in pixels - int b = 1; - - if ( !smallStyle ) - b = 3; - - const TQColorGroup & g = tqcolorGroup(); - p->setPen( TQPen( Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine ) ); - if ( !smallStyle && row ==selRow && col == selCol && - tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_GUIStyle) != TQt::MotifStyle) { - int n = 2; - p->drawRect( n, n, w-2*n, h-2*n ); - } - - tqstyle().tqdrawPrimitive(TQStyle::PE_Panel, p, TQRect(b, b, w-2*b, h-2*b), g, - TQStyle::Style_Enabled | TQStyle::Style_Sunken); - - int t = 0; - if (tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == TQt::MotifStyle) - t = ( row == selRow && col == selCol ) ? 2 : 0; - b += 2 + t; - - if ( (row == curRow) && (col == curCol) ) { - if ( smallStyle ) { - p->setPen ( Qt::white ); - p->drawRect( 1, 1, w-2, h-2 ); - p->setPen ( Qt::black ); - p->drawRect( 0, 0, w, h ); - p->drawRect( 2, 2, w-4, h-4 ); - b = 3; - } else if ( hasFocus() ) { - tqstyle().tqdrawPrimitive(TQStyle::PE_FocusRect, p, TQRect(0, 0, w, h), g); - } - } - paintCellContents( p, row, col, TQRect(b, b, w - 2*b, h - 2*b) ); -} - -/*! - Reimplement this function to change the contents of the well array. - */ -void TQWellArray::paintCellContents( TQPainter *p, int row, int col, const TQRect &r ) -{ - - if ( d ) { - p->fillRect( r, d->brush[row*numCols()+col] ); - } else { - p->fillRect( r, Qt::white ); - p->setPen( Qt::black ); - p->drawLine( r.topLeft(), r.bottomRight() ); - p->drawLine( r.topRight(), r.bottomLeft() ); - } -} - - -/*\reimp -*/ -void TQWellArray::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent* e ) -{ - // The current cell marker is set to the cell the mouse is pressed - // in. - TQPoint pos = e->pos(); - setCurrent( rowAt( pos.y() ), columnAt( pos.x() ) ); -} - -/*\reimp -*/ -void TQWellArray::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent* ) -{ - // The current cell marker is set to the cell the mouse is clicked - // in. - setSelected( curRow, curCol ); -} - - -/*\reimp -*/ -void TQWellArray::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent* e ) -{ - // The current cell marker is set to the cell the mouse is - // clicked in. - if ( smallStyle ) { - TQPoint pos = e->pos(); - setCurrent( rowAt( pos.y() ), columnAt( pos.x() ) ); - } -} - -/* - Sets the cell currently having the focus. This is not necessarily - the same as the currently selected cell. -*/ - -void TQWellArray::setCurrent( int row, int col ) -{ - - if ( (curRow == row) && (curCol == col) ) - return; - - if ( row < 0 || col < 0 ) - row = col = -1; - - int oldRow = curRow; - int oldCol = curCol; - - curRow = row; - curCol = col; - - updateCell( oldRow, oldCol ); - updateCell( curRow, curCol ); -} - - -/*! - Sets the currently selected cell to \a row, \a col. If \a row or \a - col are less than zero, the current cell is unselected. - - Does not set the position of the focus indicator. -*/ - -void TQWellArray::setSelected( int row, int col ) -{ - if ( (selRow == row) && (selCol == col) ) - return; - - int oldRow = selRow; - int oldCol = selCol; - - if ( row < 0 || col < 0 ) - row = col = -1; - - selCol = col; - selRow = row; - - updateCell( oldRow, oldCol ); - updateCell( selRow, selCol ); - if ( row >= 0 ) - emit selected( row, col ); - - if ( isVisible() && ::tqqt_cast<TQPopupMenu*>(parentWidget()) ) - parentWidget()->close(); -} - - - -/*!\reimp -*/ -void TQWellArray::focusInEvent( TQFocusEvent* ) -{ - updateCell( curRow, curCol ); -} - - -/*! - Sets the size of the well array to be \a rows cells by \a cols. - Resets any brush information set by setCellBrush(). - */ -void TQWellArray::dimensionChange( int, int ) -{ - if ( d ) { - if ( d->brush ) - delete[] d->brush; - delete d; - d = 0; - } -} - -void TQWellArray::setCellBrush( int row, int col, const TQBrush &b ) -{ - if ( !d ) { - d = new TQWellArrayData; - int i = numRows()*numCols(); - d->brush = new TQBrush[i]; - } - if ( row >= 0 && row < numRows() && col >= 0 && col < numCols() ) - d->brush[row*numCols()+col] = b; -#ifdef TQT_CHECK_RANGE - else - qWarning( "TQWellArray::setCellBrush( %d, %d ) out of range", row, col ); -#endif -} - - - -/*! - Returns the brush set for the cell at \a row, \a col. If no brush is set, - \c NoBrush is returned. -*/ - -TQBrush TQWellArray::cellBrush( int row, int col ) -{ - if ( d && row >= 0 && row < numRows() && col >= 0 && col < numCols() ) - return d->brush[row*numCols()+col]; - return TQBrush(TQt::NoBrush); -} - - - -/*!\reimp -*/ - -void TQWellArray::focusOutEvent( TQFocusEvent* ) -{ - updateCell( curRow, curCol ); -} - -/*\reimp -*/ -void TQWellArray::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent* e ) -{ - switch( e->key() ) { // Look at the key code - case Qt::Key_Left: // If 'left arrow'-key, - if( curCol > 0 ) // and cr't not in leftmost col - setCurrent( curRow, curCol - 1); // set cr't to next left column - break; - case Qt::Key_Right: // Correspondingly... - if( curCol < numCols()-1 ) - setCurrent( curRow, curCol + 1); - break; - case Qt::Key_Up: - if( curRow > 0 ) - setCurrent( curRow - 1, curCol); - else if ( smallStyle ) - focusNextPrevChild( FALSE ); - break; - case Qt::Key_Down: - if( curRow < numRows()-1 ) - setCurrent( curRow + 1, curCol); - else if ( smallStyle ) - focusNextPrevChild( TRUE ); - break; - case Qt::Key_Space: - case Qt::Key_Return: - case Qt::Key_Enter: - setSelected( curRow, curCol ); - break; - default: // If not an interesting key, - e->ignore(); // we don't accept the event - return; - } - -} - -//////////// TQWellArray END - -static bool initrgb = FALSE; -static TQRgb stdrgb[6*8]; -static TQRgb cusrgb[2*8]; -static bool customSet = FALSE; - - -static void initRGB() -{ - if ( initrgb ) - return; - initrgb = TRUE; - int i = 0; - for ( int g = 0; g < 4; g++ ) - for ( int r = 0; r < 4; r++ ) - for ( int b = 0; b < 3; b++ ) - stdrgb[i++] = tqRgb( r*255/3, g*255/3, b*255/2 ); - - for ( i = 0; i < 2*8; i++ ) - cusrgb[i] = tqRgb(0xff,0xff,0xff); -} - -/*! - Returns the number of custom colors supported by TQColorDialog. All - color dialogs share the same custom colors. -*/ -int TQColorDialog::customCount() -{ - return 2*8; -} - -/*! - Returns custom color number \a i as a TQRgb. -*/ -TQRgb TQColorDialog::customColor( int i ) -{ - initRGB(); - if ( i < 0 || i >= customCount() ) { -#ifdef TQT_CHECK_RANGE - qWarning( "TQColorDialog::customColor() index %d out of range", i ); -#endif - i = 0; - } - return cusrgb[i]; -} - -/*! - Sets custom color number \a i to the TQRgb value \a c. -*/ -void TQColorDialog::setCustomColor( int i, TQRgb c ) -{ - initRGB(); - if ( i < 0 || i >= customCount() ) { -#ifdef TQT_CHECK_RANGE - qWarning( "TQColorDialog::setCustomColor() index %d out of range", i ); -#endif - return; - } - customSet = TRUE; - cusrgb[i] = c; -} - -/*! - Sets standard color number \a i to the TQRgb value \a c. -*/ - -void TQColorDialog::setStandardColor( int i, TQRgb c ) -{ - initRGB(); - if ( i < 0 || i >= 6*8 ) { -#ifdef TQT_CHECK_RANGE - qWarning( "TQColorDialog::setStandardColor() index %d out of range", i ); -#endif - return; - } - stdrgb[i] = c; -} - -static inline void rgb2hsv( TQRgb rgb, int&h, int&s, int&v ) -{ - TQColor c; - c.setRgb( rgb ); - c.tqgetHsv(h,s,v); -} - -class TQColorWell : public TQWellArray -{ -public: - TQColorWell( TQWidget *parent, int r, int c, TQRgb *vals ) - :TQWellArray( parent, "" ), values( vals ), mousePressed( FALSE ), oldCurrent( -1, -1 ) - { setNumRows(r), setNumCols(c); tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Minimum, TQSizePolicy::Minimum) ); } - -protected: - void paintCellContents( TQPainter *, int row, int col, const TQRect& ); - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); - void mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - void dragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e ); - void dragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent *e ); - void dragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e ); - void dropEvent( TQDropEvent *e ); -#endif - -private: - TQRgb *values; - bool mousePressed; - TQPoint pressPos; - TQPoint oldCurrent; - -}; - -void TQColorWell::paintCellContents( TQPainter *p, int row, int col, const TQRect &r ) -{ - int i = row + col*numRows(); - p->fillRect( r, TQColor( values[i] ) ); -} - -void TQColorWell::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - oldCurrent = TQPoint( selectedRow(), selectedColumn() ); - TQWellArray::mousePressEvent( e ); - mousePressed = TRUE; - pressPos = e->pos(); -} - -void TQColorWell::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - TQWellArray::mouseMoveEvent( e ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - if ( !mousePressed ) - return; - if ( ( pressPos - e->pos() ).manhattanLength() > TQApplication::startDragDistance() ) { - setCurrent( oldCurrent.x(), oldCurrent.y() ); - int i = rowAt(pressPos.y()) + columnAt(pressPos.x()) * numRows(); - TQColor col( values[ i ] ); - TQColorDrag *drg = new TQColorDrag( col, this ); - TQPixmap pix( cellWidth(), cellHeight() ); - pix.fill( col ); - TQPainter p( &pix ); - p.drawRect( 0, 0, pix.width(), pix.height() ); - p.end(); - drg->setPixmap( pix ); - mousePressed = FALSE; - drg->dragCopy(); - } -#endif -} - -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP -void TQColorWell::dragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e ) -{ - setFocus(); - if ( TQColorDrag::canDecode( e ) ) - e->accept(); - else - e->ignore(); -} - -void TQColorWell::dragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent * ) -{ - if ( hasFocus() ) - parentWidget()->setFocus(); -} - -void TQColorWell::dragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e ) -{ - if ( TQColorDrag::canDecode( e ) ) { - setCurrent( rowAt( e->pos().y() ), columnAt( e->pos().x() ) ); - e->accept(); - } else - e->ignore(); -} - -void TQColorWell::dropEvent( TQDropEvent *e ) -{ - if ( TQColorDrag::canDecode( e ) ) { - int i = rowAt( e->pos().y() ) + columnAt( e->pos().x() ) * numRows(); - TQColor col; - TQColorDrag::decode( e, col ); - values[ i ] = col.rgb(); - repaintContents( FALSE ); - e->accept(); - } else { - e->ignore(); - } -} - -#endif // TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - -void TQColorWell::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - if ( !mousePressed ) - return; - TQWellArray::mouseReleaseEvent( e ); - mousePressed = FALSE; -} - -class TQColorPicker : public TQFrame -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQColorPicker(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); - ~TQColorPicker(); - -public Q_SLOTS: - void setCol( int h, int s ); - -Q_SIGNALS: - void newCol( int h, int s ); - -protected: - TQSize tqsizeHint() const; - void drawContents(TQPainter* p); - void mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - -private: - int hue; - int sat; - - TQPoint colPt(); - int huePt( const TQPoint &pt ); - int satPt( const TQPoint &pt ); - void setCol( const TQPoint &pt ); - - TQPixmap *pix; -}; - -static int pWidth = 200; -static int pHeight = 200; - -class TQColorLuminancePicker : public TQWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQColorLuminancePicker(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); - ~TQColorLuminancePicker(); - -public Q_SLOTS: - void setCol( int h, int s, int v ); - void setCol( int h, int s ); - -Q_SIGNALS: - void newHsv( int h, int s, int v ); - -protected: - void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent*); - void mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - -private: - enum { foff = 3, coff = 4 }; //frame and contents offset - int val; - int hue; - int sat; - - int y2val( int y ); - int val2y( int val ); - void setVal( int v ); - - TQPixmap *pix; -}; - - -int TQColorLuminancePicker::y2val( int y ) -{ - int d = height() - 2*coff - 1; - return 255 - (y - coff)*255/d; -} - -int TQColorLuminancePicker::val2y( int v ) -{ - int d = height() - 2*coff - 1; - return coff + (255-v)*d/255; -} - -TQColorLuminancePicker::TQColorLuminancePicker(TQWidget* parent, - const char* name) - :TQWidget( parent, name ) -{ - hue = 100; val = 100; sat = 100; - pix = 0; - // setBackgroundMode( NoBackground ); -} - -TQColorLuminancePicker::~TQColorLuminancePicker() -{ - delete pix; -} - -void TQColorLuminancePicker::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *m ) -{ - setVal( y2val(m->y()) ); -} -void TQColorLuminancePicker::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *m ) -{ - setVal( y2val(m->y()) ); -} - -void TQColorLuminancePicker::setVal( int v ) -{ - if ( val == v ) - return; - val = TQMAX( 0, TQMIN(v,255)); - delete pix; pix=0; - tqrepaint( FALSE ); //### - emit newHsv( hue, sat, val ); -} - -//receives from a hue,sat chooser and relays. -void TQColorLuminancePicker::setCol( int h, int s ) -{ - setCol( h, s, val ); - emit newHsv( h, s, val ); -} - -void TQColorLuminancePicker::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ) -{ - int w = width() - 5; - - TQRect r( 0, foff, w, height() - 2*foff ); - int wi = r.width() - 2; - int hi = r.height() - 2; - if ( !pix || pix->height() != hi || pix->width() != wi ) { - delete pix; - TQImage img( wi, hi, 32 ); - int y; - for ( y = 0; y < hi; y++ ) { - TQColor c( hue, sat, y2val(y+coff), TQColor::Hsv ); - TQRgb r = c.rgb(); - int x; - for ( x = 0; x < wi; x++ ) - img.setPixel( x, y, r ); - } - pix = new TQPixmap; - pix->convertFromImage(img); - } - TQPainter p(this); - p.drawPixmap( 1, coff, *pix ); - const TQColorGroup &g = tqcolorGroup(); - qDrawShadePanel( &p, r, g, TRUE ); - p.setPen( g.foreground() ); - p.setBrush( g.foreground() ); - TQPointArray a; - int y = val2y(val); - a.setPoints( 3, w, y, w+5, y+5, w+5, y-5 ); - erase( w, 0, 5, height() ); - p.drawPolygon( a ); -} - -void TQColorLuminancePicker::setCol( int h, int s , int v ) -{ - val = v; - hue = h; - sat = s; - delete pix; pix=0; - tqrepaint( FALSE );//#### -} - -TQPoint TQColorPicker::colPt() -{ return TQPoint( (360-hue)*(pWidth-1)/360, (255-sat)*(pHeight-1)/255 ); } -int TQColorPicker::huePt( const TQPoint &pt ) -{ return 360 - pt.x()*360/(pWidth-1); } -int TQColorPicker::satPt( const TQPoint &pt ) -{ return 255 - pt.y()*255/(pHeight-1) ; } -void TQColorPicker::setCol( const TQPoint &pt ) -{ setCol( huePt(pt), satPt(pt) ); } - -TQColorPicker::TQColorPicker(TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) - : TQFrame( parent, name ) -{ - hue = 0; sat = 0; - setCol( 150, 255 ); - - TQImage img( pWidth, pHeight, 32 ); - int x,y; - for ( y = 0; y < pHeight; y++ ) - for ( x = 0; x < pWidth; x++ ) { - TQPoint p( x, y ); - img.setPixel( x, y, TQColor(huePt(p), satPt(p), - 200, TQColor::Hsv).rgb() ); - } - pix = new TQPixmap; - pix->convertFromImage(img); - setBackgroundMode( TQt::NoBackground ); - tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Fixed, TQSizePolicy::Fixed ) ); -} - -TQColorPicker::~TQColorPicker() -{ - delete pix; -} - -TQSize TQColorPicker::tqsizeHint() const -{ - return TQSize( pWidth + 2*frameWidth(), pHeight + 2*frameWidth() ); -} - -void TQColorPicker::setCol( int h, int s ) -{ - int nhue = TQMIN( TQMAX(0,h), 360 ); - int nsat = TQMIN( TQMAX(0,s), 255); - if ( nhue == hue && nsat == sat ) - return; - TQRect r( colPt(), TQSize(20,20) ); - hue = nhue; sat = nsat; - r = r.unite( TQRect( colPt(), TQSize(20,20) ) ); - r.moveBy( contentsRect().x()-9, contentsRect().y()-9 ); - // update( r ); - tqrepaint( r, FALSE ); -} - -void TQColorPicker::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *m ) -{ - TQPoint p = m->pos() - contentsRect().topLeft(); - setCol( p ); - emit newCol( hue, sat ); -} - -void TQColorPicker::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *m ) -{ - TQPoint p = m->pos() - contentsRect().topLeft(); - setCol( p ); - emit newCol( hue, sat ); -} - -void TQColorPicker::drawContents(TQPainter* p) -{ - TQRect r = contentsRect(); - - p->drawPixmap( r.topLeft(), *pix ); - TQPoint pt = colPt() + r.topLeft(); - p->setPen( TQPen(Qt::black) ); - - p->fillRect( pt.x()-9, pt.y(), 20, 2, Qt::black ); - p->fillRect( pt.x(), pt.y()-9, 2, 20, Qt::black ); - -} - -class TQColorShowLabel; - - - -class TQColIntValidator: public TQIntValidator -{ -public: - TQColIntValidator( int bottom, int top, - TQWidget * parent, const char *name = 0 ) - :TQIntValidator( bottom, top, TQT_TQOBJECT(parent), name ) {} - - TQValidator::State validate( TQString &, int & ) const; -}; - -TQValidator::State TQColIntValidator::validate( TQString &s, int &pos ) const -{ - State state = TQIntValidator::validate(s,pos); - if ( state == Valid ) { - long int val = s.toLong(); - // This is not a general solution, assumes that top() > 0 and - // bottom >= 0 - if ( val < 0 ) { - s = "0"; - pos = 1; - } else if ( val > top() ) { - s.setNum( top() ); - pos = s.length(); - } - } - return state; -} - - - -class TQColNumLineEdit : public TQLineEdit -{ -public: - TQColNumLineEdit( TQWidget *parent, const char* name=0 ) - : TQLineEdit( parent, name ) { setMaxLength( 3 );} - TQSize tqsizeHint() const { - return TQSize( fontMetrics().width( "999" ) + 2 * ( margin() + frameWidth() ), - TQLineEdit::tqsizeHint().height() ); } - void setNum( int i ) { - TQString s; - s.setNum(i); - bool block = tqsignalsBlocked(); - blockSignals(TRUE); - setText( s ); - blockSignals(block); - } - int val() const { return text().toInt(); } -}; - - -class TQColorShower : public TQWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQColorShower( TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0 ); - - //things that don't emit Q_SIGNALS - void setHsv( int h, int s, int v ); - - int currentAlpha() const { return alphaEd->val(); } - void setCurrentAlpha( int a ) { alphaEd->setNum( a ); } - void showAlpha( bool b ); - - - TQRgb currentColor() const { return curCol; } - -public Q_SLOTS: - void setRgb( TQRgb rgb ); - -Q_SIGNALS: - void newCol( TQRgb rgb ); -private Q_SLOTS: - void rgbEd(); - void hsvEd(); -private: - void showCurrentColor(); - int hue, sat, val; - TQRgb curCol; - TQColNumLineEdit *hEd; - TQColNumLineEdit *sEd; - TQColNumLineEdit *vEd; - TQColNumLineEdit *rEd; - TQColNumLineEdit *gEd; - TQColNumLineEdit *bEd; - TQColNumLineEdit *alphaEd; - TQLabel *alphaLab; - TQColorShowLabel *lab; - bool rgbOriginal; -}; - -class TQColorShowLabel : public TQFrame -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - -public: - TQColorShowLabel( TQWidget *parent ) : TQFrame( parent, "qt_colorshow_lbl" ) { - setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Panel|TQFrame::Sunken ); - setBackgroundMode( TQt::PaletteBackground ); - setAcceptDrops( TRUE ); - mousePressed = FALSE; - } - void setColor( TQColor c ) { col = c; } - -Q_SIGNALS: - void colorDropped( TQRgb ); - -protected: - void drawContents( TQPainter *p ); - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); - void mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - void dragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e ); - void dragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent *e ); - void dropEvent( TQDropEvent *e ); -#endif - -private: - TQColor col; - bool mousePressed; - TQPoint pressPos; - -}; - -void TQColorShowLabel::drawContents( TQPainter *p ) -{ - p->fillRect( contentsRect(), col ); -} - -void TQColorShower::showAlpha( bool b ) -{ - if ( b ) { - alphaLab->show(); - alphaEd->show(); - } else { - alphaLab->hide(); - alphaEd->hide(); - } -} - -void TQColorShowLabel::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - mousePressed = TRUE; - pressPos = e->pos(); -} - -void TQColorShowLabel::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - if ( !mousePressed ) - return; - if ( ( pressPos - e->pos() ).manhattanLength() > TQApplication::startDragDistance() ) { - TQColorDrag *drg = new TQColorDrag( col, this ); - TQPixmap pix( 30, 20 ); - pix.fill( col ); - TQPainter p( &pix ); - p.drawRect( 0, 0, pix.width(), pix.height() ); - p.end(); - drg->setPixmap( pix ); - mousePressed = FALSE; - drg->dragCopy(); - } -#endif -} - -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP -void TQColorShowLabel::dragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e ) -{ - if ( TQColorDrag::canDecode( e ) ) - e->accept(); - else - e->ignore(); -} - -void TQColorShowLabel::dragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent * ) -{ -} - -void TQColorShowLabel::dropEvent( TQDropEvent *e ) -{ - if ( TQColorDrag::canDecode( e ) ) { - TQColorDrag::decode( e, col ); - tqrepaint( FALSE ); - emit colorDropped( col.rgb() ); - e->accept(); - } else { - e->ignore(); - } -} -#endif // TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - -void TQColorShowLabel::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ) -{ - if ( !mousePressed ) - return; - mousePressed = FALSE; -} - -TQColorShower::TQColorShower( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) - :TQWidget( parent, name) -{ - curCol = tqRgb( -1, -1, -1 ); - TQColIntValidator *val256 = new TQColIntValidator( 0, 255, this ); - TQColIntValidator *val360 = new TQColIntValidator( 0, 360, this ); - - TQGridLayout *gl = new TQGridLayout( this, 1, 1, 6 ); - lab = new TQColorShowLabel( this ); - lab->setMinimumWidth( 60 ); //### - gl->addMultiCellWidget(lab, 0,-1,0,0); - connect( lab, TQT_SIGNAL( colorDropped(TQRgb) ), - this, TQT_SIGNAL( newCol(TQRgb) ) ); - connect( lab, TQT_SIGNAL( colorDropped(TQRgb) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( setRgb(TQRgb) ) ); - - hEd = new TQColNumLineEdit( this, "qt_hue_edit" ); - hEd->setValidator( val360 ); - TQLabel *l = new TQLabel( hEd, TQColorDialog::tr("Hu&e:"), this, "qt_hue_lbl" ); - l->tqsetAlignment( Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignVCenter ); - gl->addWidget( l, 0, 1 ); - gl->addWidget( hEd, 0, 2 ); - - sEd = new TQColNumLineEdit( this, "qt_sat_edit" ); - sEd->setValidator( val256 ); - l = new TQLabel( sEd, TQColorDialog::tr("&Sat:"), this, "qt_sat_lbl" ); - l->tqsetAlignment( Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignVCenter ); - gl->addWidget( l, 1, 1 ); - gl->addWidget( sEd, 1, 2 ); - - vEd = new TQColNumLineEdit( this, "qt_val_edit" ); - vEd->setValidator( val256 ); - l = new TQLabel( vEd, TQColorDialog::tr("&Val:"), this, "qt_val_lbl" ); - l->tqsetAlignment( Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignVCenter ); - gl->addWidget( l, 2, 1 ); - gl->addWidget( vEd, 2, 2 ); - - rEd = new TQColNumLineEdit( this, "qt_red_edit" ); - rEd->setValidator( val256 ); - l = new TQLabel( rEd, TQColorDialog::tr("&Red:"), this, "qt_red_lbl" ); - l->tqsetAlignment( Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignVCenter ); - gl->addWidget( l, 0, 3 ); - gl->addWidget( rEd, 0, 4 ); - - gEd = new TQColNumLineEdit( this, "qt_grn_edit" ); - gEd->setValidator( val256 ); - l = new TQLabel( gEd, TQColorDialog::tr("&Green:"), this, "qt_grn_lbl" ); - l->tqsetAlignment( Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignVCenter ); - gl->addWidget( l, 1, 3 ); - gl->addWidget( gEd, 1, 4 ); - - bEd = new TQColNumLineEdit( this, "qt_blue_edit" ); - bEd->setValidator( val256 ); - l = new TQLabel( bEd, TQColorDialog::tr("Bl&ue:"), this, "qt_blue_lbl" ); - l->tqsetAlignment( Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignVCenter ); - gl->addWidget( l, 2, 3 ); - gl->addWidget( bEd, 2, 4 ); - - alphaEd = new TQColNumLineEdit( this, "qt_aplha_edit" ); - alphaEd->setValidator( val256 ); - alphaLab = new TQLabel( alphaEd, TQColorDialog::tr("A&lpha channel:"), this, "qt_alpha_lbl" ); - alphaLab->tqsetAlignment( Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignVCenter ); - gl->addMultiCellWidget( alphaLab, 3, 3, 1, 3 ); - gl->addWidget( alphaEd, 3, 4 ); - alphaEd->hide(); - alphaLab->hide(); - - connect( hEd, TQT_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQT_SLOT(hsvEd()) ); - connect( sEd, TQT_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQT_SLOT(hsvEd()) ); - connect( vEd, TQT_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQT_SLOT(hsvEd()) ); - - connect( rEd, TQT_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQT_SLOT(rgbEd()) ); - connect( gEd, TQT_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQT_SLOT(rgbEd()) ); - connect( bEd, TQT_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQT_SLOT(rgbEd()) ); - connect( alphaEd, TQT_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQT_SLOT(rgbEd()) ); -} - -void TQColorShower::showCurrentColor() -{ - lab->setColor( currentColor() ); - lab->tqrepaint(FALSE); //### -} - -void TQColorShower::rgbEd() -{ - rgbOriginal = TRUE; - if ( alphaEd->isVisible() ) - curCol = tqRgba( rEd->val(), gEd->val(), bEd->val(), currentAlpha() ); - else - curCol = tqRgb( rEd->val(), gEd->val(), bEd->val() ); - - rgb2hsv(currentColor(), hue, sat, val ); - - hEd->setNum( hue ); - sEd->setNum( sat ); - vEd->setNum( val ); - - showCurrentColor(); - emit newCol( currentColor() ); -} - -void TQColorShower::hsvEd() -{ - rgbOriginal = FALSE; - hue = hEd->val(); - sat = sEd->val(); - val = vEd->val(); - - curCol = TQColor( hue, sat, val, TQColor::Hsv ).rgb(); - - rEd->setNum( tqRed(currentColor()) ); - gEd->setNum( tqGreen(currentColor()) ); - bEd->setNum( tqBlue(currentColor()) ); - - showCurrentColor(); - emit newCol( currentColor() ); -} - -void TQColorShower::setRgb( TQRgb rgb ) -{ - rgbOriginal = TRUE; - curCol = rgb; - - rgb2hsv( currentColor(), hue, sat, val ); - - hEd->setNum( hue ); - sEd->setNum( sat ); - vEd->setNum( val ); - - rEd->setNum( tqRed(currentColor()) ); - gEd->setNum( tqGreen(currentColor()) ); - bEd->setNum( tqBlue(currentColor()) ); - - showCurrentColor(); -} - -void TQColorShower::setHsv( int h, int s, int v ) -{ - rgbOriginal = FALSE; - hue = h; val = v; sat = s; //Range check### - curCol = TQColor( hue, sat, val, TQColor::Hsv ).rgb(); - - hEd->setNum( hue ); - sEd->setNum( sat ); - vEd->setNum( val ); - - rEd->setNum( tqRed(currentColor()) ); - gEd->setNum( tqGreen(currentColor()) ); - bEd->setNum( tqBlue(currentColor()) ); - - showCurrentColor(); -} - -class TQColorDialogPrivate : public TQObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQColorDialogPrivate( TQColorDialog *p ); - TQRgb currentColor() const { return cs->currentColor(); } - void setCurrentColor( TQRgb rgb ); - - int currentAlpha() const { return cs->currentAlpha(); } - void setCurrentAlpha( int a ) { cs->setCurrentAlpha( a ); } - void showAlpha( bool b ) { cs->showAlpha( b ); } - -public Q_SLOTS: - void addCustom(); - - void newHsv( int h, int s, int v ); - void newColorTypedIn( TQRgb rgb ); - void newCustom( int, int ); - void newStandard( int, int ); -public: - TQWellArray *custom; - TQWellArray *standard; - - TQColorPicker *cp; - TQColorLuminancePicker *lp; - TQColorShower *cs; - int nextCust; - bool compact; -}; - -//sets all widgets to display h,s,v -void TQColorDialogPrivate::newHsv( int h, int s, int v ) -{ - cs->setHsv( h, s, v ); - cp->setCol( h, s ); - lp->setCol( h, s, v ); -} - -//sets all widgets to display rgb -void TQColorDialogPrivate::setCurrentColor( TQRgb rgb ) -{ - cs->setRgb( rgb ); - newColorTypedIn( rgb ); -} - -//sets all widgets exept cs to display rgb -void TQColorDialogPrivate::newColorTypedIn( TQRgb rgb ) -{ - int h, s, v; - rgb2hsv(rgb, h, s, v ); - cp->setCol( h, s ); - lp->setCol( h, s, v); -} - -void TQColorDialogPrivate::newCustom( int r, int c ) -{ - int i = r+2*c; - setCurrentColor( cusrgb[i] ); - nextCust = i; - if (standard) - standard->setSelected(-1,-1); -} - -void TQColorDialogPrivate::newStandard( int r, int c ) -{ - setCurrentColor( stdrgb[r+c*6] ); - if (custom) - custom->setSelected(-1,-1); -} - -TQColorDialogPrivate::TQColorDialogPrivate( TQColorDialog *dialog ) : - TQObject(dialog) -{ - compact = FALSE; - // small displays (e.g. PDAs cannot fit the full color dialog, - // so just use the color picker. - if ( tqApp->desktop()->width() < 480 || tqApp->desktop()->height() < 350 ) - compact = TRUE; - - nextCust = 0; - const int lumSpace = 3; - int border = 12; - if ( compact ) - border = 6; - TQHBoxLayout *topLay = new TQHBoxLayout( dialog, border, 6 ); - TQVBoxLayout *leftLay = 0; - - if ( !compact ) - leftLay = new TQVBoxLayout( topLay ); - - initRGB(); - - if ( !compact ) { - standard = new TQColorWell( dialog, 6, 8, stdrgb ); - standard->setCellWidth( 28 ); - standard->setCellHeight( 24 ); - TQLabel * lab = new TQLabel( standard, - TQColorDialog::tr( "&Basic colors"), dialog, "qt_basiccolors_lbl" ); - connect( standard, TQT_SIGNAL(selected(int,int)), TQT_SLOT(newStandard(int,int))); - leftLay->addWidget( lab ); - leftLay->addWidget( standard ); - - - leftLay->addStretch(); - - custom = new TQColorWell( dialog, 2, 8, cusrgb ); - custom->setCellWidth( 28 ); - custom->setCellHeight( 24 ); - custom->setAcceptDrops( TRUE ); - - connect( custom, TQT_SIGNAL(selected(int,int)), TQT_SLOT(newCustom(int,int))); - lab = new TQLabel( custom, TQColorDialog::tr( "&Custom colors") , dialog, "qt_custcolors_lbl" ); - leftLay->addWidget( lab ); - leftLay->addWidget( custom ); - - TQPushButton *custbut = - new TQPushButton( TQColorDialog::tr("&Define Custom Colors >>"), - dialog, "qt_def_custcolors_lbl" ); - custbut->setEnabled( FALSE ); - leftLay->addWidget( custbut ); - } else { - // better color picker size for small displays - pWidth = 150; - pHeight = 100; - - custom = 0; - standard = 0; - } - - TQVBoxLayout *rightLay = new TQVBoxLayout( topLay ); - - TQHBoxLayout *pickLay = new TQHBoxLayout( rightLay ); - - - TQVBoxLayout *cLay = new TQVBoxLayout( pickLay ); - cp = new TQColorPicker( dialog, "qt_colorpicker" ); - cp->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Panel + TQFrame::Sunken ); - cLay->addSpacing( lumSpace ); - cLay->addWidget( cp ); - cLay->addSpacing( lumSpace ); - - lp = new TQColorLuminancePicker( dialog, "qt_luminance_picker" ); - lp->setFixedWidth( 20 ); //### - pickLay->addWidget( lp ); - - connect( cp, TQT_SIGNAL(newCol(int,int)), lp, TQT_SLOT(setCol(int,int)) ); - connect( lp, TQT_SIGNAL(newHsv(int,int,int)), this, TQT_SLOT(newHsv(int,int,int)) ); - - rightLay->addStretch(); - - cs = new TQColorShower( dialog, "qt_colorshower" ); - connect( cs, TQT_SIGNAL(newCol(TQRgb)), this, TQT_SLOT(newColorTypedIn(TQRgb))); - rightLay->addWidget( cs ); - - TQHBoxLayout *buttons; - if ( compact ) - buttons = new TQHBoxLayout( rightLay ); - else - buttons = new TQHBoxLayout( leftLay ); - - TQPushButton *ok, *cancel; - ok = new TQPushButton( TQColorDialog::tr("OK"), dialog, "qt_ok_btn" ); - connect( ok, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), dialog, TQT_SLOT(accept()) ); - ok->setDefault(TRUE); - cancel = new TQPushButton( TQColorDialog::tr("Cancel"), dialog, "qt_cancel_btn" ); - connect( cancel, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), dialog, TQT_SLOT(reject()) ); - buttons->addWidget( ok ); - buttons->addWidget( cancel ); - buttons->addStretch(); - - if ( !compact ) { - TQPushButton *addCusBt = new TQPushButton( - TQColorDialog::tr("&Add to Custom Colors"), - dialog, "qt_add_btn" ); - rightLay->addWidget( addCusBt ); - connect( addCusBt, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), this, TQT_SLOT(addCustom()) ); - } -} - -void TQColorDialogPrivate::addCustom() -{ - cusrgb[nextCust] = cs->currentColor(); - if (custom) - custom->repaintContents( FALSE ); - nextCust = (nextCust+1) % 16; -} - - -/*! - \class TQColorDialog tqcolordialog.h - \brief The TQColorDialog class provides a dialog widget for specifying colors. - \mainclass - \ingroup dialogs - \ingroup graphics - - The color dialog's function is to allow users to choose colors. - For example, you might use this in a drawing program to allow the - user to set the brush color. - - The static functions provide modal color dialogs. - \omit - If you require a modeless dialog, use the TQColorDialog constructor. - \endomit - - The static getColor() function shows the dialog and allows the - user to specify a color. The getRgba() function does the same but - also allows the user to specify a color with an alpha channel - (transparency) value. - - The user can store customCount() different custom colors. The - custom colors are shared by all color dialogs, and remembered - during the execution of the program. Use setCustomColor() to set - the custom colors, and use customColor() to get them. - - \img qcolordlg-w.png -*/ - -/*! - Constructs a default color dialog with parent \a parent and called - \a name. If \a modal is TRUE the dialog will be modal. Use - setColor() to set an initial value. - - \sa getColor() -*/ - -TQColorDialog::TQColorDialog(TQWidget* parent, const char* name, bool modal) : - TQDialog(parent, name, modal, (WFlags)( TQt::WType_Dialog | WStyle_Customize | TQt::WStyle_Title | - TQt::WStyle_DialogBorder | TQt::WStyle_SysMenu ) ) -{ - setSizeGripEnabled( FALSE ); - d = new TQColorDialogPrivate( this ); - -#ifndef TQT_NO_SETTINGS - if ( !customSet ) { - TQSettings settings; - settings.insertSearchPath( TQSettings::Windows, "/Trolltech" ); - for ( int i = 0; i < 2*8; ++i ) { - bool ok = FALSE; - TQRgb rgb = (TQRgb)settings.readNumEntry( "/TQt/customColors/" + TQString::number( i ), 0, &ok ); - if ( ok ) - cusrgb[i] = rgb; - } - } -#endif -} - -/*! - Pops up a modal color dialog, lets the user choose a color, and - returns that color. The color is initially set to \a initial. The - dialog is a child of \a parent and is called \a name. It returns - an invalid (see TQColor::isValid()) color if the user cancels the - dialog. All colors allocated by the dialog will be deallocated - before this function returns. -*/ - -TQColor TQColorDialog::getColor( const TQColor& initial, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name ) -{ -#if defined(TQ_WS_MAC) - return macGetColor(initial, parent, name); -#endif - - int allocContext = TQColor::enterAllocContext(); - TQColorDialog *dlg = new TQColorDialog( parent, name, TRUE ); //modal -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - dlg->setCaption( TQColorDialog::tr( "Select color" ) ); -#endif - dlg->setColor( initial ); - dlg->selectColor( initial ); - int resultCode = dlg->exec(); - TQColor::leaveAllocContext(); - TQColor result; - if ( resultCode == TQDialog::Accepted ) - result = dlg->color(); - TQColor::destroyAllocContext(allocContext); - delete dlg; - return result; -} - - -/*! - Pops up a modal color dialog to allow the user to choose a color - and an alpha channel (transparency) value. The color+alpha is - initially set to \a initial. The dialog is a child of \a parent - and called \a name. - - If \a ok is non-null, \e *\a ok is set to TRUE if the user clicked - OK, and to FALSE if the user clicked Cancel. - - If the user clicks Cancel, the \a initial value is returned. -*/ - -TQRgb TQColorDialog::getRgba( TQRgb initial, bool *ok, - TQWidget *parent, const char* name ) -{ -#if defined(TQ_WS_MAC) - return macGetRgba(initial, ok, parent, name); -#endif - - int allocContext = TQColor::enterAllocContext(); - TQColorDialog *dlg = new TQColorDialog( parent, name, TRUE ); //modal - - TQ_CHECK_PTR( dlg ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - dlg->setCaption( TQColorDialog::tr( "Select color" ) ); -#endif - dlg->setColor( initial ); - dlg->selectColor( initial ); - dlg->setSelectedAlpha( tqAlpha(initial) ); - int resultCode = dlg->exec(); - TQColor::leaveAllocContext(); - TQRgb result = initial; - if ( resultCode == TQDialog::Accepted ) { - TQRgb c = dlg->color().rgb(); - int alpha = dlg->selectedAlpha(); - result = tqRgba( tqRed(c), tqGreen(c), tqBlue(c), alpha ); - } - if ( ok ) - *ok = resultCode == TQDialog::Accepted; - - TQColor::destroyAllocContext(allocContext); - delete dlg; - return result; -} - - - - - -/*! - Returns the color currently selected in the dialog. - - \sa setColor() -*/ - -TQColor TQColorDialog::color() const -{ - return TQColor(d->currentColor()); -} - - -/*! - Destroys the dialog and frees any memory it allocated. -*/ - -TQColorDialog::~TQColorDialog() -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_SETTINGS - if ( !customSet ) { - TQSettings settings; - settings.insertSearchPath( TQSettings::Windows, "/Trolltech" ); - for ( int i = 0; i < 2*8; ++i ) - settings.writeEntry( "/TQt/customColors/" + TQString::number( i ), (int)cusrgb[i] ); - } -#endif -} - - -/*! - Sets the color shown in the dialog to \a c. - - \sa color() -*/ - -void TQColorDialog::setColor( const TQColor& c ) -{ - d->setCurrentColor( c.rgb() ); -} - - - - -/*! - Sets the initial alpha channel value to \a a, and shows the alpha - channel entry box. -*/ - -void TQColorDialog::setSelectedAlpha( int a ) -{ - d->showAlpha( TRUE ); - d->setCurrentAlpha( a ); -} - - -/*! - Returns the value selected for the alpha channel. -*/ - -int TQColorDialog::selectedAlpha() const -{ - return d->currentAlpha(); -} - -/*! - Sets focus to the corresponding button, if any. -*/ -bool TQColorDialog::selectColor( const TQColor& col ) -{ - TQRgb color = col.rgb(); - int i = 0, j = 0; - // Check standard colors - if (d->standard) { - for ( i = 0; i < 6; i++ ) { - for ( j = 0; j < 8; j++ ) { - if ( color == stdrgb[i + j*6] ) { - d->newStandard( i, j ); - d->standard->setCurrent( i, j ); - d->standard->setSelected( i, j ); - d->standard->setFocus(); - return TRUE; - } - } - } - } - // Check custom colors - if (d->custom) { - for ( i = 0; i < 2; i++ ) { - for ( j = 0; j < 8; j++ ) { - if ( color == cusrgb[i + j*2] ) { - d->newCustom( i, j ); - d->custom->setCurrent( i, j ); - d->custom->setSelected( i, j ); - d->custom->setFocus(); - return TRUE; - } - } - } - } - return FALSE; -} - -#include "tqcolordialog.tqmoc" - -#endif diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqcolordialog.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqcolordialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index eaffc379c..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqcolordialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQColorDialog class -** -** Created : 990222 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQCOLORDIALOG_H -#define TQCOLORDIALOG_H - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqdialog.h" -#endif // TQT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_COLORDIALOG - -class TQColorDialogPrivate; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQColorDialog : public TQDialog -{ - TQ_OBJECT - -public: - static TQColor getColor( const TQColor& init = Qt::white, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ); - static TQRgb getRgba( TQRgb, bool* ok = 0, - TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ); - - static int customCount(); - static TQRgb customColor( int ); - static void setCustomColor( int, TQRgb ); - static void setStandardColor( int, TQRgb ); - -private: - ~TQColorDialog(); - TQColorDialog( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool modal=FALSE ); - - void setColor( const TQColor& ); - TQColor color() const; - - bool selectColor( const TQColor& ); - - void setSelectedAlpha( int ); - int selectedAlpha() const; - - void showCustom( bool=TRUE ); - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= - TQColorDialogPrivate *d; - friend class TQColorDialogPrivate; - friend class TQColorShower; - -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQColorDialog( const TQColorDialog & ); - TQColorDialog& operator=( const TQColorDialog & ); -#endif -}; - -#endif - -#endif //TQCOLORDIALOG_H diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqdialog.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqdialog.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index bbb0ad54d..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqdialog.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1192 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of TQDialog class -** -** Created : 950502 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqdialog.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_DIALOG - -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqfocusdata.h" -#include "tqapplication.h" -#include "tqobjectlist.h" -#include "tqwidgetlist.h" -#include "tqlayout.h" -#include "tqsizegrip.h" -#include "tqwhatsthis.h" -#include "tqpopupmenu.h" -#include "tqcursor.h" -#if defined(TQT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT) -#include "tqaccessible.h" -#endif -#if defined( TQ_OS_TEMP ) -#include "tqt_windows.h" -#endif - -/*! - \class TQDialog - \brief The TQDialog class is the base class of dialog windows. - - \ingroup dialogs - \ingroup abstractwidgets - \mainclass - - A dialog window is a top-level window mostly used for short-term - tasks and brief communications with the user. TQDialogs may be - modal or modeless. TQDialogs support \link #extensibility - extensibility\endlink and can provide a \link #return return - value\endlink. They can have \link #default default - buttons\endlink. TQDialogs can also have a TQSizeGrip in their - lower-right corner, using setSizeGripEnabled(). - - Note that TQDialog uses the parent widget slightly differently from - other classes in TQt. A dialog is always a top-level widget, but if - it has a parent, its default location is centered on top of the - parent's top-level widget (if it is not top-level itself). It will - also share the parent's taskbar entry. - - \target modal - \section1 Modal Dialogs - - A <b>modal</b> dialog is a dialog that blocks input to other - visible windows in the same application. Users must finish - interacting with the dialog and close it before they can access - any other window in the application. Dialogs that are used to - request a file name from the user or that are used to set - application preferences are usually modal. - - The most common way to display a modal dialog is to call its - exec() function. When the user closes the dialog, exec() will - provide a useful \link #return return value\endlink. Typically we - connect a default button, e.g. "OK", to the accept() slot and a - "Cancel" button to the reject() slot, to get the dialog to close - and return the appropriate value. Alternatively you can connect to - the done() slot, passing it \c Accepted or \c Rejected. - - An alternative is to call setModal(TRUE), then show(). Unlike - exec(), show() returns control to the caller immediately. Calling - setModal(TRUE) is especially useful for progress dialogs, where - the user must have the ability to interact with the dialog, e.g. - to cancel a long running operation. If you use show() and - setModal(TRUE) together you must call - TQApplication::processEvents() periodically during processing to - enable the user to interact with the dialog. (See \l - TQProgressDialog.) - - \target modeless - \section1 Modeless Dialogs - - A <b>modeless</b> dialog is a dialog that operates - independently of other windows in the same application. Find and - replace dialogs in word-processors are often modeless to allow the - user to interact with both the application's main window and with - the dialog. - - Modeless dialogs are displayed using show(), which returns control - to the caller immediately. - - \target default - \section1 Default button - - A dialog's \e default button is the button that's pressed when the - user presses Enter (Return). This button is used to signify that - the user accepts the dialog's settings and wants to close the - dialog. Use TQPushButton::setDefault(), TQPushButton::isDefault() - and TQPushButton::autoDefault() to set and control the dialog's - default button. - - \target escapekey - \section1 Escape Key - - If the user presses the Esc key in a dialog, TQDialog::reject() - will be called. This will cause the window to close: the \link - TQCloseEvent closeEvent \endlink cannot be \link - TQCloseEvent::ignore() ignored \endlink. - - \target extensibility - \section1 Extensibility - - Extensibility is the ability to show the dialog in two ways: a - partial dialog that shows the most commonly used options, and a - full dialog that shows all the options. Typically an extensible - dialog will initially appear as a partial dialog, but with a - "More" toggle button. If the user presses the "More" button down, - the full dialog will appear. The extension widget will be resized - to its tqsizeHint(). If orientation is \c Horizontal the extension - widget's height() will be expanded to the height() of the dialog. - If the orientation is \c Vertical the extension widget's width() - will be expanded to the width() of the dialog. Extensibility is - controlled with setExtension(), setOrientation() and - showExtension(). - - \target return - \section1 Return value (modal dialogs) - - Modal dialogs are often used in situations where a return value is - required, e.g. to indicate whether the user pressed "OK" or - "Cancel". A dialog can be closed by calling the accept() or the - reject() Q_SLOTS, and exec() will return \c Accepted or \c Rejected - as appropriate. The exec() call returns the result of the dialog. - The result is also available from result() if the dialog has not - been destroyed. If the \c WDestructiveClose flag is set, the - dialog is deleted after exec() returns. - - \target examples - \section1 Examples - - A modal dialog. - - \quotefile network/networkprotocol/view.cpp - \skipto TQFileDialog *dlg - \printuntil return - - A modeless dialog. After the show() call, control returns to the main - event loop. - \quotefile life/main.cpp - \skipto argv - \printuntil TQApplication - \skipto scale - \printline - \skipto LifeDialog - \printuntil show - \skipto exec - \printuntil } - - \sa TQTabDialog TQWidget TQProgressDialog - \link guibooks.html#fowler GUI Design Handbook: Dialogs, Standard\endlink -*/ - -/*! \enum TQDialog::DialogCode - - The value returned by a modal dialog. - - \value Accepted - \value Rejected - -*/ - -/*! - \property TQDialog::sizeGripEnabled - \brief whether the size grip is enabled - - A TQSizeGrip is placed in the bottom right corner of the dialog when this - property is enabled. By default, the size grip is disabled. -*/ - -class TQDialogPrivate : public TQt -{ -public: - - TQDialogPrivate() - : mainDef(0), orientation(Qt::Horizontal),extension(0), doShowExtension(FALSE) -#ifndef TQT_NO_SIZEGRIP - ,resizer(0) -#endif - { - } - - TQPushButton* mainDef; - Qt::Orientation orientation; - TQWidget* extension; - bool doShowExtension; - TQSize size, min, max; -#ifndef TQT_NO_SIZEGRIP - TQSizeGrip* resizer; -#endif - TQPoint lastRMBPress; - TQPoint relPos; // relative position to the main window -}; - -/*! - Constructs a dialog called \a name, with parent \a parent. - - A dialog is always a top-level widget, but if it has a parent, its - default location is centered on top of the parent. It will also - share the parent's taskbar entry. - - The widget flags \a f are passed on to the TQWidget constructor. - If, for example, you don't want a What's This button in the titlebar - of the dialog, pass WStyle_Customize | WStyle_NormalBorder | - WStyle_Title | WStyle_SysMenu in \a f. - - \warning In TQt 3.2, the \a modal flag is obsolete. There is now a - setModal() function that can be used for obtaining a modal behavior - when calling show(). This is rarely needed, because modal dialogs - are usually invoked using exec(), which ignores the \a modal flag. - - \sa TQWidget::setWFlags() TQt::WidgetFlags -*/ - -TQDialog::TQDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal, WFlags f ) - : TQWidget( parent, name, - (WFlags)((modal ? (WFlags)(f|TQt::WShowModal) : f) | TQt::WType_Dialog )), - rescode(0), did_move(0), has_relpos(0), did_resize(0), in_loop(0) -{ - d = new TQDialogPrivate; -} - -/*! - Destroys the TQDialog, deleting all its tqchildren. -*/ - -TQDialog::~TQDialog() -{ - // Need to hide() here, as our (to-be) overridden hide() - // will not be called in ~TQWidget. - hide(); - delete d; -} - -/*! - \internal - This function is called by the push button \a pushButton when it - becomes the default button. If \a pushButton is 0, the dialogs - default default button becomes the default button. This is what a - push button calls when it loses focus. -*/ - -void TQDialog::setDefault( TQPushButton *pushButton ) -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_PUSHBUTTON - TQObjectList *list = queryList( "TQPushButton" ); - TQ_ASSERT(list); - TQObjectListIt it( *list ); - TQPushButton *pb; - bool hasMain = FALSE; - while ( (pb = (TQPushButton*)it.current()) ) { - ++it; - if ( pb->tqtopLevelWidget() != this ) - continue; - if ( pb == d->mainDef ) - hasMain = TRUE; - if ( pb != pushButton ) - pb->setDefault( FALSE ); - } - if (!pushButton && hasMain) - d->mainDef->setDefault( TRUE ); - if (!hasMain) - d->mainDef = pushButton; - delete list; -#endif -} - -/*! - \internal - This function sets the default default pushbutton to \a pushButton. - This function is called by TQPushButton::setDefault(). -*/ -void TQDialog::setMainDefault( TQPushButton *pushButton ) -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_PUSHBUTTON - d->mainDef = 0; - setDefault(pushButton); -#endif -} - -/*! - \internal - Hides the default button indicator. Called when non auto-default - push button get focus. - */ -void TQDialog::hideDefault() -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_PUSHBUTTON - TQObjectList *list = queryList( "TQPushButton" ); - TQObjectListIt it( *list ); - TQPushButton *pb; - while ( (pb = (TQPushButton*)it.current()) ) { - ++it; - pb->setDefault( FALSE ); - } - delete list; -#endif -} - -#ifdef TQ_OS_TEMP -/*! - \internal - Hides special buttons which are rather shown in the titlebar - on WinCE, to conserve screen space. -*/ -# include "tqmessagebox.h" -extern const char * mb_texts[]; // Defined in qmessagebox.cpp -void TQDialog::hideSpecial() -{ - // "OK" buttons are hidden, and (Ok) shown on titlebar - // "Cancel" buttons are hidden, and (X) shown on titlebar - // "Help" buttons are hidden, and (?) shown on titlebar - bool showOK = FALSE, - showX = FALSE, - showQ = FALSE; - TQObjectList *list = queryList( "TQPushButton" ); - TQObjectListIt it( *list ); - TQPushButton *pb; - while ( (pb = (TQPushButton*)it.current()) ) { - if ( !showOK && - pb->text() == tqApp->translate( "TQMessageBox", mb_texts[TQMessageBox::Ok] ) ) { - pb->hide(); - showOK = TRUE; - } else if ( !showX && - pb->text() == tqApp->translate( "TQMessageBox", mb_texts[TQMessageBox::Cancel] ) ) { - pb->hide(); - showX = TRUE; - } else if ( !showQ && - pb->text() == tqApp->tr("Help") ) { - pb->hide(); - showQ = TRUE; - } - ++it; - } - delete list; - if ( showOK || showQ ) { - DWORD ext = GetWindowLong( winId(), GWL_EXSTYLE ); - ext |= showOK ? WS_EX_CAPTIONOKBTN : 0; - ext |= showQ ? WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP: 0; - SetWindowLong( winId(), GWL_EXSTYLE, ext ); - } - if ( !showX ) { - DWORD ext = GetWindowLong( winId(), GWL_STYLE ); - ext &= ~WS_SYSMENU; - SetWindowLong( winId(), GWL_STYLE, ext ); - } -} -#endif - -/*! - \fn int TQDialog::result() const - - Returns the modal dialog's result code, \c Accepted or \c Rejected. - - Do not call this function if the dialog was constructed with the \c - WDestructiveClose flag. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void TQDialog::setResult( int i ) - - Sets the modal dialog's result code to \a i. -*/ - - -/*! - Shows the dialog as a \link #modal modal \endlink dialog, - blocking until the user closes it. The function returns a \l - DialogCode result. - - Users cannot interact with any other window in the same - application until they close the dialog. - - \sa show(), result() -*/ - -int TQDialog::exec() -{ - if ( in_loop ) { - qWarning( "TQDialog::exec: Recursive call detected" ); - return -1; - } - - bool destructiveClose = testWFlags( TQt::WDestructiveClose ); - clearWFlags( TQt::WDestructiveClose ); - - bool wasShowModal = testWFlags( TQt::WShowModal ); - setWFlags( TQt::WShowModal ); - setResult( 0 ); - - show(); - - in_loop = TRUE; - tqApp->enter_loop(); - - if ( !wasShowModal ) - clearWFlags( TQt::WShowModal ); - - int res = result(); - - if ( destructiveClose ) - delete this; - - return res; -} - - -/*! Closes the dialog and sets its result code to \a r. If this dialog - is shown with exec(), done() causes the local event loop to finish, - and exec() to return \a r. - - As with TQWidget::close(), done() deletes the dialog if the \c - WDestructiveClose flag is set. If the dialog is the application's - main widget, the application terminates. If the dialog is the - last window closed, the TQApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is - emitted. - - \sa accept(), reject(), TQApplication::mainWidget(), TQApplication::quit() -*/ - -void TQDialog::done( int r ) -{ - hide(); - setResult( r ); - - // emulate TQWidget::close() - bool isMain = tqApp->mainWidget() == this; - bool checkLastWindowClosed = isTopLevel() && !isPopup(); - if ( checkLastWindowClosed - && TQT_TQOBJECT(tqApp)->tqreceivers(TQT_SIGNAL(lastWindowClosed())) ) { - /* if there is no non-withdrawn top level window left (except - the desktop, popups, or dialogs with parents), we emit the - lastWindowClosed signal */ - TQWidgetList *list = tqApp->tqtopLevelWidgets(); - TQWidget *widget = list->first(); - while ( widget ) { - if ( !widget->isHidden() - && !widget->isDesktop() - && !widget->isPopup() - && (!widget->isDialog() || !widget->parentWidget())) - break; - widget = list->next(); - } - delete list; - if ( widget == 0 ) - emit tqApp->lastWindowClosed(); - } - if ( isMain ) - tqApp->quit(); - else if ( testWFlags(TQt::WDestructiveClose) ) { - clearWFlags(TQt::WDestructiveClose); - deleteLater(); - } -} - -/*! - Hides the modal dialog and sets the result code to \c Accepted. - - \sa reject() done() -*/ - -void TQDialog::accept() -{ - done( Accepted ); -} - -/*! - Hides the modal dialog and sets the result code to \c Rejected. - - \sa accept() done() -*/ - -void TQDialog::reject() -{ - done( Rejected ); -} - -/*! \reimp */ -bool TQDialog::eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e ) -{ - return TQWidget::eventFilter( o, e ); -} - -/***************************************************************************** - Event handlers - *****************************************************************************/ - -/*! \reimp */ -void TQDialog::contextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent *e ) -{ -#if !defined(TQT_NO_WHATSTHIS) && !defined(TQT_NO_POPUPMENU) - TQWidget* w = tqchildAt( e->pos(), TRUE ); - if ( !w ) - return; - TQString s; - while ( s.isEmpty() && w ) { - s = TQWhatsThis::textFor( w, e->pos(), FALSE ); - if ( s.isEmpty() ) - w = w->parentWidget(TRUE); - } - if ( !s.isEmpty() ) { - TQPopupMenu p(0,"qt_whats_this_menu"); - p.insertItem( tr("What's This?"), 42 ); - if ( p.exec( e->globalPos() ) >= 42 ) - TQWhatsThis::display( s, w->mapToGlobal( w->rect().center() ), w ); - } -#endif -} - -/*! \reimp */ -void TQDialog::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ) -{ - // Calls reject() if Escape is pressed. Simulates a button - // click for the default button if Enter is pressed. Move focus - // for the arrow keys. Ignore the rest. -#ifdef TQ_OS_MAC - if(e->state() == ControlButton && e->key() == Qt::Key_Period) { - reject(); - } else -#endif - if ( e->state() == 0 || ( e->state() & TQt::Keypad && e->key() == Qt::Key_Enter ) ) { - switch ( e->key() ) { - case Qt::Key_Enter: - case Qt::Key_Return: { -#ifndef TQT_NO_PUSHBUTTON - TQObjectList *list = queryList( "TQPushButton" ); - TQObjectListIt it( *list ); - TQPushButton *pb; - while ( (pb = (TQPushButton*)it.current()) ) { - if ( pb->isDefault() && pb->isVisible() ) { - delete list; - if ( pb->isEnabled() ) { - emit pb->clicked(); - } - return; - } - ++it; - } - delete list; -#endif - } - break; - case Key_Escape: - reject(); - break; - case Qt::Key_Up: - case Qt::Key_Left: - if ( tqfocusWidget() && - ( tqfocusWidget()->focusPolicy() == Qt::StrongFocus || - tqfocusWidget()->focusPolicy() == Qt::WheelFocus ) ) { - e->ignore(); - break; - } - // call ours, since c++ blocks us from calling the one - // belonging to tqfocusWidget(). -#ifndef USE_QT4 - TQFocusEvent::setReason(TQFocusEvent::Backtab); -#endif // USE_QT4 - focusNextPrevChild( FALSE ); -#ifndef USE_QT4 - TQFocusEvent::resetReason(); -#endif // USE_QT4 - break; - case Qt::Key_Down: - case Qt::Key_Right: - if ( tqfocusWidget() && - ( tqfocusWidget()->focusPolicy() == Qt::StrongFocus || - tqfocusWidget()->focusPolicy() == Qt::WheelFocus ) ) { - e->ignore(); - break; - } -#ifndef USE_QT4 - TQFocusEvent::setReason(TQFocusEvent::Tab); -#endif // USE_QT4 - focusNextPrevChild( TRUE ); -#ifndef USE_QT4 - TQFocusEvent::resetReason(); -#endif // USE_QT4 - break; - default: - e->ignore(); - return; - } - } else { - e->ignore(); - } -} - -/*! \reimp */ -void TQDialog::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent *e ) -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_WHATSTHIS - if ( isModal() && TQWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode() ) - TQWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode(); -#endif - if ( isShown() ) - reject(); - if ( isHidden() ) - e->accept(); -} - -#ifdef TQ_OS_TEMP -/*! \internal - \reimp -*/ -bool TQDialog::event( TQEvent *e ) -{ - switch ( e->type() ) { - case TQEvent::OkRequest: - case TQEvent::HelpRequest: - { - TQString bName = - (e->type() == TQEvent::OkRequest) - ? tqApp->translate( "TQMessageBox", mb_texts[TQMessageBox::Ok] ) - : tqApp->tr( "Help" ); - - TQObjectList *list = queryList( "TQPushButton" ); - TQObjectListIt it( *list ); - TQPushButton *pb; - while ( (pb = (TQPushButton*)it.current()) ) { - if ( pb->text() == bName ) { - delete list; - if ( pb->isEnabled() ) - emit pb->clicked(); - return pb->isEnabled(); - } - ++it; - } - delete list; - } - } - return TQWidget::event( e ); -} -#endif - - -/***************************************************************************** - Geometry management. - *****************************************************************************/ - -#if defined(TQ_WS_X11) -extern "C" { int XSetTransientForHint( Display *, unsigned long, unsigned long ); } -#include <private/tqt_x11_p.h> -#undef FocusIn -// defined in qapplication_x11.cpp -extern Atom qt_net_wm_full_placement; -extern bool qt_net_supports(Atom atom); -#endif // TQ_WS_X11 - -/*! - Shows the dialog as a \link #modeless modeless \endlink dialog. - Control returns immediately to the calling code. - - The dialog will be modal or modeless according to the value - of the \l modal property. - - \sa exec(), modal -*/ - -void TQDialog::show() -{ - if ( testWState(TQt::WState_Visible) ) - return; - - uint state = windowState(); - - if ( !did_resize ) - adjustSize(); - if( !qt_net_supports( qt_net_wm_full_placement )) { - if ( has_relpos && !did_move ) { - adjustPositionInternal( parentWidget(), TRUE ); - } else if ( !did_move ) { - adjustPositionInternal( parentWidget() ); - } - } - - if (windowState() != state) - setWindowState((WState)state); - -#if defined(TQ_WS_X11) - if (!parentWidget() && testWFlags(TQt::WShowModal) - && tqApp->mainWidget() && tqApp->mainWidget()->isVisible() - && !tqApp->mainWidget()->isMinimized()) { - // make sure the transient for hint is set properly for modal dialogs - x11SetWindowTransient( tqApp->mainWidget()); - } -#endif // TQ_WS_X11 - -#ifdef TQ_OS_TEMP - hideSpecial(); -#endif - - TQWidget::show(); - showExtension( d->doShowExtension ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_PUSHBUTTON - TQWidget *fw = tqfocusWidget(); - TQFocusData *fd = focusData(); - - /* - The following block is to handle a special case, and does not - really follow propper logic in concern of autoDefault and TAB - order. However, it's here to ease usage for the users. If a - dialog has a default TQPushButton, and first widget in the TAB - order also is a TQPushButton, then we give focus to the main - default TQPushButton. This simplifies code for the developers, - and actually catches most cases... If not, then they simply - have to use [widget*]->setFocus() themselves... - */ - if ( !fw || fw->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus ) { - fd->home(); // Skip main form - TQWidget *first = fd->next(); // Get first main widget - if ( d->mainDef && - first != d->mainDef && - ::tqqt_cast<TQPushButton*>(first) ) - d->mainDef->setFocus(); - } - - if ( !d->mainDef && isTopLevel() ) { - if ( !fw || fw->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus ) { - focusNextPrevChild( TRUE ); - fw = tqfocusWidget(); - } - if ( fw ) { - fd = focusData(); - TQWidget *home = fd->home(); - TQWidget *candidate = home; - TQ_ASSERT( candidate == fw ); - do { - TQPushButton *pb = ::tqqt_cast<TQPushButton*>(candidate); - if ( pb && pb->autoDefault() ) { - pb->setDefault( TRUE ); - break; - } - candidate = fd->next(); - } while ( candidate != home ); - } - } - if ( fw ) { - TQFocusEvent e( TQEvent::FocusIn ); -#ifndef USE_QT4 - TQFocusEvent::setReason( TQFocusEvent::Tab ); -#endif // USE_QT4 - TQApplication::sendEvent( fw, &e ); -#ifndef USE_QT4 - TQFocusEvent::resetReason(); -#endif // USE_QT4 - } - -#endif -#if defined(TQT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT) - TQAccessible::updateAccessibility( this, 0, TQAccessible::DialogStart ); -#endif -} - -/*! \internal */ -void TQDialog::adjustPosition( TQWidget* w) -{ - adjustPositionInternal( w ); -} - - -void TQDialog::adjustPositionInternal( TQWidget*w, bool useRelPos) -{ - /* need to make sure these events are already sent to be sure - our information below is correct --sam */ - TQApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, TQEvent::LayoutHint ); - TQApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, TQEvent::Resize ); - - // processing the events might call polish(), which is a nice place - // to restore geometries, so return if the dialog has been positioned - if ( did_move || has_relpos ) - return; - - TQPoint p( 0, 0 ); - int extraw = 0, extrah = 0, scrn = 0; - if ( w ) - w = w->tqtopLevelWidget(); - TQRect desk; - if ( w ) { - // Use mapToGlobal rather than tqgeometry() in case w might - // be embedded in another application - scrn = TQApplication::desktop()->screenNumber( w->mapToGlobal( TQPoint(0,0) ) ); - } else if ( TQApplication::desktop()->isVirtualDesktop() ) { - scrn = TQApplication::desktop()->screenNumber( TQCursor::pos() ); - } else { - scrn = TQApplication::desktop()->screenNumber( this ); - } - desk = TQApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry( scrn ); - - TQWidgetList *list = TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets(); - TQWidgetListIt it( *list ); - while ( (extraw == 0 || extrah == 0) && - it.current() != 0 ) { - int framew, frameh; - TQWidget * current = it.current(); - ++it; - if ( ! current->isVisible() ) - continue; - - framew = current->tqgeometry().x() - current->x(); - frameh = current->tqgeometry().y() - current->y(); - - extraw = TQMAX( extraw, framew ); - extrah = TQMAX( extrah, frameh ); - } - delete list; - - // sanity check for decoration frames. With embedding, we - // might get extraordinary values - if ( extraw == 0 || extrah == 0 || extraw >= 10 || extrah >= 40 ) { - extrah = 40; - extraw = 10; - } - - if ( useRelPos && w ) { - p = w->pos() + d->relPos; - } else { -#ifndef TQ_OS_TEMP - if ( w ) { - // Use mapToGlobal rather than tqgeometry() in case w might - // be embedded in another application - TQPoint pp = w->mapToGlobal( TQPoint(0,0) ); - p = TQPoint( pp.x() + w->width()/2, - pp.y() + w->height()/ 2 ); - } else { - // p = middle of the desktop - p = TQPoint( desk.x() + desk.width()/2, desk.y() + desk.height()/2 ); - } -#else - p = TQPoint( desk.x() + desk.width()/2, desk.y() + desk.height()/2 ); -#endif - - // p = origin of this - p = TQPoint( p.x()-width()/2 - extraw, - p.y()-height()/2 - extrah ); - } - - - if ( p.x() + extraw + width() > desk.x() + desk.width() ) - p.setX( desk.x() + desk.width() - width() - extraw ); - if ( p.x() < desk.x() ) - p.setX( desk.x() ); - - if ( p.y() + extrah + height() > desk.y() + desk.height() ) - p.setY( desk.y() + desk.height() - height() - extrah ); - if ( p.y() < desk.y() ) - p.setY( desk.y() ); - - move( p ); - did_move = !useRelPos; -} - - -/*! \reimp */ -void TQDialog::hide() -{ - if ( isHidden() ) - return; - -#if defined(TQT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT) - if ( isVisible() ) - TQAccessible::updateAccessibility( this, 0, TQAccessible::DialogEnd ); -#endif - - if ( parentWidget() && !did_move ) { - d->relPos = pos() - parentWidget()->tqtopLevelWidget()->pos(); - has_relpos = 1; - } - - // Reimplemented to exit a modal when the dialog is hidden. - TQWidget::hide(); - if ( in_loop ) { - in_loop = FALSE; - tqApp->exit_loop(); - } -} - - -/***************************************************************************** - Detects any widget tqgeometry changes done by the user. - *****************************************************************************/ - -/*! \reimp */ - -void TQDialog::move( int x, int y ) -{ - did_move = TRUE; - TQWidget::move( x, y ); -} - -/*! \reimp */ - -void TQDialog::move( const TQPoint &p ) -{ - did_move = TRUE; - TQWidget::move( p ); -} - -/*! \reimp */ - -void TQDialog::resize( int w, int h ) -{ - did_resize = TRUE; - TQWidget::resize( w, h ); -} - -/*! \reimp */ - -void TQDialog::resize( const TQSize &s ) -{ - did_resize = TRUE; - TQWidget::resize( s ); -} - -/*! \reimp */ - -void TQDialog::setGeometry( int x, int y, int w, int h ) -{ - did_move = TRUE; - did_resize = TRUE; - TQWidget::setGeometry( x, y, w, h ); -} - -/*! \reimp */ - -void TQDialog::setGeometry( const TQRect &r ) -{ - did_move = TRUE; - did_resize = TRUE; - TQWidget::setGeometry( r ); -} - - -/*! - If \a orientation is \c Horizontal, the extension will be displayed - to the right of the dialog's main area. If \a orientation is \c - Vertical, the extension will be displayed below the dialog's main - area. - - \sa orientation(), setExtension() -*/ -void TQDialog::setOrientation( Qt::Orientation orientation ) -{ - d->orientation = orientation; -} - -/*! - Returns the dialog's extension orientation. - - \sa setOrientation() -*/ -TQt::Orientation TQDialog::orientation() const -{ - return d->orientation; -} - -/*! - Sets the widget, \a extension, to be the dialog's extension, - deleting any previous extension. The dialog takes ownership of the - extension. Note that if 0 is passed any existing extension will be - deleted. - - This function must only be called while the dialog is hidden. - - \sa showExtension(), setOrientation(), extension() - */ -void TQDialog::setExtension( TQWidget* extension ) -{ - delete d->extension; - d->extension = extension; - - if ( !extension ) - return; - - if ( extension->parentWidget() != this ) - extension->reparent( this, TQPoint(0,0) ); - extension->hide(); -} - -/*! - Returns the dialog's extension or 0 if no extension has been - defined. - - \sa setExtension() - */ -TQWidget* TQDialog::extension() const -{ - return d->extension; -} - - -/*! - If \a showIt is TRUE, the dialog's extension is shown; otherwise the - extension is hidden. - - This slot is usually connected to the \l TQButton::toggled() signal - of a TQPushButton. - - A dialog with a visible extension is not resizeable. - - \sa show(), setExtension(), setOrientation() - */ -void TQDialog::showExtension( bool showIt ) -{ - d->doShowExtension = showIt; - if ( !d->extension ) - return; - if ( !testWState(TQt::WState_Visible) ) - return; - if ( d->extension->isVisible() == showIt ) - return; - - if ( showIt ) { - d->size = size(); - d->min = tqminimumSize(); - d->max = tqmaximumSize(); -#ifndef TQT_NO_LAYOUT - if ( tqlayout() ) - tqlayout()->setEnabled( FALSE ); -#endif - TQSize s( d->extension->tqsizeHint() - .expandedTo( d->extension->tqminimumSize() ) - .boundedTo( d->extension->tqmaximumSize() ) ); - if ( d->orientation == Qt::Horizontal ) { - int h = TQMAX( height(), s.height() ); - d->extension->setGeometry( width(), 0, s.width(), h ); - setFixedSize( width() + s.width(), h ); - } else { - int w = TQMAX( width(), s.width() ); - d->extension->setGeometry( 0, height(), w, s.height() ); - setFixedSize( w, height() + s.height() ); - } - d->extension->show(); - } else { - d->extension->hide(); - // workaround for CDE window manager that won't shrink with (-1,-1) - setMinimumSize( d->min.expandedTo( TQSize( 1, 1 ) ) ); - setMaximumSize( d->max ); - resize( d->size ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_LAYOUT - if ( tqlayout() ) - tqlayout()->setEnabled( TRUE ); -#endif - } -} - - -/*! \reimp */ -TQSize TQDialog::tqsizeHint() const -{ - if ( d->extension ) { - if ( d->orientation == Qt::Horizontal ) - return TQSize( TQWidget::tqsizeHint().width(), - TQMAX( TQWidget::tqsizeHint().height(),d->extension->tqsizeHint().height() ) ); - else - return TQSize( TQMAX( TQWidget::tqsizeHint().width(), d->extension->tqsizeHint().width() ), - TQWidget::tqsizeHint().height() ); - } - - return TQWidget::tqsizeHint(); -} - - -/*! \reimp */ -TQSize TQDialog::tqminimumSizeHint() const -{ - if ( d->extension ) { - if (d->orientation == Qt::Horizontal ) - return TQSize( TQWidget::tqminimumSizeHint().width(), - TQMAX( TQWidget::tqminimumSizeHint().height(), d->extension->tqminimumSizeHint().height() ) ); - else - return TQSize( TQMAX( TQWidget::tqminimumSizeHint().width(), d->extension->tqminimumSizeHint().width() ), - TQWidget::tqminimumSizeHint().height() ); - } - - return TQWidget::tqminimumSizeHint(); -} - -/*! \property TQDialog::modal - \brief whether show() should pop up the dialog as modal or modeless - - By default, this property is false and show() pops up the dialog as - modeless. - - exec() ignores the value of this property and always pops up the - dialog as modal. - - \sa show(), exec() -*/ - -void TQDialog::setModal( bool modal ) -{ - if ( modal ) - setWFlags( TQt::WShowModal ); - else - clearWFlags( TQt::WShowModal ); -} - -bool TQDialog::isModal() const -{ - return testWFlags( TQt::WShowModal ) != 0; -} - -bool TQDialog::isSizeGripEnabled() const -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_SIZEGRIP - return !!d->resizer; -#else - return FALSE; -#endif -} - - -void TQDialog::setSizeGripEnabled(bool enabled) -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_SIZEGRIP - if ( !enabled != !d->resizer ) { - if ( enabled ) { - d->resizer = new TQSizeGrip( this, "TQDialog::resizer" ); - // adjustSize() processes all events, which is suboptimal - d->resizer->resize( d->resizer->tqsizeHint() ); - if ( TQApplication::reverseLayout() ) - d->resizer->move( rect().bottomLeft() -d->resizer->rect().bottomLeft() ); - else - d->resizer->move( rect().bottomRight() -d->resizer->rect().bottomRight() ); - d->resizer->raise(); - d->resizer->show(); - } else { - delete d->resizer; - d->resizer = 0; - } - } -#endif //TQT_NO_SIZEGRIP -} - - - -/*! \reimp */ -void TQDialog::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ) -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_SIZEGRIP - if ( d->resizer ) { - if ( TQApplication::reverseLayout() ) - d->resizer->move( rect().bottomLeft() -d->resizer->rect().bottomLeft() ); - else - d->resizer->move( rect().bottomRight() -d->resizer->rect().bottomRight() ); - } -#endif -} - -#endif // TQT_NO_DIALOG diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqdialog.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8320704c3..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQDialog class -** -** Created : 950502 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQDIALOG_H -#define TQDIALOG_H - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqwidget.h" -#endif // TQT_H -#ifndef TQT_NO_DIALOG -#if 0 -TQ_OBJECT -#endif - -class TQPushButton; -class TQDialogPrivate; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQDialog : public TQWidget -{ -friend class TQPushButton; - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - Q_PROPERTY( bool sizeGripEnabled READ isSizeGripEnabled WRITE setSizeGripEnabled ) - Q_PROPERTY( bool modal READ isModal WRITE setModal ) - -public: - TQ_EXPLICIT TQDialog( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool modal=FALSE, - WFlags f=0 ); - ~TQDialog(); - - enum DialogCode { Rejected, Accepted }; - - int result() const { return rescode; } - - void show(); - void hide(); - void move( int x, int y ); - void move( const TQPoint &p ); - void resize( int w, int h ); - void resize( const TQSize & ); - void setGeometry( int x, int y, int w, int h ); - void setGeometry( const TQRect & ); - - void setOrientation( Qt::Orientation orientation ); - Qt::Orientation orientation() const; - - void setExtension( TQWidget* extension ); - TQWidget* extension() const; - - TQSize tqsizeHint() const; - TQSize tqminimumSizeHint() const; - - void setSizeGripEnabled( bool ); - bool isSizeGripEnabled() const; - - void setModal( bool modal ); - bool isModal() const; -#ifdef TQ_OS_TEMP - bool event( TQEvent * ); -#endif - -public Q_SLOTS: - int exec(); - -protected Q_SLOTS: - virtual void done( int ); - virtual void accept(); - virtual void reject(); - - void showExtension( bool ); - -protected: - void setResult( int r ) { rescode = r; } - virtual void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * ); - virtual void closeEvent( TQCloseEvent * ); - virtual void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ); - virtual void contextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent * ); - virtual bool eventFilter( TQObject *, TQEvent * ); - void adjustPosition( TQWidget*); - -private: - void setDefault( TQPushButton * ); - void setMainDefault( TQPushButton * ); - void hideDefault(); -#ifdef TQ_OS_TEMP - void hideSpecial(); -#endif - - int rescode; - uint did_move : 1; - uint has_relpos : 1; - uint did_resize : 1; - uint in_loop: 1; - void adjustPositionInternal( TQWidget*, bool useRelPos = FALSE ); - TQDialogPrivate* d; - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQDialog( const TQDialog & ); - TQDialog &operator=( const TQDialog & ); -#endif -}; - -#endif // TQT_NO_DIALOG -#endif // TQDIALOG_H diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqerrormessage.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqerrormessage.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 3b5cf4bbe..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqerrormessage.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,270 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of a nice tqInstallMsgHandler() handler -** -** Created : 000527, after Kalle Dalheimer's birthday -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqerrormessage.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_ERRORMESSAGE - -#include "tqapplication.h" -#include "tqcheckbox.h" -#include "tqdict.h" -#include "tqlabel.h" -#include "tqlayout.h" -#include "tqmessagebox.h" -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqstringlist.h" -#include "tqstylesheet.h" -#include "tqtextview.h" - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> - -class TQErrorMessageTextView : public TQTextView -{ -public: - TQErrorMessageTextView( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) - : TQTextView( parent, name ) { } - - virtual TQSize tqminimumSizeHint() const; - virtual TQSize tqsizeHint() const; -}; - -TQSize TQErrorMessageTextView::tqminimumSizeHint() const -{ - return TQSize( 50, 50 ); -} - -TQSize TQErrorMessageTextView::tqsizeHint() const -{ - return TQSize( 250, 75 ); -} - -/*! \class TQErrorMessage - - \brief The TQErrorMessage class provides an error message display dialog. - - \ingroup dialogs - \ingroup misc - -This is basically a TQLabel and a "show this message again" checkbox which -remembers what not to show. - -There are two ways to use this class: -\list 1 -\i For production applications. In this context the class can be used to -display messages which you don't need the user to see more than once. To use -TQErrorMessage like this, you create the dialog in the usual way and call the -message() slot, or connect Q_SIGNALS to it. - -\i For developers. In this context the static qtHandler() installs -a message handler using tqInstallMsgHandler() and creates a TQErrorMessage -that displays qDebug(), qWarning() and qFatal() messages. -\endlist - -In both cases TQErrorMessage will queue pending messages, and display -them (or not) in order, as soon as the user presses Enter or clicks OK -after seeing each message. - -\img qerrormessage.png - -\sa TQMessageBox TQStatusBar::message() -*/ - -static TQErrorMessage * qtMessageHandler = 0; - -static void deleteStaticcTQErrorMessage() // post-routine -{ - if ( qtMessageHandler ) { - delete qtMessageHandler; - qtMessageHandler = 0; - } -} - -static bool metFatal = FALSE; - -void jump( TQtMsgType t, const char * m ) -{ - if ( !qtMessageHandler ) - return; - - TQString rich; - - switch ( t ) { - case TQtDebugMsg: - default: - rich = TQErrorMessage::tr( "Debug Message:" ); - break; - case TQtWarningMsg: - rich = TQErrorMessage::tr( "Warning:" ); - break; - case TQtFatalMsg: - rich = TQErrorMessage::tr( "Fatal Error:" ); - } - rich = TQString( "<p><b>%1</b></p>" ).arg( rich ); - rich += TQStyleSheet::convertFromPlainText( m, - TQStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNormal ); - - // ### work around text engine quirk - if ( rich.endsWith("</p>") ) - rich.truncate( rich.length() - 4 ); - - if ( !metFatal ) { - qtMessageHandler->message( rich ); - metFatal = ( t == TQtFatalMsg ); - } -} - - -/*! Constructs and installs an error handler window. - The parent \a parent and name \a name are passed on to the TQDialog - constructor. -*/ - -TQErrorMessage::TQErrorMessage( TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) - : TQDialog( parent, name ) -{ - TQGridLayout * grid = new TQGridLayout( this, 3, 2, 11, 6 ); - icon = new TQLabel( this, "qt_icon_lbl" ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_MESSAGEBOX - icon->setPixmap( TQMessageBox::standardIcon(TQMessageBox::Information) ); -#endif - grid->addWidget( icon, 0, 0, Qt::AlignTop ); - errors = new TQErrorMessageTextView( this, "errors" ); - grid->addWidget( errors, 0, 1 ); - again = new TQCheckBox( tr( "&Show this message again" ), this, "again" ); - again->setChecked( TRUE ); - grid->addWidget( again, 1, 1, (Qt::Alignment)(TQt::AlignTop + TQt::AlignAuto) ); - ok = new TQPushButton( tr( "&OK" ), this, "ok" ); - connect( ok, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), this, TQT_SLOT(accept()) ); - ok->setFocus(); - grid->addMultiCellWidget( ok, 2, 2, 0, 1, Qt::AlignCenter ); - grid->setColStretch( 1, 42 ); - grid->setRowStretch( 0, 42 ); - pending = new TQStringList; - doNotShow = new TQDict<int>; -} - - -/*! Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. Notably, -the list of "do not show again" messages is deleted. */ - -TQErrorMessage::~TQErrorMessage() -{ - if ( this == qtMessageHandler ) { - qtMessageHandler = 0; - TQtMsgHandler tmp = tqInstallMsgHandler( 0 ); - // in case someone else has later stuck in another... - if ( tmp != jump ) - tqInstallMsgHandler( tmp ); - } - - delete pending; - delete doNotShow; -} - - -/*! \reimp */ - -void TQErrorMessage::done( int a ) -{ - int dummy = 0; - if ( !again->isChecked() ) - doNotShow->insert( errors->text(), &dummy ); - if ( !nextPending() ) { - TQDialog::done( a ); - if ( this == qtMessageHandler && metFatal ) - exit( 1 ); - } -} - - -/*! Returns a pointer to a TQErrorMessage object that outputs the -default TQt messages. This function creates such an object, if there -isn't one already. -*/ - -TQErrorMessage * TQErrorMessage::qtHandler() -{ - if ( !qtMessageHandler ) { - qtMessageHandler = new TQErrorMessage( 0, "automatic message handler" ); - qAddPostRoutine( deleteStaticcTQErrorMessage ); // clean up -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - if ( tqApp->mainWidget() ) - qtMessageHandler->setCaption( tqApp->mainWidget()->caption() ); -#endif - tqInstallMsgHandler( jump ); - } - return qtMessageHandler; -} - - -/*! \internal */ - -bool TQErrorMessage::nextPending() -{ - while ( !pending->isEmpty() ) { - TQString p = *pending->begin(); - pending->remove( pending->begin() ); - if ( !p.isEmpty() && !doNotShow->find( p ) ) { - errors->setText( p ); - return TRUE; - } - } - return FALSE; -} - - -/*! Shows message \a m and returns immediately. If the user has requested - that \a m not be shown, this function does nothing. - - Normally, \a m is shown at once, but if there are pending messages, - \a m is queued for later display. -*/ - -void TQErrorMessage::message( const TQString & m ) -{ - if ( doNotShow->find( m ) ) - return; - pending->append( m ); - if ( !isVisible() && nextPending() ) - show(); -} - -#endif // TQT_NO_ERRORMESSAGE diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqerrormessage.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqerrormessage.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8513c5e54..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqerrormessage.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of a nice qInstallErrorMessage() handler -** -** Created : 000527, after Kalle Dalheimer's birthday -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQERRORMESSAGE_H -#define TQERRORMESSAGE_H - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqdialog.h" -#endif // TQT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_ERRORMESSAGE -class TQPushButton; -class TQCheckBox; -class TQLabel; -class TQTextView; -class TQStringList; -template<class type> class TQDict; - - -class TQ_EXPORT TQErrorMessage: public TQDialog { - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQErrorMessage( TQWidget* parent, const char* name=0 ); - ~TQErrorMessage(); - - static TQErrorMessage * qtHandler(); - -public Q_SLOTS: - void message( const TQString & ); - -protected: - void done( int ); - -private: - TQPushButton * ok; - TQCheckBox * again; - TQTextView * errors; - TQLabel * icon; - TQStringList * pending; - TQDict<int> * doNotShow; - - bool nextPending(); - -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator= - TQErrorMessage( const TQErrorMessage & ); - TQErrorMessage &operator=( const TQErrorMessage & ); -#endif -}; - -#endif //TQT_NO_ERRORMESSAGE - -#endif diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfiledialog.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfiledialog.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index d2763bf36..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfiledialog.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6466 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of TQFileDialog class -** -** Created : 950429 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqplatformdefs.h" - -// Solaris redefines connect -> __xnet_connect with _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED. -#if defined(connect) -# undef connect -#endif - -// POSIX Large File Support redefines truncate -> truncate64 -#if defined(truncate) -# undef truncate -#endif - -#include "tqfiledialog.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG - -#include "private/tqapplication_p.h" -#include "tqapplication.h" -#include "tqbitmap.h" -#include "tqbuttongroup.h" -#include "tqcheckbox.h" -#include "tqcleanuphandler.h" -#include "tqcombobox.h" -#include "tqcstring.h" -#include "tqcursor.h" -#include "tqdragobject.h" -#include "tqfile.h" -#include "tqguardedptr.h" -#include "tqhbox.h" -#include "tqheader.h" -#include "tqlabel.h" -#include "tqlayout.h" -#include "tqlibrary.h" -#include "tqlineedit.h" -#include "tqlistbox.h" -#include "tqlistview.h" -#include "tqmap.h" -#include "tqmessagebox.h" -#include "tqmime.h" -#include "tqnetworkprotocol.h" -#include "tqobjectlist.h" -#include "tqpainter.h" -#include "tqpopupmenu.h" -#include "tqprogressbar.h" -#include "tqptrvector.h" -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqregexp.h" -#include "tqsemimodal.h" -#include "tqsplitter.h" -#include "tqstrlist.h" -#include "tqstyle.h" -#include "tqtimer.h" -#include "tqtoolbutton.h" -#include "tqtooltip.h" -#include "tqvbox.h" -#include "tqwidgetstack.h" - -#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN -#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT -# include <private/tqmutexpool_p.h> -#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT -#endif // TQ_WS_WIN - -#if !defined(TQ_OS_TEMP) -#include <time.h> -#else -#include <shellapi.h> -#endif -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <limits.h> -#include <ctype.h> - -#ifdef TQ_WS_MAC -#include "tqt_mac.h" -extern TQString qt_mac_precomposeFileName(const TQString &); // qglobal.cpp -#undef check -#endif - -/* XPM */ -static const char * const start_xpm[]={ - "16 15 8 1", - "a c #cec6bd", - "# c #000000", - "e c #ffff00", - "b c #999999", - "f c #cccccc", - "d c #dcdcdc", - "c c #ffffff", - ". c None", - ".....######aaaaa", - "...bb#cccc##aaaa", - "..bcc#cccc#d#aaa", - ".bcef#cccc#dd#aa", - ".bcfe#cccc#####a", - ".bcef#ccccccccc#", - "bbbbbbbbbbbbccc#", - "bccccccccccbbcc#", - "bcefefefefee#bc#", - ".bcefefefefef#c#", - ".bcfefefefefe#c#", - "..bcfefefefeeb##", - "..bbbbbbbbbbbbb#", - "...#############", - "................"}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char * const end_xpm[]={ - "16 15 9 1", - "d c #a0a0a0", - "c c #c3c3c3", - "# c #cec6bd", - ". c #000000", - "f c #ffff00", - "e c #999999", - "g c #cccccc", - "b c #ffffff", - "a c None", - "......####aaaaaa", - ".bbbb..###aaaaaa", - ".bbbb.c.##aaaaaa", - ".bbbb....ddeeeea", - ".bbbbbbb.bbbbbe.", - ".bbbbbbb.bcfgfe.", - "eeeeeeeeeeeeefe.", - "ebbbbbbbbbbeege.", - "ebfgfgfgfgff.ee.", - "aebfgfgfgfgfg.e.", - "aebgfgfgfgfgf.e.", - "aaebgfgfgfgffe..", - "aaeeeeeeeeeeeee.", - "aaa.............", - "aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa"}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char* const open_xpm[]={ - "16 16 6 1", - ". c None", - "b c #ffff00", - "d c #000000", - "* c #999999", - "c c #cccccc", - "a c #ffffff", - "................", - "................", - "...*****........", - "..*aaaaa*.......", - ".*abcbcba******.", - ".*acbcbcaaaaaa*d", - ".*abcbcbcbcbcb*d", - "*************b*d", - "*aaaaaaaaaa**c*d", - "*abcbcbcbcbbd**d", - ".*abcbcbcbcbcd*d", - ".*acbcbcbcbcbd*d", - "..*acbcbcbcbb*dd", - "..*************d", - "...ddddddddddddd", - "................"}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char * const link_dir_xpm[]={ - "16 16 10 1", - "h c #808080", - "g c #a0a0a0", - "d c #000000", - "b c #ffff00", - "f c #303030", - "# c #999999", - "a c #cccccc", - "e c #585858", - "c c #ffffff", - ". c None", - "................", - "................", - "..#####.........", - ".#ababa#........", - "#abababa######..", - "#cccccccccccc#d.", - "#cbababababab#d.", - "#cabababababa#d.", - "#cbababdddddddd.", - "#cababadccccccd.", - "#cbababdcececcd.", - "#cababadcefdfcd.", - "#cbababdccgdhcd.", - "#######dccchccd.", - ".dddddddddddddd.", - "................"}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char * const link_file_xpm[]={ - "16 16 10 1", - "h c #808080", - "g c #a0a0a0", - "d c #c3c3c3", - ". c #7f7f7f", - "c c #000000", - "b c #bfbfbf", - "f c #303030", - "e c #585858", - "a c #ffffff", - "# c None", - "################", - "..........######", - ".aaaaaaaab.#####", - ".aaaaaaaaba.####", - ".aaaaaaaacccc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaadc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaadc###", - ".aaaacccccccc###", - ".aaaacaaaaaac###", - ".aaaacaeaeaac###", - ".aaaacaefcfac###", - ".aaaacaagchac###", - ".ddddcaaahaac###", - "ccccccccccccc###"}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char* const file_xpm[]={ - "16 16 5 1", - ". c #7f7f7f", - "# c None", - "c c #000000", - "b c #bfbfbf", - "a c #ffffff", - "################", - "..........######", - ".aaaaaaaab.#####", - ".aaaaaaaaba.####", - ".aaaaaaaacccc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".aaaaaaaaaabc###", - ".bbbbbbbbbbbc###", - "ccccccccccccc###"}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char * const closed_xpm[]={ - "16 16 6 1", - ". c None", - "b c #ffff00", - "d c #000000", - "* c #999999", - "a c #cccccc", - "c c #ffffff", - "................", - "................", - "..*****.........", - ".*ababa*........", - "*abababa******..", - "*cccccccccccc*d.", - "*cbababababab*d.", - "*cabababababa*d.", - "*cbababababab*d.", - "*cabababababa*d.", - "*cbababababab*d.", - "*cabababababa*d.", - "*cbababababab*d.", - "**************d.", - ".dddddddddddddd.", - "................"}; - - -/* XPM */ -static const char* const cdtoparent_xpm[]={ - "15 13 3 1", - ". c None", - "* c #000000", - "a c #ffff99", - "..*****........", - ".*aaaaa*.......", - "***************", - "*aaaaaaaaaaaaa*", - "*aaaa*aaaaaaaa*", - "*aaa***aaaaaaa*", - "*aa*****aaaaaa*", - "*aaaa*aaaaaaaa*", - "*aaaa*aaaaaaaa*", - "*aaaa******aaa*", - "*aaaaaaaaaaaaa*", - "*aaaaaaaaaaaaa*", - "***************"}; - - -/* XPM */ -static const char* const newfolder_xpm[] = { - "15 14 4 1", - " c None", - ". c #000000", - "+ c #FFFF00", - "@ c #FFFFFF", - " . ", - " ", - " . ", - " . . ", - " .... . . . ", - " .+@+@. . . ", - ".......... . .", - ".@+@+@+@+@.. ", - ".+@+@+@+@+. . ", - ".@+@+@+@+@. . ", - ".+@+@+@+@+. ", - ".@+@+@+@+@. ", - ".+@+@+@+@+. ", - "........... "}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char* const detailedview_xpm[]={ - "14 11 3 1", - ". c None", - "* c #000000", - "a c #000099", - ".****.***.***.", - "..............", - "aaaaaaaaaaaaaa", - "..............", - ".****.***.***.", - "..............", - ".****.***.***.", - "..............", - ".****.***.***.", - "..............", - ".****.***.***."}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char* const previewinfoview_xpm[]={ - "13 13 4 1", - ". c #00007f", - "a c black", - "# c #cec6bd", - "b c #000000", - "..#####aaaaaa", - ".#.#bb#a#####", - "...####a#bbb#", - "#######a#####", - "#######a#bb##", - "..#####a#####", - ".#.#bb#a#bbb#", - "...####a#####", - "#######a#bb##", - "#######a#####", - "..#####a#bbb#", - ".#.#bb#a#####", - "...####aaaaaa"}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char* const previewcontentsview_xpm[]={ - "14 13 5 1", - ". c #00007f", - "a c black", - "c c #7f007f", - "# c #cec6bd", - "b c #000000", - "..#####aaaaaaa", - ".#.#bb#a#####a", - "...####a#ccc#a", - "#######a#ccc#a", - "#######a#####a", - "..#####a#bbb#a", - ".#.#bb#a#####a", - "...####a#bbb#a", - "#######a#####a", - "#######a#bbb#a", - "..#####a#####a", - ".#.#bb#a#####a", - "...####aaaaaaa"}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char* const mclistview_xpm[]={ - "15 11 4 1", - "* c None", - "b c #000000", - ". c #000099", - "a c #ffffff", - "...*****...****", - ".a.*bbb*.a.*bbb", - "...*****...****", - "***************", - "...*****...****", - ".a.*bbb*.a.*bbb", - "...*****...****", - "***************", - "...*****...****", - ".a.*bbb*.a.*bbb", - "...*****...****"}; - -/* XPM */ -static const char * const back_xpm [] = { - "13 11 3 1", - "a c #00ffff", - "# c #000000", - ". c None", - ".....#.......", - "....##.......", - "...#a#.......", - "..#aa########", - ".#aaaaaaaaaa#", - "#aaaaaaaaaaa#", - ".#aaaaaaaaaa#", - "..#aa########", - "...#a#.......", - "....##.......", - ".....#......."}; - -static TQPixmap * openFolderIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * closedFolderIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * detailViewIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * multiColumnListViewIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * cdToParentIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * newFolderIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * fifteenTransparentPixels = 0; -static TQPixmap * symLinkDirIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * symLinkFileIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * fileIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * startCopyIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * endCopyIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * previewContentsViewIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap * previewInfoViewIcon = 0; -static TQPixmap *goBackIcon = 0; -static TQFileIconProvider * fileIconProvider = 0; -static int lastWidth = 0; -static int lastHeight = 0; -static TQString * workingDirectory = 0; - -static bool bShowHiddenFiles = FALSE; -static int sortFilesBy = (int)TQDir::Name; -static bool sortAscending = TRUE; -static bool detailViewMode = FALSE; - -static TQCleanupHandler<TQPixmap> qfd_cleanup_pixmap; -static TQCleanupHandler<TQString> qfd_cleanup_string; - -static TQString toRootIfNotExists( const TQString &path ) -{ - if ( !path.isEmpty() ) - return path; - - const TQFileInfoList *drives = TQDir::drives(); - TQ_ASSERT( drives && !drives->isEmpty() ); - return drives->getFirst()->filePath(); -} - -static bool isDirectoryMode( int m ) -{ - return m == TQFileDialog::Directory || m == TQFileDialog::DirectoryOnly; -} - -static void updateLastSize( TQFileDialog *that ) -{ - int extWidth = 0; - int extHeight = 0; - if ( that->extension() && that->extension()->isVisible() ) { - if ( that->orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) - extHeight = that->extension()->height(); - else - extWidth = that->extension()->width(); - } - lastWidth = that->width() - extWidth; - lastHeight = that->height() - extHeight; -} - -// Don't remove the lines below! -// -// resolving the W methods manually is needed, because Windows 95 doesn't include -// these methods in Shell32.lib (not even stubs!), so you'd get an unresolved symbol -// when TQt calls getEsistingDirectory(), etc. -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - -typedef UINT (WINAPI *PtrExtractIconEx)(LPCTSTR,int,HICON*,HICON*,UINT); -static PtrExtractIconEx ptrExtractIconEx = 0; - -static void resolveLibs() -{ -#ifndef TQ_OS_TEMP - static bool triedResolve = FALSE; - - if ( !triedResolve ) { -#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT - // protect initialization - TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ? - tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &triedResolve ) : 0 ); - // check triedResolve again, since another thread may have already - // done the initialization - if ( triedResolve ) { - // another thread did initialize the security function pointers, - // so we shouldn't do it again. - return; - } -#endif - triedResolve = TRUE; - if ( qt_wintqunicode ) { - TQLibrary lib("shell32"); - lib.setAutoUnload( FALSE ); - ptrExtractIconEx = (PtrExtractIconEx) lib.resolve( "ExtractIconExW" ); - } - } -#endif -} -#ifdef TQ_OS_TEMP -#define PtrExtractIconEx ExtractIconEx -#endif - -class TQWindowsIconProvider : public TQFileIconProvider -{ -public: - TQWindowsIconProvider( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); - ~TQWindowsIconProvider(); - - const TQPixmap * pixmap( const TQFileInfo &fi ); - -private: - TQPixmap defaultFolder; - TQPixmap defaultFile; - TQPixmap defaultExe; - TQPixmap pix; - int pixw, pixh; - TQMap< TQString, TQPixmap > cache; - -}; -#endif - -static void makeVariables() { - if ( !openFolderIcon ) { - workingDirectory = new TQString( ::toRootIfNotExists(TQDir::currentDirPath()) ); - qfd_cleanup_string.add( &workingDirectory ); - - openFolderIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)open_xpm); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &openFolderIcon ); - symLinkDirIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)link_dir_xpm); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &symLinkDirIcon ); - symLinkFileIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)link_file_xpm); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &symLinkFileIcon ); - fileIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)file_xpm); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &fileIcon ); - closedFolderIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)closed_xpm); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &closedFolderIcon ); - detailViewIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)detailedview_xpm); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &detailViewIcon ); - multiColumnListViewIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)mclistview_xpm); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &multiColumnListViewIcon ); - cdToParentIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)cdtoparent_xpm); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &cdToParentIcon ); - newFolderIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)newfolder_xpm); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &newFolderIcon ); - previewInfoViewIcon - = new TQPixmap( (const char **)previewinfoview_xpm ); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &previewInfoViewIcon ); - previewContentsViewIcon - = new TQPixmap( (const char **)previewcontentsview_xpm ); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &previewContentsViewIcon ); - startCopyIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)start_xpm ); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &startCopyIcon ); - endCopyIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)end_xpm ); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &endCopyIcon ); - goBackIcon = new TQPixmap( (const char **)back_xpm ); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &goBackIcon ); - fifteenTransparentPixels = new TQPixmap( closedFolderIcon->width(), 1 ); - qfd_cleanup_pixmap.add( &fifteenTransparentPixels ); - TQBitmap m( fifteenTransparentPixels->width(), 1 ); - m.fill( TQt::color0 ); - fifteenTransparentPixels->setMask( m ); - bShowHiddenFiles = FALSE; - sortFilesBy = (int)TQDir::Name; - detailViewMode = FALSE; -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - if ( !fileIconProvider ) - fileIconProvider = new TQWindowsIconProvider( tqApp ); -#endif - } -} - -/****************************************************************** - * - * Definitions of view classes - * - ******************************************************************/ - -class TQRenameEdit : public TQLineEdit -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - -public: - TQRenameEdit( TQWidget *parent ) - : TQLineEdit( parent, "qt_rename_edit" ), doRenameAlreadyEmitted(FALSE) - { - connect( this, TQT_SIGNAL(returnPressed()), TQT_SLOT(slotReturnPressed()) ); - } - -protected: - void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ); - void focusOutEvent( TQFocusEvent *e ); - -Q_SIGNALS: - void cancelRename(); - void doRename(); - -private Q_SLOTS: - void slotReturnPressed(); - -private: - bool doRenameAlreadyEmitted; -}; - -class TQFileListBox : public TQListBox -{ - friend class TQFileDialog; - - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - -private: - TQFileListBox( TQWidget *parent, TQFileDialog *d ); - - void clear(); - void show(); - void startRename( bool check = TRUE ); - void viewportMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); - void viewportMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); - void viewportMouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); - void viewportMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - void viewportDragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e ); - void viewportDragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e ); - void viewportDragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent *e ); - void viewportDropEvent( TQDropEvent *e ); - bool acceptDrop( const TQPoint &pnt, TQWidget *source ); - void setCurrentDropItem( const TQPoint &pnt ); -#endif - void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ); - -private Q_SLOTS: - void rename(); - void cancelRename(); - void doubleClickTimeout(); - void changeDirDuringDrag(); - void dragObjDestroyed(); - void contentsMoved( int, int ); - -private: - TQRenameEdit *lined; - TQFileDialog *filedialog; - bool renaming; - TQTimer* renameTimer; - TQListBoxItem *renameItem, *dragItem; - TQPoint pressPos, oldDragPos; - bool mousePressed; - int urls; - TQString startDragDir; - TQListBoxItem *currDropItem; - TQTimer *changeDirTimer; - bool firstMousePressEvent; - TQUrlOperator startDragUrl; - -}; - - -class TQFileDialogTQFileListView : public TQListView -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - -public: - TQFileDialogTQFileListView( TQWidget *parent, TQFileDialog *d ); - - void clear(); - void startRename( bool check = TRUE ); - void setSorting( int column, bool increasing = TRUE ); - - TQRenameEdit *lined; - bool renaming; - TQListViewItem *renameItem; - -private: - void viewportMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); - void viewportMouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); - void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ); - void viewportMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); - void viewportMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - void viewportDragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e ); - void viewportDragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e ); - void viewportDragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent *e ); - void viewportDropEvent( TQDropEvent *e ); - bool acceptDrop( const TQPoint &pnt, TQWidget *source ); - void setCurrentDropItem( const TQPoint &pnt ); -#endif - -private Q_SLOTS: - void rename(); - void cancelRename(); - void changeSortColumn2( int column ); - void doubleClickTimeout(); - void changeDirDuringDrag(); - void dragObjDestroyed(); - void contentsMoved( int, int ); - -private: - TQFileDialog *filedialog; - TQTimer* renameTimer; - TQPoint pressPos, oldDragPos; - bool mousePressed; - int urls; - TQString startDragDir; - TQListViewItem *currDropItem, *dragItem; - TQTimer *changeDirTimer; - bool firstMousePressEvent; - bool ascending; - int sortcolumn; - TQUrlOperator startDragUrl; - -}; - -/**************************************************************************** - * - * Classes for copy progress dialog - * - ****************************************************************************/ - -class TQFDProgressAnimation : public TQWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - -public: - TQFDProgressAnimation( TQWidget *parent ); - void start(); - -private Q_SLOTS: - void next(); - -protected: - void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent *e ); - -private: - int step; - TQTimer *timer; - -}; - -TQFDProgressAnimation::TQFDProgressAnimation( TQWidget *parent ) - : TQWidget( parent, "qt_progressanimation" ) -{ - setFixedSize( 300, 50 ); - step = -1; - next(); - timer = new TQTimer( this ); - connect( timer, TQT_SIGNAL( timeout() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( next() ) ); -} - -void TQFDProgressAnimation::start() -{ - timer->start( 150, FALSE ); -} - -void TQFDProgressAnimation::next() -{ - ++step; - if ( step > 10 ) - step = 0; - tqrepaint(); -} - -void TQFDProgressAnimation::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ) -{ - erase(); - - TQPainter p; - p.begin( this ); - if ( step == 0 ) { - p.drawPixmap( 5, ( height() - startCopyIcon->height() ) / 2, - *startCopyIcon ); - p.drawPixmap( width() - 5 - openFolderIcon->width(), - ( height() - openFolderIcon->height() ) / 2 , *openFolderIcon ); - } else if ( step == 10 ) { - p.drawPixmap( 5, ( height() - openFolderIcon->height() ) / 2, - *openFolderIcon ); - p.drawPixmap( width() - 5 - endCopyIcon->width(), - ( height() - endCopyIcon->height() ) / 2 , *endCopyIcon ); - } else { - p.drawPixmap( 5, ( height() - openFolderIcon->height() ) / 2, - *openFolderIcon ); - p.drawPixmap( width() - 5 - openFolderIcon->width(), - ( height() - openFolderIcon->height() ) / 2 , *openFolderIcon ); - int x = 10 + openFolderIcon->width(); - int w = width() - 2 * x; - int s = w / 9; - p.drawPixmap( x + s * step, ( height() - fileIcon->height() ) / 2 - fileIcon->height(), - *fileIcon ); - } -} - - -class TQFDProgressDialog : public TQDialog -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - -public: - TQFDProgressDialog( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &fn, int steps ); - - void setReadProgress( int p ); - void setWriteProgress( int p ); - void setWriteLabel( const TQString &s ); - -Q_SIGNALS: - void cancelled(); - -private: - TQProgressBar *readBar; - TQProgressBar *writeBar; - TQLabel *writeLabel; - TQFDProgressAnimation *animation; - -}; - -TQFDProgressDialog::TQFDProgressDialog( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &fn, int steps ) - : TQDialog( parent, "", TRUE ) -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - setCaption( TQFileDialog::tr( "Copy or Move a File" ) ); -#endif - TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this ); - tqlayout->setSpacing( 5 ); - tqlayout->setMargin( 5 ); - - animation = new TQFDProgressAnimation( this ); - tqlayout->addWidget( animation ); - - tqlayout->addWidget( new TQLabel( TQFileDialog::tr( "Read: %1" ).arg( fn ), - this, "qt_read_lbl" ) ); - readBar = new TQProgressBar( steps, this, "qt_readbar" ); - readBar->reset(); - readBar->setProgress( 0 ); - tqlayout->addWidget( readBar ); - writeLabel = new TQLabel( TQFileDialog::tr( "Write: %1" ).arg( TQString() ), - this, "qt_write_lbl" ); - tqlayout->addWidget( writeLabel ); - writeBar = new TQProgressBar( steps, this, "qt_writebar" ); - writeBar->reset(); - writeBar->setProgress( 0 ); - tqlayout->addWidget( writeBar ); - - TQPushButton *b = new TQPushButton( TQFileDialog::tr( "Cancel" ), this, - "qt_cancel_btn" ); - b->setFixedSize( b->tqsizeHint() ); - tqlayout->addWidget( b ); - connect( b, TQT_SIGNAL( clicked() ), - this, TQT_SIGNAL( cancelled() ) ); - - animation->start(); -} - -void TQFDProgressDialog::setReadProgress( int p ) -{ - readBar->setProgress( p ); -} - -void TQFDProgressDialog::setWriteProgress( int p ) -{ - writeBar->setProgress( p ); -} - -void TQFDProgressDialog::setWriteLabel( const TQString &s ) -{ - writeLabel->setText( TQFileDialog::tr( "Write: %1" ).arg( s ) ); -} - -/************************************************************************ - * - * Private TQFileDialog members - * - ************************************************************************/ - -class TQFileDialogPrivate { -public: - ~TQFileDialogPrivate(); - - TQStringList history; - - bool geometryDirty; - TQComboBox * paths; - TQComboBox * types; - TQLabel * pathL; - TQLabel * fileL; - TQLabel * typeL; - - TQVBoxLayout * topLevelLayout; - TQHBoxLayout *buttonLayout, *leftLayout, *rightLayout; - TQPtrList<TQHBoxLayout> extraWidgetsLayouts; - TQPtrList<TQLabel> extraLabels; - TQPtrList<TQWidget> extraWidgets; - TQPtrList<TQWidget> extraButtons; - TQPtrList<TQButton> toolButtons; - - TQWidgetStack * stack; - - TQToolButton * cdToParent, *newFolder, * detailView, * mcView, - *previewInfo, *previewContents, *goBack; - TQButtonGroup * modeButtons; - - TQString currentFileName; - TQListViewItem *last; - - TQListBoxItem *lastEFSelected; - - struct File: public TQListViewItem { - File( TQFileDialogPrivate * dlgp, - const TQUrlInfo * fi, TQListViewItem * parent ) - : TQListViewItem( parent, dlgp->last ), info( *fi ), d(dlgp), i( 0 ), hasMimePixmap( FALSE ) - { setup(); dlgp->last = this; } - File( TQFileDialogPrivate * dlgp, - const TQUrlInfo * fi, TQListView * parent ) - : TQListViewItem( parent, dlgp->last ), info( *fi ), d(dlgp), i( 0 ), hasMimePixmap( FALSE ) - { setup(); dlgp->last = this; } - File( TQFileDialogPrivate * dlgp, - const TQUrlInfo * fi, TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after ) - : TQListViewItem( parent, after ), info( *fi ), d(dlgp), i( 0 ), hasMimePixmap( FALSE ) - { setup(); if ( !nextSibling() ) dlgp->last = this; } - ~File(); - - TQString text( int column ) const; - const TQPixmap * pixmap( int ) const; - - TQUrlInfo info; - TQFileDialogPrivate * d; - TQListBoxItem *i; - bool hasMimePixmap; - }; - - class MCItem: public TQListBoxItem { - public: - MCItem( TQListBox *, TQListViewItem * item ); - MCItem( TQListBox *, TQListViewItem * item, TQListBoxItem *after ); - TQString text() const; - const TQPixmap *pixmap() const; - int height( const TQListBox * ) const; - int width( const TQListBox * ) const; - void paint( TQPainter * ); - TQListViewItem * i; - }; - - class UrlInfoList : public TQPtrList<TQUrlInfo> { - public: - UrlInfoList() { setAutoDelete( TRUE ); } - int compareItems( TQPtrCollection::Item n1, TQPtrCollection::Item n2 ) { - if ( !n1 || !n2 ) - return 0; - - TQUrlInfo *i1 = ( TQUrlInfo *)n1; - TQUrlInfo *i2 = ( TQUrlInfo *)n2; - - if ( i1->isDir() && !i2->isDir() ) - return -1; - if ( !i1->isDir() && i2->isDir() ) - return 1; - - if ( i1->name() == ".." ) - return -1; - if ( i2->name() == ".." ) - return 1; - - if ( sortFilesBy == TQDir::Name ) { -#if defined(TQ_OS_WIN32) - TQString name1 = i1->name().lower(); - TQString name2 = i2->name().lower(); - return name1.localeAwareCompare( name2 ); -#else - TQString name1 = i1->name(); - TQString name2 = i2->name(); - return name1.localeAwareCompare( name2 ); -#endif - } - if ( TQUrlInfo::equal( *i1, *i2, sortFilesBy ) ) - return 0; - else if ( TQUrlInfo::greaterThan( *i1, *i2, sortFilesBy ) ) - return 1; - else if ( TQUrlInfo::lessThan( *i1, *i2, sortFilesBy ) ) - return -1; - // can't happen... - return 0; - } - TQUrlInfo *operator[]( int i ) { - return at( i ); - } - }; - - UrlInfoList sortedList; - TQPtrList<File> pendingItems; - - TQFileListBox * moreFiles; - - TQFileDialog::Mode mode; - - TQString rw; - TQString ro; - TQString wo; - TQString inaccessible; - - TQString symLinkToFile; - TQString file; - TQString symLinkToDir; - TQString dir; - TQString symLinkToSpecial; - TQString special; - TQWidgetStack *preview; - bool infoPreview, contentsPreview; - TQSplitter *splitter; - TQUrlOperator url, oldUrl; - TQWidget *infoPreviewWidget, *contentsPreviewWidget; - TQFilePreview *infoPreviewer, *contentsPreviewer; - bool hadDotDot; - - bool ignoreNextKeyPress; - // ignores the next refresh operation in case the user forced a selection - bool ignoreNextRefresh; - TQFDProgressDialog *progressDia; - bool checkForFilter; - bool ignoreStop; - - TQTimer *mimeTypeTimer; - const TQNetworkOperation *currListChildren; - - // this is similar to TQUrl::encode but does encode "*" and - // doesn't encode whitespaces - static TQString encodeFileName( const TQString& fName ) { - - TQString newStr; - TQCString cName = fName.utf8(); - const TQCString sChars( -#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN - "#%" -#else - "<>#@\"&%$:,;?={}|^~[]\'`\\*" -#endif - ); - - int len = cName.length(); - if ( !len ) - return TQString::null; - for ( int i = 0; i < len ;++i ) { - uchar inCh = (uchar)cName[ i ]; - if ( inCh >= 128 || sChars.contains(inCh) ) - { - newStr += TQChar( '%' ); - ushort c = inCh / 16; - c += c > 9 ? 'A' - 10 : '0'; - newStr += (char)c; - c = inCh % 16; - c += c > 9 ? 'A' - 10 : '0'; - newStr += (char)c; - } else { - newStr += (char)inCh; - } - } - return newStr; - } - - static bool fileExists( const TQUrlOperator &url, const TQString& name ) - { - TQUrl u( url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(name) ); - if ( u.isLocalFile() ) { - TQFileInfo f( u.path() ); - return f.exists(); - } else { - TQNetworkProtocol *p = TQNetworkProtocol::getNetworkProtocol( url.protocol() ); - if ( p && (p->supportedOperations()&TQNetworkProtocol::OpListChildren) ) { - TQUrlInfo ui( url, name ); - return ui.isValid(); - } - } - return TRUE; - } - -#ifndef TQ_NO_CURSOR - bool cursorOverride; // Remember if the cursor was overridden or not. -#endif -#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN - int oldPermissionLookup; -#endif -}; - -TQFileDialogPrivate::~TQFileDialogPrivate() -{ - delete modeButtons; -} - - - -/************************************************************************ - * - * Internal class TQRenameEdit - * - ************************************************************************/ - -void TQRenameEdit::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ) -{ - if ( e->key() == Key_Escape ) - emit cancelRename(); - else - TQLineEdit::keyPressEvent( e ); - e->accept(); -} - -void TQRenameEdit::focusOutEvent( TQFocusEvent * ) -{ - if ( !doRenameAlreadyEmitted ) - emit doRename(); - else - doRenameAlreadyEmitted = FALSE; -} - -void TQRenameEdit::slotReturnPressed() -{ - doRenameAlreadyEmitted = TRUE; - emit doRename(); -} - -/************************************************************************ - * - * Internal class TQFileListBox - * - ************************************************************************/ - -TQFileListBox::TQFileListBox( TQWidget *parent, TQFileDialog *dlg ) - : TQListBox( parent, "filelistbox" ), filedialog( dlg ), - renaming( FALSE ), renameItem( 0 ), mousePressed( FALSE ), - firstMousePressEvent( TRUE ) -{ - changeDirTimer = new TQTimer( this ); - TQVBox *box = new TQVBox( viewport(), "qt_vbox" ); - box->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Box | TQFrame::Plain ); - lined = new TQRenameEdit( box ); - lined->setFixedHeight( lined->tqsizeHint().height() ); - box->hide(); - box->setBackgroundMode( TQt::PaletteBase ); - renameTimer = new TQTimer( this ); - connect( lined, TQT_SIGNAL( doRename() ), - this, TQT_SLOT (rename() ) ); - connect( lined, TQT_SIGNAL( cancelRename() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( cancelRename() ) ); - connect( renameTimer, TQT_SIGNAL( timeout() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( doubleClickTimeout() ) ); - connect( changeDirTimer, TQT_SIGNAL( timeout() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( changeDirDuringDrag() ) ); - connect( this, TQT_SIGNAL( contentsMoving(int,int) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( contentsMoved(int,int) ) ); - viewport()->setAcceptDrops( TRUE ); - dragItem = 0; -} - -void TQFileListBox::show() -{ - setBackgroundMode( TQt::PaletteBase ); - viewport()->setBackgroundMode( TQt::PaletteBase ); - TQListBox::show(); -} - -void TQFileListBox::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ) -{ - if ( ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Enter || - e->key() == Qt::Key_Return ) && - renaming ) - return; - - TQString keyPressed = TQT_TQSTRING(((TQKeyEvent *)e)->text()).lower(); - TQChar keyChar = keyPressed[0]; - bool handled = false; - if ( keyChar.isLetterOrNumber() ) { - TQListBoxItem * i = 0; - if ( currentItem() ) - i = item( currentItem() ); - else - i = firstItem(); - if ( i->next() ) - i = i->next(); - else - i = firstItem(); - while ( i != item( currentItem() ) ) { - TQString it = text( index( i ) ); - if ( it[0].lower() == keyChar ) { - clearSelection(); - setCurrentItem( i ); - handled = true; - e->accept(); - } else { - if ( i->next() ) - i = i->next(); - else - i = firstItem(); - } - } - } - cancelRename(); - if (!handled){ - TQListBox::keyPressEvent( e ); - } -} - -void TQFileListBox::viewportMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - pressPos = e->pos(); - mousePressed = FALSE; - - bool didRename = renaming; - - cancelRename(); - if ( !hasFocus() && !viewport()->hasFocus() ) - setFocus(); - - if ( e->button() != Qt::LeftButton ) { - TQListBox::viewportMousePressEvent( e ); - firstMousePressEvent = FALSE; - return; - } - - int i = currentItem(); - bool wasSelected = FALSE; - if ( i != -1 ) - wasSelected = item( i )->isSelected(); - TQListBox::mousePressEvent( e ); - - TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem *i1 = (TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem*)item( currentItem() ); - if ( i1 ) - mousePressed = ( !( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)i1->i )->info.isDir() ) - || ( filedialog->mode() == TQFileDialog::Directory ) || ( filedialog->mode() == TQFileDialog::DirectoryOnly ); - - if ( itemAt( e->pos() ) != item( i ) ) { - firstMousePressEvent = FALSE; - return; - } - - if ( !firstMousePressEvent && !didRename && i == currentItem() && currentItem() != -1 && - wasSelected && TQUrlInfo( filedialog->d->url, "." ).isWritable() && item( currentItem() )->text() != ".." ) { - renameTimer->start( TQApplication::doubleClickInterval(), TRUE ); - renameItem = item( i ); - } - - firstMousePressEvent = FALSE; -} - -void TQFileListBox::viewportMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - dragItem = 0; - TQListBox::viewportMouseReleaseEvent( e ); - mousePressed = FALSE; -} - -void TQFileListBox::viewportMouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - renameTimer->stop(); - TQListBox::viewportMouseDoubleClickEvent( e ); -} - -void TQFileListBox::viewportMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - if ( !dragItem ) - dragItem = itemAt( e->pos() ); - renameTimer->stop(); -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - if ( ( pressPos - e->pos() ).manhattanLength() > TQApplication::startDragDistance() && mousePressed ) { - TQListBoxItem *item = dragItem; - dragItem = 0; - if ( item ) { - if ( !tqitemRect( item ).contains( e->pos() ) ) - return; - TQUriDrag* drag = new TQUriDrag( viewport() ); - TQStringList files; - if ( filedialog->mode() == TQFileDialog::ExistingFiles ) - files = filedialog->selectedFiles(); - else - files = filedialog->selectedFile(); - drag->setFileNames( files ); - - if ( lined->parentWidget()->isVisible() ) - cancelRename(); - - connect( drag, TQT_SIGNAL( destroyed() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( dragObjDestroyed() ) ); - drag->drag(); - - mousePressed = FALSE; - } - } else -#endif - { - TQListBox::viewportMouseMoveEvent( e ); - } - -} - -void TQFileListBox::dragObjDestroyed() -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - //####### - //filedialog->rereadDir(); -#endif -} - -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP -void TQFileListBox::viewportDragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e ) -{ - startDragUrl = filedialog->d->url; - startDragDir = filedialog->dirPath(); - currDropItem = 0; - - if ( !TQUriDrag::canDecode( e ) ) { - e->ignore(); - return; - } - - TQStringList l; - TQUriDrag::decodeLocalFiles( e, l ); - urls = (int)l.count(); - - if ( acceptDrop( e->pos(), e->source() ) ) { - e->accept(); - setCurrentDropItem( e->pos() ); - } else { - e->ignore(); - setCurrentDropItem( TQPoint( -1, -1 ) ); - } - - oldDragPos = e->pos(); -} - -void TQFileListBox::viewportDragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e ) -{ - if ( acceptDrop( e->pos(), e->source() ) ) { - switch ( e->action() ) { - case TQDropEvent::Copy: - e->acceptAction(); - break; - case TQDropEvent::Move: - e->acceptAction(); - break; - case TQDropEvent::Link: - break; - default: - break; - } - if ( oldDragPos != e->pos() ) - setCurrentDropItem( e->pos() ); - } else { - changeDirTimer->stop(); - e->ignore(); - setCurrentDropItem( TQPoint( -1, -1 ) ); - } - - oldDragPos = e->pos(); -} - -void TQFileListBox::viewportDragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent * ) -{ - changeDirTimer->stop(); - setCurrentDropItem( TQPoint( -1, -1 ) ); -//######## -// if ( startDragDir != filedialog->d->url ) -// filedialog->setUrl( startDragUrl ); -} - -void TQFileListBox::viewportDropEvent( TQDropEvent *e ) -{ - changeDirTimer->stop(); - - if ( !TQUriDrag::canDecode( e ) ) { - e->ignore(); - return; - } - - uint i; - TQStrList l; - TQUriDrag::decode( e, l ); - - bool move = e->action() == TQDropEvent::Move; -// bool supportAction = move || e->action() == TQDropEvent::Copy; - - TQUrlOperator dest; - if ( currDropItem ) - dest = TQUrlOperator( filedialog->d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( currDropItem->text() ) ); - else - dest = filedialog->d->url; - TQStringList lst; - for ( i = 0; i < l.count(); ++i ) { - lst << l.at( i ); - } - - // make sure that we can write to the destination before performing the action - bool exists = false; - TQString name = (currDropItem ? TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(currDropItem->text()) : TQString(".")); - TQUrlInfo info(filedialog->d->url, name); - for ( i = 0; i < lst.count(); ++i ) { - int slash = lst[i].findRev('/'); - TQString filename = lst[i].right(lst[i].length() - slash - 1); - exists = exists || TQFileDialogPrivate::fileExists( dest, filename); - } - if (info.isWritable() && !exists) - filedialog->d->url.copy( lst, dest, move ); - - // ##### what is supportAction for? - e->acceptAction(); - currDropItem = 0; -} - -bool TQFileListBox::acceptDrop( const TQPoint &pnt, TQWidget *source ) -{ - TQListBoxItem *item = itemAt( pnt ); - if ( !item || (item && !tqitemRect( item ).contains( pnt )) ) { - if ( source == viewport() && startDragDir == filedialog->dirPath() ) - return FALSE; - return TRUE; - } - - TQUrlInfo fi( filedialog->d->url, item->text() ); - - if ( fi.isDir() && tqitemRect( item ).contains( pnt ) ) - return TRUE; - return FALSE; -} - -void TQFileListBox::setCurrentDropItem( const TQPoint &pnt ) -{ - changeDirTimer->stop(); - - TQListBoxItem *item = 0; - if ( pnt != TQPoint( -1, -1 ) ) - item = itemAt( pnt ); - if ( item && !TQUrlInfo( filedialog->d->url, item->text() ).isDir() ) - item = 0; - if ( item && !tqitemRect( item ).contains( pnt ) ) - item = 0; - - currDropItem = item; - if ( currDropItem ) - setCurrentItem( currDropItem ); - changeDirTimer->start( 750 ); -} -#endif // TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - -void TQFileListBox::changeDirDuringDrag() -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - if ( !currDropItem ) - return; - changeDirTimer->stop(); - TQUrl u( filedialog->d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(currDropItem->text()) ); - filedialog->setDir( u ); - currDropItem = 0; -#endif -} - -void TQFileListBox::doubleClickTimeout() -{ - startRename(); - renameTimer->stop(); -} - -void TQFileListBox::startRename( bool check ) -{ - if ( check && ( !renameItem || renameItem != item( currentItem() ) ) ) - return; - - int i = currentItem(); - setSelected( i, TRUE ); - TQRect r = tqitemRect( item( i ) ); - int bdr = item( i )->pixmap() ? - item( i )->pixmap()->width() : 16; - int x = r.x() + bdr; - int y = r.y(); - int w = item( i )->width( this ) - bdr; - int h = TQMAX( lined->height() + 2, r.height() ); - y = y + r.height() / 2 - h / 2; - - lined->parentWidget()->setGeometry( x, y, w + 6, h ); - lined->setFocus(); - lined->setText( item( i )->text() ); - lined->selectAll(); - lined->setFrame( FALSE ); - lined->parentWidget()->show(); - viewport()->setFocusProxy( lined ); - renaming = TRUE; -} - -void TQFileListBox::clear() -{ - cancelRename(); - TQListBox::clear(); -} - -void TQFileListBox::rename() -{ - if ( !lined->text().isEmpty() ) { - TQString file = currentText(); - - if ( lined->text() != file ) - filedialog->d->url.rename( file, lined->text() ); - } - cancelRename(); -} - -void TQFileListBox::cancelRename() -{ - renameItem = 0; - lined->parentWidget()->hide(); - viewport()->setFocusProxy( this ); - renaming = FALSE; - updateItem( currentItem() ); - if ( lined->hasFocus() ) - viewport()->setFocus(); -} - -void TQFileListBox::contentsMoved( int, int ) -{ - changeDirTimer->stop(); -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - setCurrentDropItem( TQPoint( -1, -1 ) ); -#endif -} - -/************************************************************************ - * - * Internal class TQFileListView - * - ************************************************************************/ - -TQFileDialogTQFileListView::TQFileDialogTQFileListView( TQWidget *parent, TQFileDialog *dlg ) - : TQListView( parent, "qt_filedlg_listview" ), renaming( FALSE ), renameItem( 0 ), - filedialog( dlg ), mousePressed( FALSE ), - firstMousePressEvent( TRUE ) -{ - changeDirTimer = new TQTimer( this ); - TQVBox *box = new TQVBox( viewport(), "qt_vbox" ); - box->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Box | TQFrame::Plain ); - lined = new TQRenameEdit( box ); - lined->setFixedHeight( lined->tqsizeHint().height() ); - box->hide(); - box->setBackgroundMode( TQt::PaletteBase ); - renameTimer = new TQTimer( this ); - connect( lined, TQT_SIGNAL( doRename() ), - this, TQT_SLOT (rename() ) ); - connect( lined, TQT_SIGNAL( cancelRename() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( cancelRename() ) ); - header()->setMovingEnabled( FALSE ); - connect( renameTimer, TQT_SIGNAL( timeout() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( doubleClickTimeout() ) ); - connect( changeDirTimer, TQT_SIGNAL( timeout() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( changeDirDuringDrag() ) ); - disconnect( header(), TQT_SIGNAL( sectionClicked(int) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( changeSortColumn(int) ) ); - connect( header(), TQT_SIGNAL( sectionClicked(int) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( changeSortColumn2(int) ) ); - connect( this, TQT_SIGNAL( contentsMoving(int,int) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( contentsMoved(int,int) ) ); - - viewport()->setAcceptDrops( TRUE ); - sortcolumn = 0; - ascending = TRUE; - dragItem = 0; -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::setSorting( int column, bool increasing ) -{ - if ( column == -1 ) { - TQListView::setSorting( column, increasing ); - return; - } - - sortAscending = ascending = increasing; - sortcolumn = column; - switch ( column ) { - case 0: - sortFilesBy = TQDir::Name; - break; - case 1: - sortFilesBy = TQDir::Size; - break; - case 3: - sortFilesBy = TQDir::Time; - break; - default: - sortFilesBy = TQDir::Name; // #### ??? - break; - } - - filedialog->resortDir(); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::changeSortColumn2( int column ) -{ - int lcol = header()->mapToLogical( column ); - setSorting( lcol, sortcolumn == lcol ? !ascending : TRUE ); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ) -{ - if ( ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Enter || - e->key() == Qt::Key_Return ) && - renaming ) - return; - - TQString keyPressed = TQT_TQSTRING(e->text()).lower(); - TQChar keyChar = keyPressed[0]; - if ( keyChar.isLetterOrNumber() ) { - TQListViewItem * i = 0; - if ( currentItem() ) - i = currentItem(); - else - i = firstChild(); - if ( i->nextSibling() ) - i = i->nextSibling(); - else - i = firstChild(); - while ( i != currentItem() ) { - TQString it = i->text(0); - if ( it[0].lower() == keyChar ) { - clearSelection(); - ensureItemVisible( i ); - setCurrentItem( i ); - } else { - if ( i->nextSibling() ) - i = i->nextSibling(); - else - i = firstChild(); - } - } - return; - } - - cancelRename(); - TQListView::keyPressEvent( e ); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::viewportMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - pressPos = e->pos(); - mousePressed = FALSE; - - bool didRename = renaming; - cancelRename(); - if ( !hasFocus() && !viewport()->hasFocus() ) - setFocus(); - - if ( e->button() != Qt::LeftButton ) { - TQListView::viewportMousePressEvent( e ); - firstMousePressEvent = FALSE; - return; - } - - TQListViewItem *i = currentItem(); - TQListView::viewportMousePressEvent( e ); - - TQFileDialogPrivate::File *i1 = (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)currentItem(); - if ( i1 ) - mousePressed = !i1->info.isDir() || ( filedialog->mode() == TQFileDialog::Directory ) || ( filedialog->mode() == TQFileDialog::DirectoryOnly ); - - - if ( itemAt( e->pos() ) != i || - e->x() + contentsX() > columnWidth( 0 ) ) { - firstMousePressEvent = FALSE; - return; - } - - if ( !firstMousePressEvent && !didRename && i == currentItem() && currentItem() && - TQUrlInfo( filedialog->d->url, "." ).isWritable() && currentItem()->text( 0 ) != ".." ) { - renameTimer->start( TQApplication::doubleClickInterval(), TRUE ); - renameItem = currentItem(); - } - - firstMousePressEvent = FALSE; -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::viewportMouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - renameTimer->stop(); - TQListView::viewportMouseDoubleClickEvent( e ); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::viewportMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - TQListView::viewportMouseReleaseEvent( e ); - mousePressed = FALSE; - dragItem = 0; -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::viewportMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) -{ - renameTimer->stop(); - if ( !dragItem ) - dragItem = itemAt( e->pos() ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - if ( ( pressPos - e->pos() ).manhattanLength() > TQApplication::startDragDistance() && mousePressed ) { - TQListViewItem *item = dragItem; - dragItem = 0; - if ( item ) { - TQUriDrag* drag = new TQUriDrag( viewport() ); - TQStringList files; - if ( filedialog->mode() == TQFileDialog::ExistingFiles ) - files = filedialog->selectedFiles(); - else - files = filedialog->selectedFile(); - drag->setFileNames( files ); - - if ( lined->isVisible() ) - cancelRename(); - - connect( drag, TQT_SIGNAL( destroyed() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( dragObjDestroyed() ) ); - drag->drag(); - - mousePressed = FALSE; - } - } -#endif -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::dragObjDestroyed() -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - //###### - //filedialog->rereadDir(); -#endif -} - -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::viewportDragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e ) -{ - startDragUrl = filedialog->d->url; - startDragDir = filedialog->dirPath(); - currDropItem = 0; - - if ( !TQUriDrag::canDecode( e ) ) { - e->ignore(); - return; - } - - TQStringList l; - TQUriDrag::decodeLocalFiles( e, l ); - urls = (int)l.count(); - - if ( acceptDrop( e->pos(), e->source() ) ) { - e->accept(); - setCurrentDropItem( e->pos() ); - } else { - e->ignore(); - setCurrentDropItem( TQPoint( -1, -1 ) ); - } - - oldDragPos = e->pos(); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::viewportDragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e ) -{ - if ( acceptDrop( e->pos(), e->source() ) ) { - if ( oldDragPos != e->pos() ) - setCurrentDropItem( e->pos() ); - switch ( e->action() ) { - case TQDropEvent::Copy: - e->acceptAction(); - break; - case TQDropEvent::Move: - e->acceptAction(); - break; - case TQDropEvent::Link: - break; - default: - break; - } - } else { - changeDirTimer->stop(); - e->ignore(); - setCurrentDropItem( TQPoint( -1, -1 ) ); - } - - oldDragPos = e->pos(); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::viewportDragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent * ) -{ - changeDirTimer->stop(); - setCurrentDropItem( TQPoint( -1, -1 ) ); -//######## -// if ( startDragDir != filedialog->d->url ) -// filedialog->setUrl( startDragUrl ); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::viewportDropEvent( TQDropEvent *e ) -{ - changeDirTimer->stop(); - - if ( !TQUriDrag::canDecode( e ) ) { - e->ignore(); - return; - } - - TQStringList l; - TQUriDrag::decodeToUnicodeUris( e, l ); - - bool move = e->action() == TQDropEvent::Move; -// bool supportAction = move || e->action() == TQDropEvent::Copy; - - TQUrlOperator dest; - if ( currDropItem ) - dest = TQUrlOperator( filedialog->d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( currDropItem->text( 0 ) ) ); - else - dest = filedialog->d->url; - - // make sure that we can write to the destination before performing the action - bool exists = false; - TQString name = (currDropItem ? TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(currDropItem->text(0)) : TQString(".")); - TQUrlInfo info(filedialog->d->url, name); - for (uint i = 0; i < l.count(); ++i) { - int slash = l[i].findRev('/'); - TQString filename = l[i].right(l[i].length() - slash - 1); - exists = exists || TQFileDialogPrivate::fileExists(dest, filename); - } - if (info.isWritable() && !exists) - filedialog->d->url.copy( l, dest, move ); - - // ##### what is supportAction for? - e->acceptAction(); - currDropItem = 0; -} - -bool TQFileDialogTQFileListView::acceptDrop( const TQPoint &pnt, TQWidget *source ) -{ - TQListViewItem *item = itemAt( pnt ); - if ( !item || (item && !tqitemRect( item ).contains( pnt )) ) { - if ( source == viewport() && startDragDir == filedialog->dirPath() ) - return FALSE; - return TRUE; - } - - TQUrlInfo fi( filedialog->d->url, item->text( 0 ) ); - - if ( fi.isDir() && tqitemRect( item ).contains( pnt ) ) - return TRUE; - return FALSE; -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::setCurrentDropItem( const TQPoint &pnt ) -{ - changeDirTimer->stop(); - - TQListViewItem *item = itemAt( pnt ); - if ( pnt == TQPoint( -1, -1 ) ) - item = 0; - if ( item && !TQUrlInfo( filedialog->d->url, item->text( 0 ) ).isDir() ) - item = 0; - - if ( item && !tqitemRect( item ).contains( pnt ) ) - item = 0; - - currDropItem = item; - - if ( currDropItem ) - setCurrentItem( currDropItem ); - - changeDirTimer->start( 750 ); -} -#endif // TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::changeDirDuringDrag() -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - if ( !currDropItem ) - return; - changeDirTimer->stop(); - TQUrl u( filedialog->d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(currDropItem->text( 0 ) ) ); - filedialog->setDir( u ); - currDropItem = 0; -#endif // TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP -} - - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::doubleClickTimeout() -{ - startRename(); - renameTimer->stop(); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::startRename( bool check ) -{ - if ( check && ( !renameItem || renameItem != currentItem() ) ) - return; - - TQListViewItem *i = currentItem(); - setSelected( i, TRUE ); - - TQRect r = tqitemRect( i ); - int bdr = i->pixmap( 0 ) ? - i->pixmap( 0 )->width() : 16; - int x = r.x() + bdr; - int y = r.y(); - int w = columnWidth( 0 ) - bdr; - int h = TQMAX( lined->height() + 2, r.height() ); - y = y + r.height() / 2 - h / 2; - - lined->parentWidget()->setGeometry( x, y, w + 6, h ); - lined->setFocus(); - lined->setText( i->text( 0 ) ); - lined->selectAll(); - lined->setFrame( FALSE ); - lined->parentWidget()->show(); - viewport()->setFocusProxy( lined ); - renaming = TRUE; -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::clear() -{ - cancelRename(); - TQListView::clear(); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::rename() -{ - if ( !lined->text().isEmpty() ) { - TQString file = currentItem()->text( 0 ); - - if ( lined->text() != file ) - filedialog->d->url.rename( file, lined->text() ); - } - cancelRename(); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::cancelRename() -{ - renameItem = 0; - lined->parentWidget()->hide(); - viewport()->setFocusProxy( this ); - renaming = FALSE; - if ( currentItem() ) - currentItem()->tqrepaint(); - if ( lined->hasFocus() ) - viewport()->setFocus(); -} - -void TQFileDialogTQFileListView::contentsMoved( int, int ) -{ - changeDirTimer->stop(); -#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - setCurrentDropItem( TQPoint( -1, -1 ) ); -#endif -} - - -TQFileDialogPrivate::File::~File() -{ - if ( d->pendingItems.findRef( this ) ) - d->pendingItems.removeRef( this ); -} - -TQString TQFileDialogPrivate::File::text( int column ) const -{ - makeVariables(); - - switch( column ) { - case 0: - return info.name(); - case 1: - if ( info.isFile() ) { -#if (TQT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000) -#error "clean up Large File Support" -#elif defined(TQT_ABI_QT4) - TQIODevice::Offset size = info.size(); -#else - uint size = info.size(); -#endif -#if defined(TQT_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT) && defined(TQ_OS_UNIX) - // ### the following code should not be needed as soon - // ### as TQUrlInfo::size() can return 64-bit - if ( size > INT_MAX ) { - struct stat buffer; - if ( ::stat( TQFile::encodeName(info.name()), &buffer ) == 0 ) { - TQ_ULLONG size64 = (TQ_ULLONG)buffer.st_size; - return TQString::number(size64); - } - } -#endif - return TQString::number(size); - } else { - return TQString::tqfromLatin1(""); - } - case 2: - if ( info.isFile() && info.isSymLink() ) { - return d->symLinkToFile; - } else if ( info.isFile() ) { - return d->file; - } else if ( info.isDir() && info.isSymLink() ) { - return d->symLinkToDir; - } else if ( info.isDir() ) { - return d->dir; - } else if ( info.isSymLink() ) { - return d->symLinkToSpecial; - } else { - return d->special; - } - case 3: { - return info.lastModified().toString( Qt::LocalDate ); - } - case 4: - if ( info.isReadable() ) - return info.isWritable() ? d->rw : d->ro; - else - return info.isWritable() ? d->wo : d->inaccessible; - } - - return TQString::tqfromLatin1("<--->"); -} - -const TQPixmap * TQFileDialogPrivate::File::pixmap( int column ) const -{ - if ( column ) { - return 0; - } else if ( TQListViewItem::pixmap( column ) ) { - return TQListViewItem::pixmap( column ); - } else if ( info.isSymLink() ) { - if ( info.isFile() ) - return symLinkFileIcon; - else - return symLinkDirIcon; - } else if ( info.isDir() ) { - return closedFolderIcon; - } else if ( info.isFile() ) { - return fileIcon; - } else { - return fifteenTransparentPixels; - } -} - -TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem::MCItem( TQListBox * lb, TQListViewItem * item ) - : TQListBoxItem() -{ - i = item; - if ( lb ) - lb->insertItem( this ); -} - -TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem::MCItem( TQListBox * lb, TQListViewItem * item, TQListBoxItem *after ) - : TQListBoxItem() -{ - i = item; - if ( lb ) - lb->insertItem( this, after ); -} - -TQString TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem::text() const -{ - return i->text( 0 ); -} - - -const TQPixmap *TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem::pixmap() const -{ - return i->pixmap( 0 ); -} - - -int TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem::height( const TQListBox * lb ) const -{ - int hf = lb->fontMetrics().height(); - int hp = pixmap() ? pixmap()->height() : 0; - return TQMAX(hf, hp) + 2; -} - - -int TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem::width( const TQListBox * lb ) const -{ - TQFontMetrics fm = lb->fontMetrics(); - int w = 2; - if ( pixmap() ) - w += pixmap()->width() + 4; - else - w += 18; - w += fm.width( text() ); - w += -fm.minLeftBearing(); - w += -fm.minRightBearing(); - w += 6; - return w; -} - - -void TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem::paint( TQPainter * ptr ) -{ - TQFontMetrics fm = ptr->fontMetrics(); - - int h; - - if ( pixmap() ) - h = TQMAX( fm.height(), pixmap()->height()) + 2; - else - h = fm.height() + 2; - - const TQPixmap * pm = pixmap(); - if ( pm ) - ptr->drawPixmap( 2, 1, *pm ); - - ptr->drawText( pm ? pm->width() + 4 : 22, h - fm.descent() - 2, - text() ); -} - -static TQStringList makeFiltersList( const TQString &filter ) -{ - if ( filter.isEmpty() ) - return TQStringList(); - - int i = filter.find( ";;", 0 ); - TQString sep( ";;" ); - if ( i == -1 ) { - if ( filter.find( "\n", 0 ) != -1 ) { - sep = "\n"; - i = filter.find( sep, 0 ); - } - } - - return TQStringList::split( sep, filter ); -} - -/*! - \class TQFileDialog tqfiledialog.h - \brief The TQFileDialog class provides dialogs that allow users to select files or directories. - \ingroup dialogs - \mainclass - - The TQFileDialog class enables a user to traverse their file system in - order to select one or many files or a directory. - - The easiest way to create a TQFileDialog is to use the static - functions. On Windows, these static functions will call the native - Windows file dialog and on Mac OS X, these static function will call - the native Mac OS X file dialog. - - \code - TQString s = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( - "/home", - "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)", - this, - "open file dialog", - "Choose a file" ); - \endcode - - In the above example, a modal TQFileDialog is created using a static - function. The startup directory is set to "/home". The file filter - is set to "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)". The parent of the file dialog - is set to \e this and it is given the identification name - "open file - dialog". The caption at the top of file dialog is set to "Choose a - file". If you want to use multiple filters, separate each one with - \e two semi-colons, e.g. - \code - "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg);;Text files (*.txt);;XML files (*.xml)" - \endcode - - You can create your own TQFileDialog without using the static - functions. By calling setMode(), you can set what can be returned by - the TQFileDialog. - - \code - TQFileDialog* fd = new TQFileDialog( this, "file dialog", TRUE ); - fd->setMode( TQFileDialog::AnyFile ); - \endcode - - In the above example, the mode of the file dialog is set to \c - AnyFile, meaning that the user can select any file, or even specify a - file that doesn't exist. This mode is useful for creating a "File Save - As" file dialog. Use \c ExistingFile if the user must select an - existing file or \c Directory if only a directory may be selected. - (See the \l TQFileDialog::Mode enum for the complete list of modes.) - - You can retrieve the dialog's mode with mode(). Use setFilter() to set - the dialog's file filter, e.g. - - \code - fd->setFilter( "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)" ); - \endcode - - In the above example, the filter is set to "Images (*.png *.xpm - *.jpg)", this means that only files with the extension \c png, \c xpm - or \c jpg will be shown in the TQFileDialog. You can apply - several filters by using setFilters() and add additional filters with - addFilter(). Use setSelectedFilter() to select one of the filters - you've given as the file dialog's default filter. Whenever the user - changes the filter the filterSelected() signal is emitted. - - The file dialog has two view modes, TQFileDialog::List which simply - lists file and directory names and TQFileDialog::Detail which - displays additional information alongside each name, e.g. file size, - modification date, etc. Set the mode with setViewMode(). - - \code - fd->setViewMode( TQFileDialog::Detail ); - \endcode - - The last important function you will need to use when creating your - own file dialog is selectedFile(). - - \code - TQString fileName; - if ( fd->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) - fileName = fd->selectedFile(); - \endcode - - In the above example, a modal file dialog is created and shown. If - the user clicked OK, then the file they selected is put in \c - fileName. - - If you are using the \c ExistingFiles mode then you will need to use - selectedFiles() which will return the selected files in a TQStringList. - - The dialog's working directory can be set with setDir(). The display - of hidden files is controlled with setShowHiddenFiles(). The dialog - can be forced to re-read the directory with rereadDir() and re-sort - the directory with resortDir(). All the files in the current directory - can be selected with selectAll(). - - \section1 Creating and using preview widgets - - There are two kinds of preview widgets that can be used with - TQFileDialogs: \e content preview widgets and \e information preview - widgets. They are created and used in the same way except that the - function names differ, e.g. setContentsPreview() and setInfoPreview(). - - A preview widget is a widget that is placed inside a TQFileDialog so - that the user can see either the contents of the file, or information - about the file. - - \code - class Preview : public TQLabel, public TQFilePreview - { - public: - Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : TQLabel( parent ) {} - - void previewUrl( const TQUrl &u ) - { - TQString path = u.path(); - TQPixmap pix( path ); - if ( pix.isNull() ) - setText( "This is not a pixmap" ); - else - setPixmap( pix ); - } - }; - \endcode - - In the above snippet, we create a preview widget which inherits from - TQLabel and TQFilePreview. File preview widgets \e must inherit from - TQFilePreview. - - Inside the class we reimplement TQFilePreview::previewUrl(), this is - where we determine what happens when a file is selected. In the - above example we only show a preview of the file if it is a valid - pixmap. Here's how to make a file dialog use a preview widget: - - \code - Preview* p = new Preview; - - TQFileDialog* fd = new TQFileDialog( this ); - fd->setContentsPreviewEnabled( TRUE ); - fd->setContentsPreview( p, p ); - fd->setPreviewMode( TQFileDialog::Contents ); - fd->show(); - \endcode - - The first line creates an instance of our preview widget. We then - create our file dialog and call setContentsPreviewEnabled( TRUE ), - this tell the file dialog to preview the contents of the currently - selected file. We then call setContentsPreview() -- note that we pass - the same preview widget twice. Finally, before showing the file - dialog, we call setPreviewMode() setting the mode to \e Contents which - will show the contents preview of the file that the user has selected. - - If you create another preview widget that is used for displaying - information about a file, create it in the same way as the contents - preview widget and call setInfoPreviewEnabled(), and - setInfoPreview(). Then the user will be able to switch between the - two preview modes. - - For more information about creating a TQFilePreview widget see - \l{TQFilePreview}. - - <img src=qfiledlg-m.png> <img src=qfiledlg-w.png> - -*/ - - -/*! \enum TQFileDialog::Mode - - This enum is used to indicate what the user may select in the file - dialog, i.e. what the dialog will return if the user clicks OK. - - \value AnyFile The name of a file, whether it exists or not. - \value ExistingFile The name of a single existing file. - \value Directory The name of a directory. Both files and directories - are displayed. - \value DirectoryOnly The name of a directory. The file dialog will only display directories. - \value ExistingFiles The names of zero or more existing files. - - See setMode(). -*/ - -/*! - \enum TQFileDialog::ViewMode - - This enum describes the view mode of the file dialog, i.e. what - information about each file will be displayed. - - \value List Display file and directory names with icons. - \value Detail Display file and directory names with icons plus - additional information, such as file size and modification date. - - See setViewMode(). -*/ - -/*! - \enum TQFileDialog::PreviewMode - - This enum describes the preview mode of the file dialog. - - \value NoPreview No preview is shown at all. - \value Contents Show a preview of the contents of the current file - using the contents preview widget. - \value Info Show information about the current file using the - info preview widget. - - See setPreviewMode(), setContentsPreview() and setInfoPreview(). -*/ - -/*! - \fn void TQFileDialog::detailViewSelectionChanged() - \internal -*/ - -/*! - \fn void TQFileDialog::listBoxSelectionChanged() - \internal -*/ - -extern const char qt_file_dialog_filter_reg_exp[] = - "([a-zA-Z0-9 ]*)\\(([a-zA-Z0-9_.*? +;#\\[\\]]*)\\)$"; - -/*! - Constructs a file dialog called \a name, with the parent, \a parent. - If \a modal is TRUE then the file dialog is modal; otherwise it is - modeless. -*/ - -TQFileDialog::TQFileDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal ) - : TQDialog( parent, name, modal, - (modal ? - (WFlags)(WStyle_Customize | TQt::WStyle_DialogBorder | TQt::WStyle_Title | TQt::WStyle_SysMenu) : (WFlags)0) ) -{ - init(); - d->mode = ExistingFile; - d->types->insertItem( tqtr( "All Files (*)" ) ); - d->cursorOverride = FALSE; - emit dirEntered( d->url.dirPath() ); - rereadDir(); -} - - -/*! - Constructs a file dialog called \a name with the parent, \a parent. - If \a modal is TRUE then the file dialog is modal; otherwise it is - modeless. - - If \a dirName is specified then it will be used as the dialog's - working directory, i.e. it will be the directory that is shown when - the dialog appears. If \a filter is specified it will be used as the - dialog's file filter. - -*/ - -TQFileDialog::TQFileDialog( const TQString& dirName, const TQString & filter, - TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal ) - : TQDialog( parent, name, modal, - (modal ? - (WFlags)(WStyle_Customize | TQt::WStyle_DialogBorder | TQt::WStyle_Title | TQt::WStyle_SysMenu) : (WFlags)0) ) -{ - init(); - d->mode = ExistingFile; - rereadDir(); - TQUrlOperator u( dirName ); - if ( !dirName.isEmpty() && ( !u.isLocalFile() || TQDir( dirName ).exists() ) ) - setSelection( dirName ); - else if ( workingDirectory && !workingDirectory->isEmpty() ) - setDir( *workingDirectory ); - - if ( !filter.isEmpty() ) { - setFilters( filter ); - if ( !dirName.isEmpty() ) { - int dotpos = dirName.find( TQChar('.'), 0, FALSE ); - if ( dotpos != -1 ) { - for ( int b=0 ; b<d->types->count() ; b++ ) { - if ( d->types->text(b).contains( dirName.right( dirName.length() - dotpos ) ) ) { - d->types->setCurrentItem( b ); - setFilter( d->types->text( b ) ); - return; - } - } - } - } - } else { - d->types->insertItem( tqtr( "All Files (*)" ) ); - } -} - - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) -extern int qt_ntfs_permission_lookup; -#endif - -/*! - \internal - Initializes the file dialog. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::init() -{ - setSizeGripEnabled( TRUE ); - d = new TQFileDialogPrivate(); - d->mode = AnyFile; - d->last = 0; - d->lastEFSelected = 0; - d->moreFiles = 0; - d->infoPreview = FALSE; - d->contentsPreview = FALSE; - d->hadDotDot = FALSE; - d->ignoreNextKeyPress = FALSE; - d->progressDia = 0; - d->checkForFilter = FALSE; - d->ignoreNextRefresh = FALSE; - d->ignoreStop = FALSE; - d->pendingItems.setAutoDelete( FALSE ); - d->mimeTypeTimer = new TQTimer( this ); - d->cursorOverride = FALSE; -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - d->oldPermissionLookup = qt_ntfs_permission_lookup; -#endif - connect( d->mimeTypeTimer, TQT_SIGNAL( timeout() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( doMimeTypeLookup() ) ); - - d->url = TQUrlOperator( ::toRootIfNotExists( TQDir::currentDirPath() ) ); - d->oldUrl = d->url; - d->currListChildren = 0; - - connect( &d->url, TQT_SIGNAL( start(TQNetworkOperation*) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( urlStart(TQNetworkOperation*) ) ); - connect( &d->url, TQT_SIGNAL( finished(TQNetworkOperation*) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( urlFinished(TQNetworkOperation*) ) ); - connect( &d->url, TQT_SIGNAL( newChildren(const TQValueList<TQUrlInfo>&,TQNetworkOperation*) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( insertEntry(const TQValueList<TQUrlInfo>&,TQNetworkOperation*) ) ); - connect( &d->url, TQT_SIGNAL( removed(TQNetworkOperation*) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( removeEntry(TQNetworkOperation*) ) ); - connect( &d->url, TQT_SIGNAL( createdDirectory(const TQUrlInfo&,TQNetworkOperation*) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( createdDirectory(const TQUrlInfo&,TQNetworkOperation*) ) ); - connect( &d->url, TQT_SIGNAL( itemChanged(TQNetworkOperation*) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( itemChanged(TQNetworkOperation*) ) ); - connect( &d->url, TQT_SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,TQNetworkOperation*) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( dataTransferProgress(int,int,TQNetworkOperation*) ) ); - - nameEdit = new TQLineEdit( this, "name/filter editor" ); - nameEdit->setMaxLength( 255 ); //_POSIX_MAX_PATH - connect( nameEdit, TQT_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), - this, TQT_SLOT(fileNameEditDone()) ); - nameEdit->installEventFilter( this ); - - d->splitter = new TQSplitter( this, "qt_splitter" ); - - d->stack = new TQWidgetStack( d->splitter, "files and more files" ); - - d->splitter->tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Expanding, TQSizePolicy::Expanding ) ); - - files = new TQFileDialogTQFileListView( d->stack, this ); - TQFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); - files->addColumn( tr("Name") ); - files->addColumn( tr("Size") ); - files->setColumnAlignment( 1, Qt::AlignRight ); - files->addColumn( tr("Type") ); - files->addColumn( tr("Date") ); - files->addColumn( tr("Attributes") ); - files->header()->setStretchEnabled( TRUE, 0 ); - - files->setMinimumSize( 50, 25 + 2*fm.lineSpacing() ); - - connect( files, TQT_SIGNAL( selectionChanged() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( detailViewSelectionChanged() ) ); - connect( files, TQT_SIGNAL(currentChanged(TQListViewItem*)), - this, TQT_SLOT(updateFileNameEdit(TQListViewItem*)) ); - connect( files, TQT_SIGNAL(doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)), - this, TQT_SLOT(selectDirectoryOrFile(TQListViewItem*)) ); - connect( files, TQT_SIGNAL(returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)), - this, TQT_SLOT(selectDirectoryOrFile(TQListViewItem*)) ); - connect( files, TQT_SIGNAL(rightButtonPressed(TQListViewItem*,const TQPoint&,int)), - this, TQT_SLOT(popupContextMenu(TQListViewItem*,const TQPoint&,int)) ); - - files->installEventFilter( this ); - files->viewport()->installEventFilter( this ); - - d->moreFiles = new TQFileListBox( d->stack, this ); - d->moreFiles->setRowMode( TQListBox::FitToHeight ); - d->moreFiles->setVariableWidth( TRUE ); - - connect( d->moreFiles, TQT_SIGNAL(selected(TQListBoxItem*)), - this, TQT_SLOT(selectDirectoryOrFile(TQListBoxItem*)) ); - connect( d->moreFiles, TQT_SIGNAL( selectionChanged() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( listBoxSelectionChanged() ) ); - connect( d->moreFiles, TQT_SIGNAL(highlighted(TQListBoxItem*)), - this, TQT_SLOT(updateFileNameEdit(TQListBoxItem*)) ); - connect( d->moreFiles, TQT_SIGNAL( rightButtonPressed(TQListBoxItem*,const TQPoint&) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( popupContextMenu(TQListBoxItem*,const TQPoint&) ) ); - - d->moreFiles->installEventFilter( this ); - d->moreFiles->viewport()->installEventFilter( this ); - - okB = new TQPushButton( tr("&OK"), this, "OK" ); //### Or "Save (see other "OK") - okB->setDefault( TRUE ); - okB->setEnabled( FALSE ); - connect( okB, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), this, TQT_SLOT(okClicked()) ); - cancelB = new TQPushButton( tr("Cancel") , this, "Cancel" ); - connect( cancelB, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), this, TQT_SLOT(cancelClicked()) ); - - d->paths = new TQComboBox( TRUE, this, "directory history/editor" ); - d->paths->setDuplicatesEnabled( FALSE ); - d->paths->setInsertionPolicy( TQComboBox::NoInsertion ); - const TQFileInfoList * rootDrives = TQDir::drives(); - TQFileInfoListIterator it( *rootDrives ); - TQFileInfo *fi; - makeVariables(); - - while ( (fi = it.current()) != 0 ) { - ++it; - d->paths->insertItem( *openFolderIcon, fi->absFilePath() ); - } - - if ( !!TQDir::homeDirPath() ) { - if ( !d->paths->listBox()->findItem( TQDir::homeDirPath() ) ) - d->paths->insertItem( *openFolderIcon, TQDir::homeDirPath() ); - } - - connect( d->paths, TQT_SIGNAL(activated(const TQString&)), - this, TQT_SLOT(setDir(const TQString&)) ); - - d->paths->installEventFilter( this ); - TQObjectList *ol = d->paths->queryList( "TQLineEdit" ); - if ( ol && ol->first() ) - ( (TQLineEdit*)ol->first() )->installEventFilter( this ); - delete ol; - - d->geometryDirty = TRUE; - d->types = new TQComboBox( TRUE, this, "file types" ); - d->types->setDuplicatesEnabled( FALSE ); - d->types->setEditable( FALSE ); - connect( d->types, TQT_SIGNAL(activated(const TQString&)), - this, TQT_SLOT(setFilter(const TQString&)) ); - connect( d->types, TQT_SIGNAL(activated(const TQString&)), - this, TQT_SIGNAL(filterSelected(const TQString&)) ); - - d->pathL = new TQLabel( d->paths, tr("Look &in:"), this, "qt_looin_lbl" ); - d->fileL = new TQLabel( nameEdit, tr("File &name:"), this, "qt_filename_lbl" ); - d->typeL = new TQLabel( d->types, tr("File &type:"), this, "qt_filetype_lbl" ); - - d->goBack = new TQToolButton( this, "go back" ); - d->goBack->setEnabled( FALSE ); - d->goBack->setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus ); - connect( d->goBack, TQT_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQT_SLOT( goBack() ) ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_TOOLTIP - TQToolTip::add( d->goBack, tr( "Back" ) ); -#endif - d->goBack->setIconSet( *goBackIcon ); - - d->cdToParent = new TQToolButton( this, "cd to parent" ); - d->cdToParent->setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_TOOLTIP - TQToolTip::add( d->cdToParent, tr( "One directory up" ) ); -#endif - d->cdToParent->setIconSet( *cdToParentIcon ); - connect( d->cdToParent, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SLOT(cdUpClicked()) ); - - d->newFolder = new TQToolButton( this, "new folder" ); - d->newFolder->setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_TOOLTIP - TQToolTip::add( d->newFolder, tr( "Create New Folder" ) ); -#endif - d->newFolder->setIconSet( *newFolderIcon ); - connect( d->newFolder, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SLOT(newFolderClicked()) ); - - d->modeButtons = new TQButtonGroup( 0, "invisible group" ); - connect( d->modeButtons, TQT_SIGNAL(destroyed()), - this, TQT_SLOT(modeButtonsDestroyed()) ); - d->modeButtons->setExclusive( TRUE ); - connect( d->modeButtons, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked(int)), - d->stack, TQT_SLOT(raiseWidget(int)) ); - connect( d->modeButtons, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked(int)), - this, TQT_SLOT(changeMode(int)) ); - - d->mcView = new TQToolButton( this, "mclistbox view" ); - d->mcView->setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_TOOLTIP - TQToolTip::add( d->mcView, tr( "List View" ) ); -#endif - d->mcView->setIconSet( *multiColumnListViewIcon ); - d->mcView->setToggleButton( TRUE ); - d->stack->addWidget( d->moreFiles, d->modeButtons->insert( d->mcView ) ); - d->detailView = new TQToolButton( this, "list view" ); - d->detailView->setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_TOOLTIP - TQToolTip::add( d->detailView, tr( "Detail View" ) ); -#endif - d->detailView->setIconSet( *detailViewIcon ); - d->detailView->setToggleButton( TRUE ); - d->stack->addWidget( files, d->modeButtons->insert( d->detailView ) ); - - d->previewInfo = new TQToolButton( this, "preview info view" ); - d->previewInfo->setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_TOOLTIP - TQToolTip::add( d->previewInfo, tr( "Preview File Info" ) ); -#endif - d->previewInfo->setIconSet( *previewInfoViewIcon ); - d->previewInfo->setToggleButton( TRUE ); - d->modeButtons->insert( d->previewInfo ); - - d->previewContents = new TQToolButton( this, "preview info view" ); -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) && !defined(TQ_OS_TEMP) - if ( (qt_winver & WV_NT_based) > TQt::WV_NT ) -#else - if ( !qstrcmp(tqstyle().className(), "TQWindowsStyle") ) -#endif - { - d->goBack->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); - d->cdToParent->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); - d->newFolder->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); - d->mcView->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); - d->detailView->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); - d->previewInfo->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); - d->previewContents->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); - } - d->previewContents->setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_TOOLTIP - TQToolTip::add( d->previewContents, tr( "Preview File Contents" ) ); -#endif - d->previewContents->setIconSet( *previewContentsViewIcon ); - d->previewContents->setToggleButton( TRUE ); - d->modeButtons->insert( d->previewContents ); - - connect( d->detailView, TQT_SIGNAL( clicked() ), - d->moreFiles, TQT_SLOT( cancelRename() ) ); - connect( d->detailView, TQT_SIGNAL( clicked() ), - files, TQT_SLOT( cancelRename() ) ); - connect( d->mcView, TQT_SIGNAL( clicked() ), - d->moreFiles, TQT_SLOT( cancelRename() ) ); - connect( d->mcView, TQT_SIGNAL( clicked() ), - files, TQT_SLOT( cancelRename() ) ); - - d->stack->raiseWidget( d->moreFiles ); - d->mcView->setOn( TRUE ); - - TQHBoxLayout *lay = new TQHBoxLayout( this ); - lay->setMargin( 6 ); - d->leftLayout = new TQHBoxLayout( lay, 5 ); - d->topLevelLayout = new TQVBoxLayout( (TQWidget*)0, 5 ); - lay->addLayout( d->topLevelLayout, 1 ); - d->extraWidgetsLayouts.setAutoDelete( FALSE ); - d->extraLabels.setAutoDelete( FALSE ); - d->extraWidgets.setAutoDelete( FALSE ); - d->extraButtons.setAutoDelete( FALSE ); - d->toolButtons.setAutoDelete( FALSE ); - - TQHBoxLayout * h; - - d->preview = new TQWidgetStack( d->splitter, "qt_preview" ); - - d->infoPreviewWidget = new TQWidget( d->preview, "qt_preview_info" ); - d->contentsPreviewWidget = new TQWidget( d->preview, "qt_preview_contents" ); - d->infoPreviewer = d->contentsPreviewer = 0; - - h = new TQHBoxLayout( 0 ); - d->buttonLayout = h; - d->topLevelLayout->addLayout( h ); - h->addWidget( d->pathL ); - h->addSpacing( 8 ); - h->addWidget( d->paths ); - h->addSpacing( 8 ); - if ( d->goBack ) - h->addWidget( d->goBack ); - h->addWidget( d->cdToParent ); - h->addSpacing( 2 ); - h->addWidget( d->newFolder ); - h->addSpacing( 4 ); - h->addWidget( d->mcView ); - h->addWidget( d->detailView ); - h->addWidget( d->previewInfo ); - h->addWidget( d->previewContents ); - - d->topLevelLayout->addWidget( d->splitter ); - - h = new TQHBoxLayout(); - d->topLevelLayout->addLayout( h ); - h->addWidget( d->fileL ); - h->addWidget( nameEdit ); - h->addSpacing( 15 ); - h->addWidget( okB ); - - h = new TQHBoxLayout(); - d->topLevelLayout->addLayout( h ); - h->addWidget( d->typeL ); - h->addWidget( d->types ); - h->addSpacing( 15 ); - h->addWidget( cancelB ); - - d->rightLayout = new TQHBoxLayout( lay, 5 ); - d->topLevelLayout->setStretchFactor( d->mcView, 1 ); - d->topLevelLayout->setStretchFactor( files, 1 ); - - updateGeometries(); - - if ( d->goBack ) { - setTabOrder( d->paths, d->goBack ); - setTabOrder( d->goBack, d->cdToParent ); - } else { - setTabOrder( d->paths, d->cdToParent ); - } - setTabOrder( d->cdToParent, d->newFolder ); - setTabOrder( d->newFolder, d->mcView ); - setTabOrder( d->mcView, d->detailView ); - setTabOrder( d->detailView, d->moreFiles ); - setTabOrder( d->moreFiles, files ); - setTabOrder( files, nameEdit ); - setTabOrder( nameEdit, d->types ); - setTabOrder( d->types, okB ); - setTabOrder( okB, cancelB ); - - d->rw = tr( "Read-write" ); - d->ro = tr( "Read-only" ); - d->wo = tr( "Write-only" ); - d->inaccessible = tr( "Inaccessible" ); - - d->symLinkToFile = tr( "Symlink to File" ); - d->symLinkToDir = tr( "Symlink to Directory" ); - d->symLinkToSpecial = tr( "Symlink to Special" ); - d->file = tr( "File" ); - d->dir = tr( "Dir" ); - d->special = tr( "Special" ); - - if ( lastWidth == 0 ) { - TQRect screen = TQApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry( pos() ); - if ( screen.width() < 1024 || screen.height() < 768 ) { - resize( TQMIN(screen.width(), 420), TQMIN(screen.height(), 236) ); - } else { - TQSize s = files->tqsizeHint(); - s = TQSize( s.width() + 300, s.height() + 82 ); - - if ( s.width() * 3 > screen.width() * 2 ) - s.setWidth( screen.width() * 2 / 3 ); - - if ( s.height() * 3 > screen.height() * 2 ) - s.setHeight( screen.height() * 2 / 3 ); - else if ( s.height() * 3 < screen.height() ) - s.setHeight( screen.height() / 3 ); - - resize( s ); - } - updateLastSize(this); - } else { - resize( lastWidth, lastHeight ); - } - - if ( detailViewMode ) { - d->stack->raiseWidget( files ); - d->mcView->setOn( FALSE ); - d->detailView->setOn( TRUE ); - } - - d->preview->hide(); - nameEdit->setFocus(); - - connect( nameEdit, TQT_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( fileNameEditReturnPressed() ) ); -} - -/*! - \internal -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::fileNameEditReturnPressed() -{ - d->oldUrl = d->url; - if ( !isDirectoryMode( d->mode ) ) { - okClicked(); - } else { - d->currentFileName = TQString::null; - if ( nameEdit->text().isEmpty() ) { - emit fileSelected( selectedFile() ); - accept(); - } else { - TQUrlInfo f; - TQFileDialogPrivate::File * c - = (TQFileDialogPrivate::File *)files->currentItem(); - if ( c && files->isSelected(c) ) - f = c->info; - else - f = TQUrlInfo( d->url, nameEdit->text() ); - if ( f.isDir() ) { - setUrl( TQUrlOperator( d->url, - TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(nameEdit->text() + "/" ) ) ); - d->checkForFilter = TRUE; - trySetSelection( TRUE, d->url, TRUE ); - d->checkForFilter = FALSE; - } - } - nameEdit->setText( TQString::null ); - } -} - -/*! - \internal - Update the info and content preview widgets to display \a u. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::updatePreviews( const TQUrl &u ) -{ - if ( d->infoPreviewer ) - d->infoPreviewer->previewUrl( u ); - if ( d->contentsPreviewer ) - d->contentsPreviewer->previewUrl( u ); -} - -/*! - \internal - Changes the preview mode to the mode specified at \a id. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::changeMode( int id ) -{ - if ( !d->infoPreview && !d->contentsPreview ) - return; - - TQButton *btn = (TQButton*)d->modeButtons->find( id ); - if ( !btn ) - return; - - if ( btn == d->previewContents && !d->contentsPreview ) - return; - if ( btn == d->previewInfo && !d->infoPreview ) - return; - - if ( btn != d->previewContents && btn != d->previewInfo ) { - d->preview->hide(); - } else { - if ( files->currentItem() ) - updatePreviews( TQUrl( d->url, files->currentItem()->text( 0 ) ) ); - if ( btn == d->previewInfo ) - d->preview->raiseWidget( d->infoPreviewWidget ); - else - d->preview->raiseWidget( d->contentsPreviewWidget ); - d->preview->show(); - } -} - -/*! - Destroys the file dialog. -*/ - -TQFileDialog::~TQFileDialog() -{ - // since clear might call setContentsPos which would emit - // a signal and thus cause a recompute of sizes... - files->blockSignals( TRUE ); - d->moreFiles->blockSignals( TRUE ); - files->clear(); - d->moreFiles->clear(); - d->moreFiles->blockSignals( FALSE ); - files->blockSignals( FALSE ); - -#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR - if ( d->cursorOverride ) - TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor(); -#endif - - delete d; - d = 0; -} - - -/*! - \property TQFileDialog::selectedFile - - \brief the name of the selected file - - If a file was selected selectedFile contains the file's name including - its absolute path; otherwise selectedFile is empty. - - \sa TQString::isEmpty(), selectedFiles, selectedFilter -*/ - -TQString TQFileDialog::selectedFile() const -{ - TQString s = d->currentFileName; - // remove the protocol because we do not want to encode it... - TQString prot = TQUrl( s ).protocol(); - if ( !prot.isEmpty() ) { - prot += ":"; - s.remove( 0, prot.length() ); - } - TQUrl u( prot + TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( s ) ); - if ( u.isLocalFile() ) { - TQString s = u.toString(); - if ( s.left( 5 ) == "file:" ) - s.remove( (uint)0, 5 ); - return s; - } - return d->currentFileName; -} - -/*! - \property TQFileDialog::selectedFilter - - \brief the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog - - \sa filterSelected(), selectedFiles, selectedFile -*/ - -TQString TQFileDialog::selectedFilter() const -{ - return d->types->currentText(); -} - -/*! \overload - - Sets the current filter selected in the file dialog to the - \a{n}-th filter in the filter list. - - \sa filterSelected(), selectedFilter(), selectedFiles(), selectedFile() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setSelectedFilter( int n ) -{ - d->types->setCurrentItem( n ); - TQString f = d->types->currentText(); - TQRegExp r( TQString::tqfromLatin1(qt_file_dialog_filter_reg_exp) ); - int index = r.search( f ); - if ( index >= 0 ) - f = r.cap( 2 ); - d->url.setNameFilter( f ); - rereadDir(); -} - -/*! - Sets the current filter selected in the file dialog to the first - one that contains the text \a mask. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setSelectedFilter( const TQString& mask ) -{ - int n; - - for ( n = 0; n < d->types->count(); n++ ) { - if ( d->types->text( n ).contains( mask, FALSE ) ) { - d->types->setCurrentItem( n ); - TQString f = mask; - TQRegExp r( TQString::tqfromLatin1(qt_file_dialog_filter_reg_exp) ); - int index = r.search( f ); - if ( index >= 0 ) - f = r.cap( 2 ); - d->url.setNameFilter( f ); - rereadDir(); - return; - } - } -} - -/*! - \property TQFileDialog::selectedFiles - - \brief the list of selected files - - If one or more files are selected, selectedFiles contains their - names including their absolute paths. If no files are selected or - the mode isn't ExistingFiles selectedFiles is an empty list. - - It is more convenient to use selectedFile() if the mode is - \c ExistingFile, \c Directory or \c DirectoryOnly. - - Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should - iterate over a copy, e.g. - \code - TQStringList list = myFileDialog.selectedFiles(); - TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin(); - while( it != list.end() ) { - myProcessing( *it ); - ++it; - } - \endcode - - \sa selectedFile, selectedFilter, TQValueList::empty() -*/ - -TQStringList TQFileDialog::selectedFiles() const -{ - TQStringList lst; - - if ( mode() == ExistingFiles ) { - TQStringList selectedLst; - TQString selectedFiles = nameEdit->text(); - if (selectedFiles.findRev('\"') == -1) { - //probably because Enter was pressed on the nameEdit, so we have one file - //not in "" but raw - selectedLst.append(selectedFiles); - } else { - selectedFiles.truncate( selectedFiles.findRev( '\"' ) ); - selectedLst = selectedLst.split( TQString("\" "), selectedFiles ); - } - for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = selectedLst.begin(); it != selectedLst.end(); ++it ) { - TQUrl u; - if ( (*it)[0] == '\"' ) { - u = TQUrl( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( (*it).mid(1) ) ); - } else { - u = TQUrl( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( (*it) ) ); - } - if ( u.isLocalFile() ) { - TQString s = u.toString(); - if ( s.left( 5 ) == "file:" ) - s.remove( (uint)0, 5 ); - lst << s; - } else { - lst << u.toString(); - } - } - } - - return lst; -} - -/*! - Sets the default selection to \a filename. If \a filename is - absolute, setDir() is also called to set the file dialog's working - directory to the filename's directory. - - \omit - Only for external use. Not useful inside TQFileDialog. - \endomit -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setSelection( const TQString & filename ) -{ - d->oldUrl = d->url; - TQString nf = d->url.nameFilter(); - if ( TQUrl::isRelativeUrl( filename ) ) - d->url = TQUrlOperator( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( filename ) ); - else - d->url = TQUrlOperator( filename ); - d->url.setNameFilter( nf ); - d->checkForFilter = TRUE; - bool isDirOk; - bool isDir = d->url.isDir( &isDirOk ); - if ( !isDirOk ) - isDir = d->url.path().right( 1 ) == "/"; - if ( !isDir ) { - TQUrlOperator u( d->url ); - d->url.setPath( d->url.dirPath() ); - trySetSelection( FALSE, u, TRUE ); - d->ignoreNextRefresh = TRUE; - nameEdit->selectAll(); - rereadDir(); - emit dirEntered( d->url.dirPath() ); - } else { - if ( !d->url.path().isEmpty() && - d->url.path().right( 1 ) != "/" ) { - TQString p = d->url.path(); - p += "/"; - d->url.setPath( p ); - } - trySetSelection( TRUE, d->url, FALSE ); - rereadDir(); - emit dirEntered( d->url.dirPath() ); - nameEdit->setText( TQString::tqfromLatin1("") ); - } - d->checkForFilter = FALSE; -} - -/*! - \property TQFileDialog::dirPath - - \brief the file dialog's working directory - - \sa dir(), setDir() -*/ - -TQString TQFileDialog::dirPath() const -{ - return d->url.dirPath(); -} - - -/*! - - Sets the filter used in the file dialog to \a newFilter. - - If \a newFilter contains a pair of parentheses containing one or more - of <em><b>anything*something</b></em> separated by spaces or by - semi-colons then only the text contained in the parentheses is used as - the filter. This means that these calls are all equivalent: - - \code - fd->setFilter( "All C++ files (*.cpp *.cc *.C *.cxx *.c++)" ); - fd->setFilter( "*.cpp *.cc *.C *.cxx *.c++" ); - fd->setFilter( "All C++ files (*.cpp;*.cc;*.C;*.cxx;*.c++)" ); - fd->setFilter( "*.cpp;*.cc;*.C;*.cxx;*.c++" ); - \endcode - - \sa setFilters() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setFilter( const TQString & newFilter ) -{ - if ( newFilter.isEmpty() ) - return; - TQString f = newFilter; - TQRegExp r( TQString::tqfromLatin1(qt_file_dialog_filter_reg_exp) ); - int index = r.search( f ); - if ( index >= 0 ) - f = r.cap( 2 ); - d->url.setNameFilter( f ); - if ( d->types->count() == 1 ) { - d->types->clear(); - d->types->insertItem( newFilter ); - } else { - for ( int i = 0; i < d->types->count(); ++i ) { - if ( d->types->text( i ).left( newFilter.length() ) == newFilter || - d->types->text( i ).left( f.length() ) == f ) { - d->types->setCurrentItem( i ); - break; - } - } - } - rereadDir(); -} - - -/*! \overload - Sets the file dialog's working directory to \a pathstr. - - \sa dir() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setDir( const TQString & pathstr ) -{ - TQString dr = pathstr; - if ( dr.isEmpty() ) - return; - -#if defined(TQ_OS_UNIX) - if ( dr.length() && dr[0] == '~' ) { - int i = 0; - while( i < (int)dr.length() && dr[i] != '/' ) - i++; - TQCString user; - if ( i == 1 ) { -#if defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS) - -# ifndef _POSIX_LOGIN_NAME_MAX -# define _POSIX_LOGIN_NAME_MAX 9 -# endif - - char name[_POSIX_LOGIN_NAME_MAX]; - if ( ::getlogin_r( name, _POSIX_LOGIN_NAME_MAX ) == 0 ) - user = name; - else -#else - user = ::getlogin(); - if ( user.isNull() ) -#endif - user = getenv( "LOGNAME" ); - } else - user = TQT_TQSTRING(dr.mid( 1, i-1 )).local8Bit(); - dr = dr.mid( i, dr.length() ); - struct passwd *pw; -#if defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(TQ_OS_FREEBSD) && !defined(TQ_OS_OPENBSD) - struct passwd mt_pw; - char buffer[2048]; - if ( ::getpwnam_r( user, &mt_pw, buffer, 2048, &pw ) == 0 && pw == &mt_pw ) -#else - pw = ::getpwnam( user ); - if ( pw ) -#endif - dr.prepend( TQString::fromLocal8Bit(pw->pw_dir) ); - } -#endif - - setUrl( dr ); -} - -/*! - Returns the current directory shown in the file dialog. - - The ownership of the TQDir pointer is transferred to the caller, so - it must be deleted by the caller when no longer required. - - \sa setDir() -*/ - -const TQDir *TQFileDialog::dir() const -{ - if ( d->url.isLocalFile() ) - return new TQDir( d->url.path() ); - else - return 0; -} - -/*! - Sets the file dialog's working directory to \a dir. - \sa dir() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setDir( const TQDir &dir ) -{ - d->oldUrl = d->url; - TQString nf( d->url.nameFilter() ); - d->url = dir.canonicalPath(); - d->url.setNameFilter( nf ); - TQUrlInfo i( d->url, nameEdit->text() ); - d->checkForFilter = TRUE; - trySetSelection( i.isDir(), TQUrlOperator( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(nameEdit->text() ) ), FALSE ); - d->checkForFilter = FALSE; - rereadDir(); - emit dirEntered( d->url.path() ); -} - -/*! - Sets the file dialog's working directory to the directory specified at \a url. - - \sa url() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setUrl( const TQUrlOperator &url ) -{ - d->oldUrl = d->url; - TQString nf = d->url.nameFilter(); - - TQString operatorPath = url.toString( FALSE, FALSE ); - if ( TQUrl::isRelativeUrl( operatorPath ) ) { - d->url = TQUrl( d->url, operatorPath ); - } else { - d->url = url; - } - d->url.setNameFilter( nf ); - - d->checkForFilter = TRUE; - if ( !d->url.isDir() ) { - TQUrlOperator u = d->url; - d->url.setPath( d->url.dirPath() ); - trySetSelection( FALSE, u, FALSE ); - rereadDir(); - emit dirEntered( d->url.dirPath() ); - TQString fn = u.fileName(); - nameEdit->setText( fn ); - } else { - trySetSelection( TRUE, d->url, FALSE ); - rereadDir(); - emit dirEntered( d->url.dirPath() ); - } - d->checkForFilter = FALSE; -} - -/*! - \property TQFileDialog::showHiddenFiles - - \brief whether hidden files are shown in the file dialog - - The default is FALSE, i.e. don't show hidden files. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setShowHiddenFiles( bool s ) -{ - if ( s == bShowHiddenFiles ) - return; - - bShowHiddenFiles = s; - rereadDir(); -} - -bool TQFileDialog::showHiddenFiles() const -{ - return bShowHiddenFiles; -} - -/*! - Rereads the current directory shown in the file dialog. - - The only time you will need to call this function is if the contents of - the directory change and you wish to refresh the file dialog to reflect - the change. - - \sa resortDir() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::rereadDir() -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR - if ( !d->cursorOverride ) { - TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( TQCursor( TQt::WaitCursor ) ); - d->cursorOverride = TRUE; - } -#endif - d->pendingItems.clear(); - if ( d->mimeTypeTimer->isActive() ) - d->mimeTypeTimer->stop(); - d->currListChildren = d->url.listChildren(); -#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR - if ( d->cursorOverride ) { - TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor(); - d->cursorOverride = FALSE; - } -#endif -} - - -/*! - \fn void TQFileDialog::fileHighlighted( const TQString& ) - - This signal is emitted when the user highlights a file, i.e. makes - it the current file. - - \sa fileSelected(), filesSelected() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void TQFileDialog::fileSelected( const TQString& ) - - This signal is emitted when the user selects a file. - - \sa filesSelected(), fileHighlighted(), selectedFile() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void TQFileDialog::filesSelected( const TQStringList& ) - - This signal is emitted when the user selects one or more files in \e - ExistingFiles mode. - - \sa fileSelected(), fileHighlighted(), selectedFiles() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void TQFileDialog::dirEntered( const TQString& ) - - This signal is emitted when the user enters a directory. - - \sa dir() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void TQFileDialog::filterSelected( const TQString& ) - - This signal is emitted when the user selects a filter. - - \sa selectedFilter() -*/ - -extern bool qt_resolve_symlinks; // defined in qapplication.cpp -bool TQ_EXPORT qt_use_native_dialogs = TRUE; - -/*! - This is a convenience static function that returns an existing file - selected by the user. If the user pressed Cancel, it returns a null - string. - - \code - TQString s = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( - "/home", - "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)", - this, - "open file dialog", - "Choose a file to open" ); - \endcode - - The function creates a modal file dialog called \a name, with - parent, \a parent. If a parent is not 0, the dialog will be shown - centered over the parent. - - The file dialog's working directory will be set to \a startWith. If \a - startWith includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter - is set to \a filter so that only those files which match the filter - are shown. The filter selected is set to \a selectedFilter. The parameters - \a startWith, \a selectedFilter and \a filter may be TQString::null. - - The dialog's caption is set to \a caption. If \a caption is not - specified then a default caption will be used. - - Under Windows and Mac OS X, this static function will use the native - file dialog and not a TQFileDialog, unless the style of the application - is set to something other than the native style (Note that on Windows the - dialog will spin a blocking modal event loop that will not dispatch any - TQTimers and if parent is not 0 then it will position the dialog just under - the parent's titlebar). - - Under Unix/X11, the normal behavior of the file dialog is to resolve - and follow symlinks. For example, if /usr/tmp is a symlink to /var/tmp, - the file dialog will change to /var/tmp after entering /usr/tmp. - If \a resolveSymlinks is FALSE, the file dialog will treat - symlinks as regular directories. - - \sa getOpenFileNames(), getSaveFileName(), getExistingDirectory() -*/ - -TQString TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( const TQString & startWith, - const TQString& filter, - TQWidget *parent, const char* name, - const TQString& caption, - TQString *selectedFilter, - bool resolveSymlinks ) -{ - bool save_qt_resolve_symlinks = qt_resolve_symlinks; - qt_resolve_symlinks = resolveSymlinks; - - TQStringList filters; - if ( !filter.isEmpty() ) - filters = makeFiltersList( filter ); - - makeVariables(); - TQString initialSelection; - //### Problem with the logic here: If a startWith is given and a file - // with that name exists in D->URL, the box will be opened at D->URL instead of - // the last directory used ('workingDirectory'). - // - // hm... isn't that problem exactly the documented behaviour? the - // documented behaviour sounds meaningful. - if ( !startWith.isEmpty() ) { - TQUrlOperator u( TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( startWith ) ); - if ( u.isLocalFile() && TQFileInfo( u.path() ).isDir() ) { - *workingDirectory = startWith; - } else { - if ( u.isLocalFile() ) { - TQFileInfo fi( u.dirPath() ); - if ( fi.exists() ) { - *workingDirectory = u.dirPath(); - initialSelection = u.fileName(); - } - } else { - *workingDirectory = u.toString(); - initialSelection = TQString::null;//u.fileName(); - } - } - } - - if ( workingDirectory->isNull() ) - *workingDirectory = ::toRootIfNotExists( TQDir::currentDirPath() ); - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - if ( qt_use_native_dialogs && tqApp->tqstyle().tqstyleHint( TQStyle::SH_GUIStyle ) == WindowsStyle ) - return winGetOpenFileName( initialSelection, filter, workingDirectory, - parent, name, caption, selectedFilter ); -#elif defined(TQ_WS_MAC) - if (qt_use_native_dialogs && (tqApp->tqstyle().inherits(TQMAC_DEFAULT_STYLE) - || tqApp->tqstyle().inherits("TQMacStyle"))) - return qt_mac_precomposeFileName(macGetOpenFileNames(filter, - startWith.isEmpty() ? 0 : workingDirectory, - parent, name, caption, selectedFilter, FALSE).first()); -#endif - - TQFileDialog *dlg = new TQFileDialog( *workingDirectory, TQString::null, parent, name ? name : "qt_filedlg_gofn", TRUE ); - - TQ_CHECK_PTR( dlg ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - if ( !caption.isNull() ) - dlg->setCaption( caption ); - else - dlg->setCaption( TQFileDialog::tr( "Open" ) ); -#endif - - dlg->setFilters( filters ); - if ( selectedFilter ) - dlg->setFilter( *selectedFilter ); - dlg->setMode( TQFileDialog::ExistingFile ); - TQString result; - if ( !initialSelection.isEmpty() ) - dlg->setSelection( initialSelection ); - if ( dlg->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) { - result = dlg->selectedFile(); - *workingDirectory = dlg->d->url; - if ( selectedFilter ) - *selectedFilter = dlg->selectedFilter(); - } - delete dlg; - - qt_resolve_symlinks = save_qt_resolve_symlinks; - - return result; -} - -/*! - This is a convenience static function that will return a file name - selected by the user. The file does not have to exist. - - It creates a modal file dialog called \a name, with parent, \a parent. - If a parent is not 0, the dialog will be shown centered over the - parent. - - \code - TQString s = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( - "/home", - "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)", - this, - "save file dialog", - "Choose a filename to save under" ); - \endcode - - The file dialog's working directory will be set to \a startWith. If \a - startWith includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter - is set to \a filter so that only those files which match the filter - are shown. The filter selected is set to \a selectedFilter. The parameters - \a startWith, \a selectedFilter and \a filter may be TQString::null. - - The dialog's caption is set to \a caption. If \a caption is not - specified then a default caption will be used. - - Under Windows and Mac OS X, this static function will use the native - file dialog and not a TQFileDialog, unless the style of the application - is set to something other than the native style. (Note that on Windows the - dialog will spin a blocking modal event loop that will not dispatch any - TQTimers and if parent is not 0 then it will position the dialog just under - the parent's titlebar. - - Under Unix/X11, the normal behavior of the file dialog is to resolve - and follow symlinks. For example, if /usr/tmp is a symlink to /var/tmp, - the file dialog will change to /var/tmp after entering /usr/tmp. - If \a resolveSymlinks is FALSE, the file dialog will treat - symlinks as regular directories. - - \sa getOpenFileName(), getOpenFileNames(), getExistingDirectory() -*/ - -TQString TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( const TQString & startWith, - const TQString& filter, - TQWidget *parent, const char* name, - const TQString& caption, - TQString *selectedFilter, - bool resolveSymlinks) -{ - bool save_qt_resolve_symlinks = qt_resolve_symlinks; - qt_resolve_symlinks = resolveSymlinks; - - TQStringList filters; - if ( !filter.isEmpty() ) - filters = makeFiltersList( filter ); - - makeVariables(); - TQString initialSelection; - if ( !startWith.isEmpty() ) { - TQUrlOperator u( TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( startWith ) ); - if ( u.isLocalFile() && TQFileInfo( u.path() ).isDir() ) { - *workingDirectory = startWith; - } else { - if ( u.isLocalFile() ) { - TQFileInfo fi( u.dirPath() ); - if ( fi.exists() ) { - *workingDirectory = u.dirPath(); - initialSelection = u.fileName(); - } - } else { - *workingDirectory = u.toString(); - initialSelection = TQString::null;//u.fileName(); - } - } - } - - if ( workingDirectory->isNull() ) - *workingDirectory = ::toRootIfNotExists( TQDir::currentDirPath() ); - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - if ( qt_use_native_dialogs && tqApp->tqstyle().tqstyleHint( TQStyle::SH_GUIStyle ) == WindowsStyle ) - return winGetSaveFileName( initialSelection, filter, workingDirectory, - parent, name, caption, selectedFilter ); -#elif defined(TQ_WS_MAC) - if (qt_use_native_dialogs && (tqApp->tqstyle().inherits(TQMAC_DEFAULT_STYLE) - || tqApp->tqstyle().inherits("TQMacStyle"))) - return qt_mac_precomposeFileName(macGetSaveFileName(initialSelection, filter, - startWith.isEmpty() ? 0 : workingDirectory, parent, name, - caption, selectedFilter)); -#endif - - TQFileDialog *dlg = new TQFileDialog( *workingDirectory, TQString::null, parent, name ? name : "qt_filedlg_gsfn", TRUE ); - - TQ_CHECK_PTR( dlg ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - if ( !caption.isNull() ) - dlg->setCaption( caption ); - else - dlg->setCaption( TQFileDialog::tr( "Save As" ) ); -#endif - - TQString result; - dlg->setFilters( filters ); - if ( selectedFilter ) - dlg->setFilter( *selectedFilter ); - dlg->setMode( TQFileDialog::AnyFile ); - if ( !initialSelection.isEmpty() ) - dlg->setSelection( initialSelection ); - if ( dlg->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) { - result = dlg->selectedFile(); - *workingDirectory = dlg->d->url; - if ( selectedFilter ) - *selectedFilter = dlg->selectedFilter(); - } - delete dlg; - - qt_resolve_symlinks = save_qt_resolve_symlinks; - - return result; -} - -/*! - \internal - Activated when the "OK" button is clicked. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::okClicked() -{ - TQString fn( nameEdit->text() ); - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - TQFileInfo fi( d->url.path() + fn ); - if ( fi.isSymLink() ) { - nameEdit->setText( fi.readLink() ); - } -#endif - - if ( fn.contains("*") ) { - addFilter( fn ); - nameEdit->blockSignals( TRUE ); - nameEdit->setText( TQString::tqfromLatin1("") ); - nameEdit->blockSignals( FALSE ); - return; - } - - *workingDirectory = d->url; - detailViewMode = files->isVisible(); - updateLastSize(this); - - if ( isDirectoryMode( d->mode ) ) { - TQUrlInfo f( d->url, nameEdit->text() ); - if ( f.isDir() ) { - d->currentFileName = d->url; - if ( d->currentFileName.right(1) != "/" ) - d->currentFileName += '/'; - if ( f.name() != "." ) - d->currentFileName += f.name(); - accept(); - return; - } - // Since it's not a directory and we clicked ok, we - // don't really want to do anything else - return; - } - - // if we're in multi-selection mode and something is selected, - // accept it and be done. - if ( mode() == ExistingFiles ) { - if ( ! nameEdit->text().isEmpty() ) { - TQStringList sf = selectedFiles(); - bool isdir = FALSE; - if ( sf.count() == 1 ) { - TQUrlOperator u( d->url, sf[0] ); - bool ok; - isdir = u.isDir(&ok) && ok; - } - if ( !isdir ) { - emit filesSelected( sf ); - accept(); - return; - } - } - } - - if ( mode() == AnyFile ) { - TQUrlOperator u( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(nameEdit->text()) ); - if ( !u.isDir() ) { - d->currentFileName = u; - emit fileSelected( selectedFile() ); - accept(); - return; - } - } - - if ( mode() == ExistingFile ) { - if ( !TQFileDialogPrivate::fileExists( d->url, nameEdit->text() ) ) - return; - } - - // If selection is valid, return it, else try - // using selection as a directory to change to. - if ( !d->currentFileName.isNull() && !d->currentFileName.contains( "*" ) ) { - emit fileSelected( selectedFile() ); - accept(); - } else { - TQUrlInfo f; - TQFileDialogPrivate::File * c - = (TQFileDialogPrivate::File *)files->currentItem(); - TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem * m - = (TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem *)d->moreFiles->item( d->moreFiles->currentItem() ); - if ( (c && files->isVisible() && files->hasFocus()) || - (m && d->moreFiles->isVisible() && d->moreFiles->hasFocus()) ) { - if ( c && files->isVisible() ) - f = c->info; - else - f = ( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)m->i )->info; - } else { - f = TQUrlInfo( d->url, nameEdit->text() ); - } - if ( f.isDir() ) { - setUrl( TQUrlOperator( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(f.name() + "/" ) ) ); - d->checkForFilter = TRUE; - trySetSelection( TRUE, d->url, TRUE ); - d->checkForFilter = FALSE; - } else { - if ( !nameEdit->text().contains( "/" ) && - !nameEdit->text().contains( "\\" ) -#if defined(TQ_OS_WIN32) - && nameEdit->text()[ 1 ] != ':' -#endif - ) - addFilter( nameEdit->text() ); - else if ( nameEdit->text()[ 0 ] == '/' || - nameEdit->text()[ 0 ] == '\\' -#if defined(TQ_OS_WIN32) - || nameEdit->text()[ 1 ] == ':' -#endif - ) - setDir( nameEdit->text() ); - else if ( nameEdit->text().left( 3 ) == "../" || nameEdit->text().left( 3 ) == "..\\" ) - setDir( TQUrl( d->url.toString(), TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(nameEdit->text() ) ).toString() ); - } - nameEdit->setText( "" ); - } -} - -/*! - \internal - Activated when the "Filter" button is clicked. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::filterClicked() -{ - // unused -} - -/*! - \internal - Activated when the "Cancel" button is clicked. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::cancelClicked() -{ - *workingDirectory = d->url; - detailViewMode = files->isVisible(); - updateLastSize(this); - reject(); -} - - -/*!\reimp -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * e ) -{ - TQDialog::resizeEvent( e ); - updateGeometries(); -} - -/* - \internal - The only correct way to try to set currentFileName -*/ -bool TQFileDialog::trySetSelection( bool isDir, const TQUrlOperator &u, bool updatelined ) -{ - if ( !isDir && !u.path().isEmpty() && u.path().right( 1 ) == "/" ) - isDir = TRUE; - if ( u.fileName().contains( "*") && d->checkForFilter ) { - TQString fn( u.fileName() ); - if ( fn.contains( "*" ) ) { - addFilter( fn ); - d->currentFileName = TQString::null; - d->url.setFileName( TQString::null ); - nameEdit->setText( TQString::tqfromLatin1("") ); - return FALSE; - } - } - - if ( d->preview && d->preview->isVisible() ) - updatePreviews( u ); - - TQString old = d->currentFileName; - - if ( isDirectoryMode( mode() ) ) { - if ( isDir ) - d->currentFileName = u; - else - d->currentFileName = TQString::null; - } else if ( !isDir && mode() == ExistingFiles ) { - d->currentFileName = u; - } else if ( !isDir || ( mode() == AnyFile && !isDir ) ) { - d->currentFileName = u; - } else { - d->currentFileName = TQString::null; - } - if ( updatelined && !d->currentFileName.isEmpty() ) { - // If the selection is valid, or if its a directory, allow OK. - if ( !d->currentFileName.isNull() || isDir ) { - if ( u.fileName() != ".." ) { - TQString fn = u.fileName(); - nameEdit->setText( fn ); - } else { - nameEdit->setText(""); - } - } else - nameEdit->setText( TQString::tqfromLatin1("") ); - } - - if ( !d->currentFileName.isNull() || isDir ) { - okB->setEnabled( TRUE ); - } else if ( !isDirectoryMode( d->mode ) ) { - okB->setEnabled( FALSE ); - } - - if ( d->currentFileName.length() && old != d->currentFileName ) - emit fileHighlighted( selectedFile() ); - - return !d->currentFileName.isNull(); -} - - -/*! Make sure the minimum and maximum sizes of everything are sane. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::updateGeometries() -{ - if ( !d || !d->geometryDirty ) - return; - - d->geometryDirty = FALSE; - - TQSize r, t; - - // we really should have a TQSize::unite() -#define RM r.setWidth( TQMAX(r.width(),t.width()) ); \ -r.setHeight( TQMAX(r.height(),t.height()) ) - - // labels first - r = d->pathL->tqsizeHint(); - t = d->fileL->tqsizeHint(); - RM; - t = d->typeL->tqsizeHint(); - RM; - d->pathL->setFixedSize( d->pathL->tqsizeHint() ); - d->fileL->setFixedSize( r ); - d->typeL->setFixedSize( r ); - - // single-line input areas - r = d->paths->tqsizeHint(); - t = nameEdit->tqsizeHint(); - RM; - t = d->types->tqsizeHint(); - RM; - r.setWidth( t.width() * 2 / 3 ); - t.setWidth( TQWIDGETSIZE_MAX ); - t.setHeight( r.height() ); - d->paths->setMinimumSize( r ); - d->paths->setMaximumSize( t ); - nameEdit->setMinimumSize( r ); - nameEdit->setMaximumSize( t ); - d->types->setMinimumSize( r ); - d->types->setMaximumSize( t ); - - // buttons on top row - r = TQSize( 0, d->paths->tqminimumSize().height() ); - t = TQSize( 21, 20 ); - RM; - if ( r.height()+1 > r.width() ) - r.setWidth( r.height()+1 ); - if ( d->goBack ) - d->goBack->setFixedSize( r ); - d->cdToParent->setFixedSize( r ); - d->newFolder->setFixedSize( r ); - d->mcView->setFixedSize( r ); - d->detailView->setFixedSize( r ); - - TQButton *b = 0; - if ( !d->toolButtons.isEmpty() ) { - for ( b = d->toolButtons.first(); b; b = d->toolButtons.next() ) - b->setFixedSize( b->tqsizeHint().width(), r.height() ); - } - - if ( d->infoPreview ) { - d->previewInfo->show(); - d->previewInfo->setFixedSize( r ); - } else { - d->previewInfo->hide(); - d->previewInfo->setFixedSize( TQSize( 0, 0 ) ); - } - - if ( d->contentsPreview ) { - d->previewContents->show(); - d->previewContents->setFixedSize( r ); - } else { - d->previewContents->hide(); - d->previewContents->setFixedSize( TQSize( 0, 0 ) ); - } - - // open/save, cancel - r = TQSize( 75, 20 ); - t = okB->tqsizeHint(); - RM; - t = cancelB->tqsizeHint(); - RM; - - okB->setFixedSize( r ); - cancelB->setFixedSize( r ); - - d->topLevelLayout->activate(); - -#undef RM -} - - -/*! Updates the file name edit box to \a newItem in the file dialog - when the cursor moves in the listview. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::updateFileNameEdit( TQListViewItem * newItem ) -{ - if ( !newItem ) - return; - - if ( mode() == ExistingFiles ) { - detailViewSelectionChanged(); - TQUrl u( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( ((TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)files->currentItem())->info.name() ) ); - TQFileInfo fi( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) ); - if ( !fi.isDir() ) - emit fileHighlighted( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) ); - } else if ( files->isSelected( newItem ) ) { - TQFileDialogPrivate::File * i = (TQFileDialogPrivate::File *)newItem; - if ( i && i->i && !i->i->isSelected() ) { - d->moreFiles->blockSignals( TRUE ); - d->moreFiles->setSelected( i->i, TRUE ); - d->moreFiles->blockSignals( FALSE ); - } - // Encode the filename in case it had any special characters in it - TQString encFile = TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( newItem->text( 0 ) ); - trySetSelection( i->info.isDir(), TQUrlOperator( d->url, encFile ), TRUE ); - } -} - -void TQFileDialog::detailViewSelectionChanged() -{ - if ( d->mode != ExistingFiles ) - return; - - nameEdit->clear(); - TQString str; - TQListViewItem * i = files->firstChild(); - d->moreFiles->blockSignals( TRUE ); - while( i ) { - if ( d->moreFiles && isVisible() ) { - TQFileDialogPrivate::File *f = (TQFileDialogPrivate::File *)i; - if ( f->i && f->i->isSelected() != i->isSelected() ) - d->moreFiles->setSelected( f->i, i->isSelected() ); - } - if ( i->isSelected() && !( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File *)i )->info.isDir() ) - str += TQString( "\"%1\" " ).arg( i->text( 0 ) ); - i = i->nextSibling(); - } - d->moreFiles->blockSignals( FALSE ); - nameEdit->setText( str ); - nameEdit->setCursorPosition( str.length() ); - okB->setEnabled( TRUE ); - if ( d->preview && d->preview->isVisible() && files->currentItem() ) { - TQUrl u = TQUrl( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( ((TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)files->currentItem())->info.name() ) ); - updatePreviews( u ); - } -} - -void TQFileDialog::listBoxSelectionChanged() -{ - if ( d->mode != ExistingFiles ) - return; - - if ( d->ignoreNextRefresh ) { - d->ignoreNextRefresh = FALSE; - return; - } - - nameEdit->clear(); - TQString str; - TQListBoxItem * i = d->moreFiles->item( 0 ); - TQListBoxItem * j = 0; - int index = 0; - files->blockSignals( TRUE ); - while( i ) { - TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem *mcitem = (TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem *)i; - if ( files && isVisible() ) { - if ( mcitem->i->isSelected() != mcitem->isSelected() ) { - files->setSelected( mcitem->i, mcitem->isSelected() ); - - // What happens here is that we want to emit signal highlighted for - // newly added items. But TQListBox apparently emits selectionChanged even - // when a user clicks on the same item twice. So, basically emulate the behaivor - // we have in the "Details" view which only emits highlighted the first time we - // click on the item. Perhaps at some point we should have a call to - // updateFileNameEdit(TQListViewItem) which also emits fileHighlighted() for - // ExistingFiles. For better or for worse, this clones the behaivor of the - // "Details" view quite well. - if ( mcitem->isSelected() && i != d->lastEFSelected ) { - TQUrl u( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( ((TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)(mcitem)->i)->info.name()) ); - d->lastEFSelected = i; - emit fileHighlighted( u.toString(FALSE, FALSE) ); - } - } - } - if ( d->moreFiles->isSelected( i ) - && !( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)(mcitem)->i )->info.isDir() ) { - str += TQString( "\"%1\" " ).arg( i->text() ); - if ( j == 0 ) - j = i; - } - i = d->moreFiles->item( ++index ); - } - - files->blockSignals( FALSE ); - nameEdit->setText( str ); - nameEdit->setCursorPosition( str.length() ); - okB->setEnabled( TRUE ); - if ( d->preview && d->preview->isVisible() && j ) { - TQUrl u = TQUrl( d->url, - TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( ( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)( (TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem*)j )->i )->info.name() ) ); - updatePreviews( u ); - } -} - -/*! \overload */ - -void TQFileDialog::updateFileNameEdit( TQListBoxItem * newItem ) -{ - if ( !newItem ) - return; - TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem * i = (TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem *)newItem; - if ( i->i ) { - i->i->listView()->setSelected( i->i, i->isSelected() ); - updateFileNameEdit( i->i ); - } -} - - -/*! Updates the dialog when the file name edit changes. */ - -void TQFileDialog::fileNameEditDone() -{ - TQUrlInfo f( d->url, nameEdit->text() ); - if ( mode() != TQFileDialog::ExistingFiles ) { - TQUrlOperator u( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( nameEdit->text() ) ); - trySetSelection( f.isDir(), u, FALSE ); - if ( d->preview && d->preview->isVisible() ) - updatePreviews( u ); - } -} - - - -/*! This private slot reacts to double-clicks in the list view. The item that -was double-clicked is specified in \a newItem */ - -void TQFileDialog::selectDirectoryOrFile( TQListViewItem * newItem ) -{ - - *workingDirectory = d->url; - detailViewMode = files->isVisible(); - updateLastSize(this); - - if ( !newItem ) - return; - - if ( d->url.isLocalFile() ) { - TQFileInfo fi( d->url.path() + newItem->text(0) ); -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - if ( fi.isSymLink() ) { - nameEdit->setText( fi.readLink() ); - okClicked(); - return; - } -#endif - } - - TQFileDialogPrivate::File * i = (TQFileDialogPrivate::File *)newItem; - - TQString oldName = nameEdit->text(); - if ( i->info.isDir() ) { - setUrl( TQUrlOperator( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( i->info.name() ) + "/" ) ); - if ( isDirectoryMode( mode() ) ) { - TQUrlInfo f ( d->url, TQString::tqfromLatin1( "." ) ); - trySetSelection( f.isDir(), d->url, TRUE ); - } - } else if ( newItem->isSelectable() && - trySetSelection( i->info.isDir(), TQUrlOperator( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( i->info.name() ) ), TRUE ) ) { - if ( !isDirectoryMode( mode() ) ) { - if ( mode() == ExistingFile ) { - if ( TQFileDialogPrivate::fileExists( d->url, nameEdit->text() ) ) { - emit fileSelected( selectedFile() ); - accept(); - } - } else { - emit fileSelected( selectedFile() ); - accept(); - } - } - } else if ( isDirectoryMode( d->mode ) ) { - d->currentFileName = d->url; - accept(); - } - if ( !oldName.isEmpty() && !isDirectoryMode( mode() ) ) - nameEdit->setText( oldName ); -} - - -void TQFileDialog::selectDirectoryOrFile( TQListBoxItem * newItem ) -{ - if ( !newItem ) - return; - - TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem * i = (TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem *)newItem; - if ( i->i ) { - i->i->listView()->setSelected( i->i, i->isSelected() ); - selectDirectoryOrFile( i->i ); - } -} - - -void TQFileDialog::popupContextMenu( TQListViewItem *item, const TQPoint &p, - int ) -{ - if ( item ) { - files->setCurrentItem( item ); - files->setSelected( item, TRUE ); - } - - PopupAction action; - popupContextMenu( item ? item->text( 0 ) : TQString::null, TRUE, action, p ); - - if ( action == PA_Open ) - selectDirectoryOrFile( item ); - else if ( action == PA_Rename ) - files->startRename( FALSE ); - else if ( action == PA_Delete ) - deleteFile( item ? item->text( 0 ) : TQString::null ); - else if ( action == PA_Reload ) - rereadDir(); - else if ( action == PA_Hidden ) { - bShowHiddenFiles = !bShowHiddenFiles; - rereadDir(); - } else if ( action == PA_SortName ) { - sortFilesBy = (int)TQDir::Name; - sortAscending = TRUE; - resortDir(); - } else if ( action == PA_SortSize ) { - sortFilesBy = (int)TQDir::Size; - sortAscending = TRUE; - resortDir(); - } else if ( action == PA_SortDate ) { - sortFilesBy = (int)TQDir::Time; - sortAscending = TRUE; - resortDir(); - } else if ( action == PA_SortUnsorted ) { - sortFilesBy = (int)TQDir::Unsorted; - sortAscending = TRUE; - resortDir(); - } - -} - -void TQFileDialog::popupContextMenu( TQListBoxItem *item, const TQPoint & p ) -{ - PopupAction action; - popupContextMenu( item ? item->text() : TQString::null, FALSE, action, p ); - - if ( action == PA_Open ) - selectDirectoryOrFile( item ); - else if ( action == PA_Rename ) - d->moreFiles->startRename( FALSE ); - else if ( action == PA_Delete ) - deleteFile( item->text() ); - else if ( action == PA_Reload ) - rereadDir(); - else if ( action == PA_Hidden ) { - bShowHiddenFiles = !bShowHiddenFiles; - rereadDir(); - } else if ( action == PA_SortName ) { - sortFilesBy = (int)TQDir::Name; - sortAscending = TRUE; - resortDir(); - } else if ( action == PA_SortSize ) { - sortFilesBy = (int)TQDir::Size; - sortAscending = TRUE; - resortDir(); - } else if ( action == PA_SortDate ) { - sortFilesBy = (int)TQDir::Time; - sortAscending = TRUE; - resortDir(); - } else if ( action == PA_SortUnsorted ) { - sortFilesBy = (int)TQDir::Unsorted; - sortAscending = TRUE; - resortDir(); - } -} - -void TQFileDialog::popupContextMenu( const TQString &filename, bool, - PopupAction &action, const TQPoint &p ) -{ - action = PA_Cancel; - - bool glob = filename.isEmpty(); - - TQPopupMenu m( 0, "file dialog context menu" ); - m.setCheckable( TRUE ); - - if ( !glob ) { - TQString okt; - if ( TQUrlInfo( d->url, filename ).isDir() ) { - okt = tr( "&Open" ); - } else { - if ( mode() == AnyFile ) - okt = tr( "&Save" ); - else - okt = tr( "&Open" ); - } - int ok = m.insertItem( okt ); - - m.insertSeparator(); - int rename = m.insertItem( tr( "&Rename" ) ); - int del = m.insertItem( tr( "&Delete" ) ); - - if ( filename.isEmpty() || !TQUrlInfo( d->url, filename ).isWritable() || - filename == ".." ) { - if ( filename.isEmpty() || !TQUrlInfo( d->url, filename ).isReadable() ) - m.setItemEnabled( ok, FALSE ); - m.setItemEnabled( rename, FALSE ); - m.setItemEnabled( del, FALSE ); - } - - m.move( p ); - int res = m.exec(); - - if ( res == ok ) - action = PA_Open; - else if ( res == rename ) - action = PA_Rename; - else if ( res == del ) - action = PA_Delete; - } else { - int reload = m.insertItem( tr( "R&eload" ) ); - - TQPopupMenu m2( 0, "sort menu" ); - - int sname = m2.insertItem( tr( "Sort by &Name" ) ); - //int stype = m2.insertItem( tr( "Sort by &Type" ) ); - int ssize = m2.insertItem( tr( "Sort by &Size" ) ); - int sdate = m2.insertItem( tr( "Sort by &Date" ) ); - m2.insertSeparator(); - int sunsorted = m2.insertItem( tr( "&Unsorted" ) ); - - //m2.setItemEnabled( stype, FALSE ); - - if ( sortFilesBy == (int)TQDir::Name ) - m2.setItemChecked( sname, TRUE ); - else if ( sortFilesBy == (int)TQDir::Size ) - m2.setItemChecked( ssize, TRUE ); -// else if ( sortFilesBy == 0x16 ) -// m2.setItemChecked( stype, TRUE ); - else if ( sortFilesBy == (int)TQDir::Time ) - m2.setItemChecked( sdate, TRUE ); - else if ( sortFilesBy == (int)TQDir::Unsorted ) - m2.setItemChecked( sunsorted, TRUE ); - - m.insertItem( tr( "Sort" ), &m2 ); - - m.insertSeparator(); - - int hidden = m.insertItem( tr( "Show &hidden files" ) ); - m.setItemChecked( hidden, bShowHiddenFiles ); - - m.move( p ); - int res = m.exec(); - - if ( res == reload ) - action = PA_Reload; - else if ( res == hidden ) - action = PA_Hidden; - else if ( res == sname ) - action = PA_SortName; -// else if ( res == stype ) -// action = PA_SortType; - else if ( res == sdate ) - action = PA_SortDate; - else if ( res == ssize ) - action = PA_SortSize; - else if ( res == sunsorted ) - action = PA_SortUnsorted; - } - -} - -void TQFileDialog::deleteFile( const TQString &filename ) -{ - if ( filename.isEmpty() ) - return; - - TQUrlInfo fi( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( filename ) ); - TQString t = tr( "the file" ); - if ( fi.isDir() ) - t = tr( "the directory" ); - if ( fi.isSymLink() ) - t = tr( "the symlink" ); - - if ( TQMessageBox::warning( this, - tr( "Delete %1" ).arg( t ), - tr( "<qt>Are you sure you wish to delete %1 \"%2\"?</qt>" ) - .arg( t ).arg(filename), - tr( "&Yes" ), tr( "&No" ), TQString::null, 1 ) == 0 ) - d->url.remove( TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( filename ) ); - -} - -void TQFileDialog::fileSelected( int ) -{ - // unused -} - -void TQFileDialog::fileHighlighted( int ) -{ - // unused -} - -void TQFileDialog::dirSelected( int ) -{ - // unused -} - -void TQFileDialog::pathSelected( int ) -{ - // unused -} - - -void TQFileDialog::cdUpClicked() -{ - TQString oldName = nameEdit->text(); - setUrl( TQUrlOperator( d->url, ".." ) ); - if ( !oldName.isEmpty() ) - nameEdit->setText( oldName ); -} - -void TQFileDialog::newFolderClicked() -{ - TQString foldername( tr( "New Folder 1" ) ); - int i = 0; - TQStringList lst; - TQListViewItemIterator it( files ); - for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) - if ( it.current()->text( 0 ).contains( tr( "New Folder" ) ) ) - lst.append( it.current()->text( 0 ) ); - - if ( !lst.count() == 0 ) - while ( lst.contains( foldername ) ) - foldername = tr( "New Folder %1" ).arg( ++i ); - - d->url.mkdir( foldername ); -} - -void TQFileDialog::createdDirectory( const TQUrlInfo &info, TQNetworkOperation * ) -{ - resortDir(); - if ( d->moreFiles->isVisible() ) { - for ( uint i = 0; i < d->moreFiles->count(); ++i ) { - if ( d->moreFiles->text( i ) == info.name() ) { - d->moreFiles->setCurrentItem( i ); - d->moreFiles->startRename( FALSE ); - break; - } - } - } else { - TQListViewItem *item = files->firstChild(); - while ( item ) { - if ( item->text( 0 ) == info.name() ) { - files->setSelected( item, TRUE ); - files->setCurrentItem( item ); - files->startRename( FALSE ); - break; - } - item = item->nextSibling(); - } - } -} - - -/*! - This is a convenience static function that will return an existing directory - selected by the user. - - \code - TQString s = TQFileDialog::getExistingDirectory( - "/home", - this, - "get existing directory", - "Choose a directory", - TRUE ); - \endcode - - This function creates a modal file dialog called \a name, with - parent, \a parent. If parent is not 0, the dialog will be shown - centered over the parent. - - The dialog's working directory is set to \a dir, and the caption is - set to \a caption. Either of these may be TQString::null in which case - the current directory and a default caption will be used respectively. - - Note on Windows that if \a dir is TQString::null then the dialog's working - directory will be set to the user's My Documents directory. - - If \a dirOnly is TRUE, then only directories will be shown in - the file dialog; otherwise both directories and files will be shown. - - Under Unix/X11, the normal behavior of the file dialog is to resolve - and follow symlinks. For example, if /usr/tmp is a symlink to /var/tmp, - the file dialog will change to /var/tmp after entering /usr/tmp. - If \a resolveSymlinks is FALSE, the file dialog will treat - symlinks as regular directories. - - Under Windows and Mac OS X, this static function will use the native - file dialog and not a TQFileDialog, unless the style of the application - is set to something other than the native style. (Note that on Windows the - dialog will spin a blocking modal event loop that will not dispatch any - TQTimers and if parent is not 0 then it will position the dialog just under - the parent's titlebar). - - \sa getOpenFileName(), getOpenFileNames(), getSaveFileName() -*/ - -TQString TQFileDialog::getExistingDirectory( const TQString & dir, - TQWidget *parent, - const char* name, - const TQString& caption, - bool dirOnly, - bool resolveSymlinks) -{ - bool save_qt_resolve_symlinks = qt_resolve_symlinks; - qt_resolve_symlinks = resolveSymlinks; - - makeVariables(); - TQString wd; - if ( workingDirectory ) - wd = *workingDirectory; - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - TQString initialDir; - if ( !dir.isEmpty() ) { - TQUrlOperator u( dir ); - if ( TQFileInfo( u.path() ).isDir() ) - initialDir = dir; - } else - initialDir = TQString::null; - if ( qt_use_native_dialogs && tqApp->tqstyle().tqstyleHint( TQStyle::SH_GUIStyle ) == WindowsStyle && dirOnly ) - return winGetExistingDirectory( initialDir, parent, name, caption ); -#endif -#if defined(TQ_WS_MAC) - TQString *initialDir = 0; - if (!dir.isEmpty()) { - TQUrlOperator u(dir); - if (TQFileInfo(u.path()).isDir()) - initialDir = (TQString *)&dir; - } - if( qt_use_native_dialogs && (tqApp->tqstyle().inherits(TQMAC_DEFAULT_STYLE) - || tqApp->tqstyle().inherits("TQMacStyle"))) - return qt_mac_precomposeFileName(macGetOpenFileNames("", initialDir, parent, name, - caption, 0, FALSE, TRUE).first()); -#endif - - TQFileDialog *dlg = new TQFileDialog( parent, name ? name : "qt_filedlg_ged", TRUE ); - - TQ_CHECK_PTR( dlg ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - if ( !caption.isNull() ) - dlg->setCaption( caption ); - else - dlg->setCaption( TQFileDialog::tqtr("Find Directory") ); -#endif - - dlg->setMode( dirOnly ? DirectoryOnly : Directory ); - - dlg->d->types->clear(); - dlg->d->types->insertItem( TQFileDialog::tqtr("Directories") ); - dlg->d->types->setEnabled( FALSE ); - - TQString dir_( dir ); - dir_ = dir_.simplifyWhiteSpace(); - if ( dir_.isEmpty() && !wd.isEmpty() ) - dir_ = wd; - TQUrlOperator u( dir_ ); - if ( u.isLocalFile() ) { - if ( !dir_.isEmpty() ) { - TQFileInfo f( u.path() ); - if ( f.exists() ) - if ( f.isDir() ) { - dlg->setDir( dir_ ); - wd = dir_; - } - } else if ( !wd.isEmpty() ) { - TQUrl tempUrl( wd ); - TQFileInfo f( tempUrl.path() ); - if ( f.isDir() ) { - dlg->setDir( wd ); - } - } else { - TQString theDir = dir_; - if ( theDir.isEmpty() ) { - theDir = ::toRootIfNotExists( TQDir::currentDirPath() ); - } if ( !theDir.isEmpty() ) { - TQUrl tempUrl( theDir ); - TQFileInfo f( tempUrl.path() ); - if ( f.isDir() ) { - wd = theDir; - dlg->setDir( theDir ); - } - } - } - } else { - dlg->setUrl( dir_ ); - } - - TQString result; - dlg->setSelection( dlg->d->url.toString() ); - - if ( dlg->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) { - result = dlg->selectedFile(); - wd = result; - } - delete dlg; - - if ( !result.isEmpty() && result.right( 1 ) != "/" ) - result += "/"; - - qt_resolve_symlinks = save_qt_resolve_symlinks; - - return result; -} - - -/*! - \property TQFileDialog::mode - \brief the file dialog's mode - - The default mode is \c ExistingFile. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setMode( Mode newMode ) -{ - if ( d->mode != newMode ) { - d->mode = newMode; - TQString sel = d->currentFileName; - int maxnamelen = 255; // _POSIX_MAX_PATH - if ( isDirectoryMode( newMode ) ) { - files->setSelectionMode( TQListView::Single ); - d->moreFiles->setSelectionMode( TQListBox::Single ); - if ( sel.isNull() ) - sel = TQString::tqfromLatin1("."); - d->types->setEnabled( FALSE ); - } else if ( newMode == ExistingFiles ) { - maxnamelen = INT_MAX; - files->setSelectionMode( TQListView::Extended ); - d->moreFiles->setSelectionMode( TQListBox::Extended ); - d->types->setEnabled( TRUE ); - } else { - files->setSelectionMode( TQListView::Single ); - d->moreFiles->setSelectionMode( TQListBox::Single ); - d->types->setEnabled( TRUE ); - } - nameEdit->setMaxLength(maxnamelen); - rereadDir(); - TQUrlInfo f( d->url, "." ); - trySetSelection( f.isDir(), d->url, FALSE ); - } - - TQString okt; - bool changeFilters = FALSE; - if ( mode() == AnyFile ) { - okt = tr("&Save"); - d->fileL->setText( tr("File &name:") ); - if ( d->types->count() == 1 ) { - d->types->setCurrentItem( 0 ); - if ( d->types->currentText() == "Directories" ) { - changeFilters = TRUE; - } - } - } - else if ( mode() == Directory || mode() == DirectoryOnly ) { - okt = tr("&OK"); - d->fileL->setText( tr("Directory:") ); - d->types->clear(); - d->types->insertItem( tqtr("Directories") ); - } - else { - okt = tr("&Open"); - d->fileL->setText( tqtr("File &name:") ); - if ( d->types->count() == 1 ) { - d->types->setCurrentItem( 0 ); - if ( d->types->currentText() == "Directories" ) { - changeFilters = TRUE; - } - } - } - - if ( changeFilters ) { - d->types->clear(); - d->types->insertItem( tqtr("All Files (*)") ); - } - - okB->setText( okt ); -} - -TQFileDialog::Mode TQFileDialog::mode() const -{ - return d->mode; -} - -/*! \reimp -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::done( int i ) -{ - if ( i == TQDialog::Accepted && (d->mode == ExistingFile || d->mode == ExistingFiles) ) { - TQStringList selection = selectedFiles(); - for ( uint f = 0; f < selection.count(); f++ ) { - TQString file = selection[f]; - if ( file.isNull() ) - continue; - if ( d->url.isLocalFile() && !TQFile::exists( file ) ) { - TQMessageBox::information( this, tr("Error"), - tr("%1\nFile not found.\nCheck path and filename.").arg( file ) ); - return; - } - } - } - TQDialog::done( i ); -} - -/*! - \property TQFileDialog::viewMode - - \brief the file dialog's view mode - - If you set the view mode to be \e Detail (the default), then you - will see the file's details, such as the size of the file and the - date the file was last modified in addition to the file's name. - - If you set the view mode to be \e List, then you will just - see a list of the files and folders. - - See \l TQFileDialog::ViewMode -*/ - - -TQFileDialog::ViewMode TQFileDialog::viewMode() const -{ - if ( detailViewMode ) - return Detail; - else - return List; -} - -void TQFileDialog::setViewMode( ViewMode m ) -{ - if ( m == Detail ) { - detailViewMode = TRUE; - d->stack->raiseWidget( files ); - d->detailView->setOn( TRUE ); - d->mcView->setOn( FALSE ); - } else if ( m == List ) { - detailViewMode = FALSE; - d->stack->raiseWidget( d->moreFiles ); - d->detailView->setOn( FALSE ); - d->mcView->setOn( TRUE ); - } -} - - -/*! - \property TQFileDialog::previewMode - - \brief the preview mode for the file dialog - - If you set the mode to be a mode other than \e NoPreview, you must - use setInfoPreview() or setContentsPreview() to set the dialog's - preview widget to your preview widget and enable the preview - widget(s) with setInfoPreviewEnabled() or - setContentsPreviewEnabled(). - - \sa infoPreview, contentsPreview, viewMode -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setPreviewMode( PreviewMode m ) -{ - if ( m == NoPreview ) { - d->previewInfo->setOn( FALSE ); - d->previewContents->setOn( FALSE ); - } else if ( m == Info && d->infoPreview ) { - d->previewInfo->setOn( TRUE ); - d->previewContents->setOn( FALSE ); - changeMode( d->modeButtons->id( d->previewInfo ) ); - } else if ( m == Contents && d->contentsPreview ) { - d->previewInfo->setOn( FALSE ); - d->previewContents->setOn( TRUE ); - changeMode( d->modeButtons->id( d->previewContents ) ); - } -} -TQFileDialog::PreviewMode TQFileDialog::previewMode() const -{ - if ( d->infoPreview && d->infoPreviewWidget->isVisible() ) - return Info; - else if ( d->contentsPreview && d->contentsPreviewWidget->isVisible() ) - return Contents; - - return NoPreview; -} - - -/*! - Adds the specified widgets to the bottom of the file dialog. The - label \a l is placed underneath the "file name" and the "file types" - labels. The widget \a w is placed underneath the file types combobox. - The button \a b is placed underneath the Cancel pushbutton. - - \code - MyFileDialog::MyFileDialog( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) : - TQFileDialog( parent, name ) - { - TQLabel* label = new TQLabel( "Added widgets", this ); - TQLineEdit* lineedit = new TQLineEdit( this ); - TQPushButton* pushbutton = new TQPushButton( this ); - - addWidgets( label, lineedit, pushbutton ); - } - \endcode - - If you don't want to have one of the widgets added, pass 0 in that - widget's position. - - Every time you call this function, a new row of widgets will be added - to the bottom of the file dialog. - - \sa addToolButton(), addLeftWidget(), addRightWidget() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::addWidgets( TQLabel * l, TQWidget * w, TQPushButton * b ) -{ - if ( !l && !w && !b ) - return; - - d->geometryDirty = TRUE; - - TQHBoxLayout *lay = new TQHBoxLayout(); - d->extraWidgetsLayouts.append( lay ); - d->topLevelLayout->addLayout( lay ); - - if ( !l ) - l = new TQLabel( this, "qt_intern_lbl" ); - d->extraLabels.append( l ); - lay->addWidget( l ); - - if ( !w ) - w = new TQWidget( this, "qt_intern_widget" ); - d->extraWidgets.append( w ); - lay->addWidget( w ); - lay->addSpacing( 15 ); - - if ( b ) { - d->extraButtons.append( b ); - lay->addWidget( b ); - } else { - TQWidget *wid = new TQWidget( this, "qt_extrabuttons_widget" ); - d->extraButtons.append( wid ); - lay->addWidget( wid ); - } - - updateGeometries(); -} - -/*! - Adds the tool button \a b to the row of tool buttons at the top of the - file dialog. The button is appended to the right of - this row. If \a separator is TRUE, a small space is inserted between the - last button of the row and the new button \a b. - - \sa addWidgets(), addLeftWidget(), addRightWidget() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::addToolButton( TQButton *b, bool separator ) -{ - if ( !b || !d->buttonLayout ) - return; - - d->geometryDirty = TRUE; - - d->toolButtons.append( b ); - if ( separator ) - d->buttonLayout->addSpacing( 8 ); - d->buttonLayout->addWidget( b ); - - updateGeometries(); -} - -/*! - Adds the widget \a w to the left-hand side of the file dialog. - - \sa addRightWidget(), addWidgets(), addToolButton() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::addLeftWidget( TQWidget *w ) -{ - if ( !w ) - return; - d->geometryDirty = TRUE; - - d->leftLayout->addWidget( w ); - d->leftLayout->addSpacing( 5 ); - - updateGeometries(); -} - -/*! - Adds the widget \a w to the right-hand side of the file dialog. - - \sa addLeftWidget(), addWidgets(), addToolButton() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::addRightWidget( TQWidget *w ) -{ - if ( !w ) - return; - d->geometryDirty = TRUE; - - d->rightLayout->addSpacing( 5 ); - d->rightLayout->addWidget( w ); - - updateGeometries(); -} - -/*! \reimp */ - -void TQFileDialog::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * ke ) -{ - if ( !d->ignoreNextKeyPress && - ke && ( ke->key() == Qt::Key_Enter || - ke->key() == Qt::Key_Return ) ) { - ke->ignore(); - if ( d->paths->hasFocus() ) { - ke->accept(); - if ( d->url == TQUrl(d->paths->currentText()) ) - nameEdit->setFocus(); - } else if ( d->types->hasFocus() ) { - ke->accept(); - // ### is there a suitable condition for this? only valid - // wildcards? - nameEdit->setFocus(); - } else if ( nameEdit->hasFocus() ) { - if ( d->currentFileName.isNull() ) { - // maybe change directory - TQUrlInfo i( d->url, nameEdit->text() ); - if ( i.isDir() ) { - nameEdit->setText( TQString::tqfromLatin1("") ); - setDir( TQUrlOperator( d->url, TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(i.name()) ) ); - } - ke->accept(); - } else if ( mode() == ExistingFiles ) { - TQUrlInfo i( d->url, nameEdit->text() ); - if ( i.isFile() ) { - TQListViewItem * i = files->firstChild(); - while ( i && nameEdit->text() != i->text( 0 ) ) - i = i->nextSibling(); - if ( i ) - files->setSelected( i, TRUE ); - else - ke->accept(); // strangely, means to ignore that event - } - } - } else if ( files->hasFocus() || d->moreFiles->hasFocus() ) { - ke->accept(); - } - } else if ( ke->key() == Key_Escape ) { - ke->ignore(); - } - - d->ignoreNextKeyPress = FALSE; - - if ( !ke->isAccepted() ) { - TQDialog::keyPressEvent( ke ); - } -} - - -/*! \class TQFileIconProvider tqfiledialog.h - - \brief The TQFileIconProvider class provides icons for TQFileDialog to - use. - - \ingroup misc - - By default TQFileIconProvider is not used, but any application or - library can subclass it, reimplement pixmap() to return a suitable - icon, and make all TQFileDialog objects use it by calling the static - function TQFileDialog::setIconProvider(). - - It is advisable to make all the icons that TQFileIconProvider returns be - the same size or at least the same width. This makes the list view - look much better. - - \sa TQFileDialog -*/ - - -/*! Constructs an empty file icon provider called \a name, with the - parent \a parent. -*/ - -TQFileIconProvider::TQFileIconProvider( TQObject * parent, const char* name ) - : TQObject( parent, name ) -{ - // nothing necessary -} - - -/*! - Returns a pointer to a pixmap that should be used to - signify the file with the information \a info. - - If pixmap() returns 0, TQFileDialog draws the default pixmap. - - The default implementation returns particular icons for files, directories, - link-files and link-directories. It returns a blank "icon" for other types. - - If you return a pixmap here, it should measure 16x16 pixels. -*/ - -const TQPixmap * TQFileIconProvider::pixmap( const TQFileInfo & info ) -{ - if ( info.isSymLink() ) { - if ( info.isFile() ) - return symLinkFileIcon; - else - return symLinkDirIcon; - } else if ( info.isDir() ) { - return closedFolderIcon; - } else if ( info.isFile() ) { - return fileIcon; - } else { - return fifteenTransparentPixels; - } -} - -/*! - Sets the TQFileIconProvider used by the file dialog to \a provider. - - The default is that there is no TQFileIconProvider and TQFileDialog - just draws a folder icon next to each directory and nothing next - to files. - - \sa TQFileIconProvider, iconProvider() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setIconProvider( TQFileIconProvider * provider ) -{ - fileIconProvider = provider; -} - - -/*! - Returns a pointer to the icon provider currently set on the file dialog. - By default there is no icon provider, and this function returns 0. - - \sa setIconProvider(), TQFileIconProvider -*/ - -TQFileIconProvider * TQFileDialog::iconProvider() -{ - return fileIconProvider; -} - - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - -// ### FIXME: this code is duplicated in qdns.cpp -static TQString getWindowsRegString( HKEY key, const TQString &subKey ) -{ - TQString s; - TQT_WA( { - char buf[1024]; - DWORD bsz = sizeof(buf); - int r = RegQueryValueEx( key, (TCHAR*)subKey.ucs2(), 0, 0, (LPBYTE)buf, &bsz ); - if ( r == ERROR_SUCCESS ) { - s = TQString::fromUcs2( (unsigned short *)buf ); - } else if ( r == ERROR_MORE_DATA ) { - char *ptr = new char[bsz+1]; - r = RegQueryValueEx( key, (TCHAR*)subKey.ucs2(), 0, 0, (LPBYTE)ptr, &bsz ); - if ( r == ERROR_SUCCESS ) - s = ptr; - delete [] ptr; - } - } , { - char buf[512]; - DWORD bsz = sizeof(buf); - int r = RegQueryValueExA( key, subKey.local8Bit(), 0, 0, (LPBYTE)buf, &bsz ); - if ( r == ERROR_SUCCESS ) { - s = buf; - } else if ( r == ERROR_MORE_DATA ) { - char *ptr = new char[bsz+1]; - r = RegQueryValueExA( key, subKey.local8Bit(), 0, 0, (LPBYTE)ptr, &bsz ); - if ( r == ERROR_SUCCESS ) - s = ptr; - delete [] ptr; - } - } ); - return s; -} - -static void initPixmap( TQPixmap &pm ) -{ - pm.fill( TQt::white ); -} - - -TQWindowsIconProvider::TQWindowsIconProvider( TQObject *parent, const char *name ) - : TQFileIconProvider( parent, name ) -{ - pixw = GetSystemMetrics( SM_CXSMICON ); - pixh = GetSystemMetrics( SM_CYSMICON ); - - HKEY k; - HICON si; - int r; - TQString s; - UINT res = 0; - - // ---------- get default folder pixmap - const wchar_t iconFolder[] = L"folder\\DefaultIcon"; // workaround for Borland - TQT_WA( { - r = RegOpenKeyEx( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, - iconFolder, - 0, KEY_READ, &k ); - } , { - r = RegOpenKeyExA( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, - "folder\\DefaultIcon", - 0, KEY_READ, &k ); - } ); - resolveLibs(); - if ( r == ERROR_SUCCESS ) { - s = getWindowsRegString( k, TQString::null ); - RegCloseKey( k ); - - TQStringList lst = TQStringList::split( ",", s ); - - if (lst.count() >= 2) { // don't just assume that lst has two entries -#ifndef TQ_OS_TEMP - TQT_WA( { - res = ptrExtractIconEx( (TCHAR*)lst[ 0 ].simplifyWhiteSpace().ucs2(), - lst[ 1 ].simplifyWhiteSpace().toInt(), - 0, &si, 1 ); - } , { - res = ExtractIconExA( lst[ 0 ].simplifyWhiteSpace().local8Bit(), - lst[ 1 ].simplifyWhiteSpace().toInt(), - 0, &si, 1 ); - } ); -#else - res = (UINT)ExtractIconEx( (TCHAR*)lst[ 0 ].simplifyWhiteSpace().ucs2(), - lst[ 1 ].simplifyWhiteSpace().toInt(), - 0, &si, 1 ); -#endif - } - if ( res ) { - defaultFolder.resize( pixw, pixh ); - initPixmap( defaultFolder ); - TQPainter p( &defaultFolder ); - DrawIconEx( p.handle(), 0, 0, si, pixw, pixh, 0, 0, DI_NORMAL ); - p.end(); - defaultFolder.setMask( defaultFolder.createHeuristicMask() ); - *closedFolderIcon = defaultFolder; - DestroyIcon( si ); - } else { - defaultFolder = *closedFolderIcon; - } - } else { - RegCloseKey( k ); - } - - //------------------------------- get default file pixmap -#ifndef TQ_OS_TEMP - TQT_WA( { - res = ptrExtractIconEx( L"shell32.dll", - 0, 0, &si, 1 ); - } , { - res = ExtractIconExA( "shell32.dll", - 0, 0, &si, 1 ); - } ); -#else - res = (UINT)ExtractIconEx( L"shell32.dll", - 0, 0, &si, 1 ); -#endif - - if ( res ) { - defaultFile.resize( pixw, pixh ); - initPixmap( defaultFile ); - TQPainter p( &defaultFile ); - DrawIconEx( p.handle(), 0, 0, si, pixw, pixh, 0, 0, DI_NORMAL ); - p.end(); - defaultFile.setMask( defaultFile.createHeuristicMask() ); - *fileIcon = defaultFile; - DestroyIcon( si ); - } else { - defaultFile = *fileIcon; - } - - //------------------------------- get default exe pixmap -#ifndef TQ_OS_TEMP - TQT_WA( { - res = ptrExtractIconEx( L"shell32.dll", - 2, 0, &si, 1 ); - } , { - res = ExtractIconExA( "shell32.dll", - 2, 0, &si, 1 ); - } ); -#else - res = (UINT)ExtractIconEx( L"ceshell.dll", - 10, 0, &si, 1 ); -#endif - - if ( res ) { - defaultExe.resize( pixw, pixh ); - initPixmap( defaultExe ); - TQPainter p( &defaultExe ); - DrawIconEx( p.handle(), 0, 0, si, pixw, pixh, 0, 0, DI_NORMAL ); - p.end(); - defaultExe.setMask( defaultExe.createHeuristicMask() ); - DestroyIcon( si ); - } else { - defaultExe = *fileIcon; - } -} - -TQWindowsIconProvider::~TQWindowsIconProvider() -{ - if ( this == fileIconProvider ) - fileIconProvider = 0; -} - -const TQPixmap * TQWindowsIconProvider::pixmap( const TQFileInfo &fi ) -{ - if (fi.isSymLink()) { - TQString real = fi.readLink(); - if (!real.isEmpty()) - return pixmap(TQFileInfo(real)); - } - - TQString ext = fi.extension( FALSE ).upper(); - TQString key = ext; - ext.prepend( "." ); - TQMap< TQString, TQPixmap >::Iterator it; - - if ( fi.isDir() ) { - return &defaultFolder; - } else if ( ext != ".EXE" ) { - it = cache.find( key ); - if ( it != cache.end() ) - return &( *it ); - - HKEY k, k2; - int r; - TQT_WA( { - r = RegOpenKeyEx( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, (TCHAR*)ext.ucs2(), - 0, KEY_READ, &k ); - } , { - r = RegOpenKeyExA( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, ext.local8Bit(), - 0, KEY_READ, &k ); - } ); - TQString s; - if ( r == ERROR_SUCCESS ) { - s = getWindowsRegString( k, TQString::null ); - } else { - cache[ key ] = defaultFile; - RegCloseKey( k ); - return &defaultFile; - } - RegCloseKey( k ); - - TQT_WA( { - r = RegOpenKeyEx( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, (TCHAR*)TQString( s + "\\DefaultIcon" ).ucs2(), - 0, KEY_READ, &k2 ); - } , { - r = RegOpenKeyExA( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, TQString( s + "\\DefaultIcon" ).local8Bit() , - 0, KEY_READ, &k2 ); - } ); - if ( r == ERROR_SUCCESS ) { - s = getWindowsRegString( k2, TQString::null ); - } else { - cache[ key ] = defaultFile; - RegCloseKey( k2 ); - return &defaultFile; - } - RegCloseKey( k2 ); - - TQStringList lst = TQStringList::split( ",", s ); - - HICON si; - UINT res = 0; - if (lst.count() >= 2) { // don't just assume that lst has two entries - TQString filepath = lst[ 0 ].stripWhiteSpace(); - if ( !filepath.isEmpty() ) { - if ( filepath.find("%1") != -1 ) { - filepath = filepath.arg( fi.filePath() ); - if ( ext == ".DLL" ) { - pix = defaultFile; - return &pix; - } - } - if ( filepath[0] == '"' && filepath[(int)filepath.length()-1] == '"' ) - filepath = filepath.mid( 1, filepath.length()-2 ); - - resolveLibs(); -#ifndef TQ_OS_TEMP - TQT_WA( { - res = ptrExtractIconEx( (TCHAR*)filepath.ucs2(), lst[ 1 ].stripWhiteSpace().toInt(), - 0, &si, 1 ); - } , { - res = ExtractIconExA( filepath.local8Bit(), lst[ 1 ].stripWhiteSpace().toInt(), - 0, &si, 1 ); - } ); -#else - res = (UINT)ExtractIconEx( (TCHAR*)filepath.ucs2(), lst[ 1 ].stripWhiteSpace().toInt(), - 0, &si, 1 ); -#endif - } - } - - if ( res ) { - pix.resize( pixw, pixh ); - initPixmap( pix ); - TQPainter p( &pix ); - DrawIconEx( p.handle(), 0, 0, si, pixw, pixh, 0, 0, DI_NORMAL ); - p.end(); - pix.setMask( pix.createHeuristicMask() ); - DestroyIcon( si ); - } else { - pix = defaultFile; - } - - cache[ key ] = pix; - return &pix; - } else { - HICON si; - UINT res = 0; - if ( !fi.absFilePath().isEmpty() ) { -#ifndef TQ_OS_TEMP - TQT_WA( { - res = ptrExtractIconEx( (TCHAR*)fi.absFilePath().ucs2(), -1, - 0, 0, 1 ); - } , { - res = ExtractIconExA( fi.absFilePath().local8Bit(), -1, - 0, 0, 1 ); - } ); - - if ( res ) { - TQT_WA( { - res = ptrExtractIconEx( (TCHAR*)fi.absFilePath().ucs2(), res - 1, - 0, &si, 1 ); - } , { - res = ExtractIconExA( fi.absFilePath().local8Bit(), res - 1, - 0, &si, 1 ); - } ); - } -#else - res = (UINT)ExtractIconEx( (TCHAR*)fi.absFilePath().ucs2(), -1, - 0, 0, 1 ); - if ( res ) - res = (UINT)ExtractIconEx( (TCHAR*)fi.absFilePath().ucs2(), res - 1, - 0, &si, 1 ); -#endif - - } - - if ( res ) { - pix.resize( pixw, pixh ); - initPixmap( pix ); - TQPainter p( &pix ); - DrawIconEx( p.handle(), 0, 0, si, pixw, pixh, 0, 0, DI_NORMAL ); - p.end(); - pix.setMask( pix.createHeuristicMask() ); - DestroyIcon( si ); - } else { - pix = defaultExe; - } - - return &pix; - } - - // can't happen! - return 0; -} -#endif - - - -/*! - \reimp -*/ -bool TQFileDialog::eventFilter( TQObject * o, TQEvent * e ) -{ - if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress && ( (TQKeyEvent*)e )->key() == Qt::Key_F5 ) { - rereadDir(); - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->accept(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress && ( (TQKeyEvent*)e )->key() == Qt::Key_F2 && - ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(files) || TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(files->viewport()) ) ) { - if ( files->isVisible() && files->currentItem() ) { - if ( TQUrlInfo( d->url, "." ).isWritable() && files->currentItem()->text( 0 ) != ".." ) { - files->renameItem = files->currentItem(); - files->startRename( TRUE ); - } - } - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->accept(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress && ( (TQKeyEvent*)e )->key() == Qt::Key_F2 && - ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles) || TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles->viewport()) ) ) { - if ( d->moreFiles->isVisible() && d->moreFiles->currentItem() != -1 ) { - if ( TQUrlInfo( d->url, "." ).isWritable() && - d->moreFiles->item( d->moreFiles->currentItem() )->text() != ".." ) { - d->moreFiles->renameItem = d->moreFiles->item( d->moreFiles->currentItem() ); - d->moreFiles->startRename( TRUE ); - } - } - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->accept(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress && d->moreFiles->renaming ) { - d->moreFiles->lined->setFocus(); - TQApplication::sendEvent( d->moreFiles->lined, e ); - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->accept(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress && files->renaming ) { - files->lined->setFocus(); - TQApplication::sendEvent( files->lined, e ); - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->accept(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress && - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->key() == Qt::Key_Backspace && - ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(files) || - TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles) || - TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(files->viewport()) || - TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles->viewport()) ) ) { - cdUpClicked(); - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->accept(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress && - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->key() == Qt::Key_Delete && - ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(files) || - TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(files->viewport()) ) ) { - if ( files->currentItem() ) - deleteFile( files->currentItem()->text( 0 ) ); - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->accept(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress && - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->key() == Qt::Key_Delete && - ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles) || - TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles->viewport()) ) ) { - int c = d->moreFiles->currentItem(); - if ( c >= 0 ) - deleteFile( d->moreFiles->item( c )->text() ); - ((TQKeyEvent *)e)->accept(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(files) && e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut && files->currentItem() ) { - } else if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(files) && e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) { - TQTimer::singleShot( 0, this, TQT_SLOT(fixupNameEdit()) ); - } else if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(nameEdit) && e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress && d->mode != AnyFile ) { - if ( ( nameEdit->cursorPosition() == (int)nameEdit->text().length() || nameEdit->hasSelectedText() ) && - isprint(((TQKeyEvent *)e)->ascii()) ) { -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - TQString nt( nameEdit->text().lower() ); -#else - TQString nt( nameEdit->text() ); -#endif - nt.truncate( nameEdit->cursorPosition() ); - nt += (char)(((TQKeyEvent *)e)->ascii()); - TQListViewItem * i = files->firstChild(); -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - while( i && i->text( 0 ).left(nt.length()).lower() != nt ) -#else - while( i && i->text( 0 ).left(nt.length()) != nt ) -#endif - i = i->nextSibling(); - if ( i ) { - nt = i->text( 0 ); - int cp = nameEdit->cursorPosition()+1; - nameEdit->validateAndSet( nt, cp, cp, nt.length() ); - return TRUE; - } - } - } else if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(nameEdit) && e->type() == TQEvent::FocusIn ) { - fileNameEditDone(); - } else if ( d->moreFiles->renaming && TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) != TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles->lined) && e->type() == TQEvent::FocusIn ) { - d->moreFiles->lined->setFocus(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( files->renaming && TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) != TQT_BASE_OBJECT(files->lined) && e->type() == TQEvent::FocusIn ) { - files->lined->setFocus(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles) || TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles->viewport()) ) && - e->type() == TQEvent::FocusIn ) { - if ( (TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles->viewport()) && !d->moreFiles->viewport()->hasFocus()) || - (TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->moreFiles) && !d->moreFiles->hasFocus()) ) - ((TQWidget*)o)->setFocus(); - return FALSE; - } - - return TQDialog::eventFilter( o, e ); -} - -/*! - Sets the filters used in the file dialog to \a filters. Each group - of filters must be separated by \c{;;} (\e two semi-colons). - - \code - TQString types("Image files (*.png *.xpm *.jpg);;" - "Text files (*.txt);;" - "Any files (*)"); - TQFileDialog fd = new TQFileDialog( this ); - fd->setFilters( types ); - fd->show(); - \endcode - -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setFilters( const TQString &filters ) -{ - TQStringList lst = makeFiltersList( filters ); - setFilters( lst ); -} - -/*! - \overload - - \a types must be a null-terminated list of strings. - -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setFilters( const char ** types ) -{ - if ( !types || !*types ) - return; - - d->types->clear(); - while( types && *types ) { - d->types->insertItem( TQString::tqfromLatin1(*types) ); - types++; - } - d->types->setCurrentItem( 0 ); - setFilter( d->types->text( 0 ) ); -} - - -/*! \overload void TQFileDialog::setFilters( const TQStringList & ) -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setFilters( const TQStringList & types ) -{ - if ( types.count() < 1 ) - return; - - d->types->clear(); - for ( TQStringList::ConstIterator it = types.begin(); it != types.end(); ++it ) - d->types->insertItem( *it ); - d->types->setCurrentItem( 0 ); - setFilter( d->types->text( 0 ) ); -} - -/*! - Adds the filter \a filter to the list of filters and makes it the - current filter. - - \code - TQFileDialog* fd = new TQFileDialog( this ); - fd->addFilter( "Images (*.png *.jpg *.xpm)" ); - fd->show(); - \endcode - - In the above example, a file dialog is created, and the file filter "Images - (*.png *.jpg *.xpm)" is added and is set as the current filter. The original - filter, "All Files (*)", is still available. - - \sa setFilter(), setFilters() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::addFilter( const TQString &filter ) -{ - if ( filter.isEmpty() ) - return; - TQString f = filter; - TQRegExp r( TQString::tqfromLatin1(qt_file_dialog_filter_reg_exp) ); - int index = r.search( f ); - if ( index >= 0 ) - f = r.cap( 2 ); - for ( int i = 0; i < d->types->count(); ++i ) { - TQString f2( d->types->text( i ) ); - int index = r.search( f2 ); - if ( index >= 0 ) - f2 = r.cap( 1 ); - if ( f2 == f ) { - d->types->setCurrentItem( i ); - setFilter( f2 ); - return; - } - } - - d->types->insertItem( filter ); - d->types->setCurrentItem( d->types->count() - 1 ); - setFilter( d->types->text( d->types->count() - 1 ) ); -} - -/*! - Since modeButtons is a top-level widget, it may be destroyed by the - kernel at application exit. Notice if this happens to - avoid double deletion. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::modeButtonsDestroyed() -{ - if ( d ) - d->modeButtons = 0; -} - - -/*! - This is a convenience static function that will return one or more - existing files selected by the user. - - \code - TQStringList files = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileNames( - "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)", - "/home", - this, - "open files dialog", - "Select one or more files to open" ); - \endcode - - This function creates a modal file dialog called \a name, with - parent \a parent. If \a parent is not 0, the dialog will be shown - centered over the parent. - - The file dialog's working directory will be set to \a dir. If \a - dir includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter - is set to \a filter so that only those files which match the filter - are shown. The filter selected is set to \a selectedFilter. The parameters - \a dir, \a selectedFilter and \a filter may be TQString::null. - - The dialog's caption is set to \a caption. If \a caption is not - specified then a default caption will be used. - - Under Windows and Mac OS X, this static function will use the native - file dialog and not a TQFileDialog, unless the style of the application - is set to something other than the native style. (Note that on Windows the - dialog will spin a blocking modal event loop that will not dispatch any - TQTimers and if parent is not 0 then it will position the dialog just under - the parent's titlebar). - - Under Unix/X11, the normal behavior of the file dialog is to resolve - and follow symlinks. For example, if /usr/tmp is a symlink to /var/tmp, - the file dialog will change to /var/tmp after entering /usr/tmp. - If \a resolveSymlinks is FALSE, the file dialog will treat - symlinks as regular directories. - - Note that if you want to iterate over the list of files, you should - iterate over a copy, e.g. - \code - TQStringList list = files; - TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin(); - while( it != list.end() ) { - myProcessing( *it ); - ++it; - } - \endcode - - \sa getOpenFileName(), getSaveFileName(), getExistingDirectory() -*/ - -TQStringList TQFileDialog::getOpenFileNames( const TQString & filter, - const TQString& dir, - TQWidget *parent, - const char* name, - const TQString& caption, - TQString *selectedFilter, - bool resolveSymlinks ) -{ - bool save_qt_resolve_symlinks = qt_resolve_symlinks; - qt_resolve_symlinks = resolveSymlinks; - - TQStringList filters; - if ( !filter.isEmpty() ) - filters = makeFiltersList( filter ); - - makeVariables(); - - if ( workingDirectory->isNull() ) - *workingDirectory = ::toRootIfNotExists( TQDir::currentDirPath() ); - - if ( !dir.isEmpty() ) { - // #### works only correct for local files - TQUrlOperator u( TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName(dir) ); - if ( u.isLocalFile() && TQFileInfo( u.path() ).isDir() ) { - *workingDirectory = dir; - } else { - *workingDirectory = u.toString(); - } - } - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - if ( qt_use_native_dialogs && tqApp->tqstyle().tqstyleHint( TQStyle::SH_GUIStyle ) == WindowsStyle ) - return winGetOpenFileNames( filter, workingDirectory, parent, name, caption, selectedFilter ); -#elif defined(TQ_WS_MAC) - if (qt_use_native_dialogs && (tqApp->tqstyle().inherits(TQMAC_DEFAULT_STYLE) - || tqApp->tqstyle().inherits("TQMacStyle"))) { - TQStringList sl = macGetOpenFileNames(filter, dir.isEmpty() ? 0 : workingDirectory, parent, - name, caption, selectedFilter); - TQStringList::iterator it = sl.begin(); - while (it != sl.end()) { - *it = qt_mac_precomposeFileName(*it); - ++it; - } - return sl; - } -#endif - - TQFileDialog *dlg = new TQFileDialog( *workingDirectory, TQString::null, parent, name ? name : "qt_filedlg_gofns", TRUE ); - - TQ_CHECK_PTR( dlg ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - if ( !caption.isNull() ) - dlg->setCaption( caption ); - else - dlg->setCaption( TQFileDialog::tr("Open") ); -#endif - - dlg->setFilters( filters ); - if ( selectedFilter ) - dlg->setFilter( *selectedFilter ); - dlg->setMode( TQFileDialog::ExistingFiles ); - TQString result; - TQStringList lst; - if ( dlg->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) { - lst = dlg->selectedFiles(); - *workingDirectory = dlg->d->url; - if ( selectedFilter ) - *selectedFilter = dlg->selectedFilter(); - } - delete dlg; - - qt_resolve_symlinks = save_qt_resolve_symlinks; - return lst; -} - -/*! Updates the line edit to match the speed-key usage in TQListView. */ - -void TQFileDialog::fixupNameEdit() -{ - if ( files->currentItem() ) { - if ( ( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)files->currentItem() )->info.isFile() ) - nameEdit->setText( files->currentItem()->text( 0 ) ); - } -} - -/*! - Returns the URL of the current working directory in the file dialog. - - \sa setUrl() -*/ - -TQUrl TQFileDialog::url() const -{ - return d->url; -} - -static bool isRoot( const TQUrl &u ) -{ -#if defined(TQ_OS_MAC9) - TQString p = TQDir::convertSeparators(u.path()); - if(p.contains(':') == 1) - return TRUE; -#elif defined(TQ_OS_UNIX) - if ( u.path() == "/" ) - return TRUE; -#elif defined(TQ_OS_WIN32) - TQString p = u.path(); - if ( p.length() == 3 && - p.right( 2 ) == ":/" ) - return TRUE; - if ( p[ 0 ] == '/' && p[ 1 ] == '/' ) { - int slashes = p.contains( '/' ); - if ( slashes <= 3 ) - return TRUE; - if ( slashes == 4 && p[ (int)p.length() - 1 ] == '/' ) - return TRUE; - } -#else -#if defined(TQ_CC_GNU) -#warning "case not covered.." -#endif -#endif - - if ( !u.isLocalFile() && u.path() == "/" ) - return TRUE; - - return FALSE; -} - -void TQFileDialog::urlStart( TQNetworkOperation *op ) -{ - if ( !op ) - return; - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - qt_ntfs_permission_lookup--; -#endif - if ( op->operation() == TQNetworkProtocol::OpListChildren ) { -#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR - if ( !d->cursorOverride ) { - TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( TQCursor( TQt::WaitCursor ) ); - d->cursorOverride = TRUE; - } -#endif - if ( isRoot( d->url ) ) - d->cdToParent->setEnabled( FALSE ); - else - d->cdToParent->setEnabled( TRUE ); - d->mimeTypeTimer->stop(); - d->sortedList.clear(); - d->pendingItems.clear(); - d->moreFiles->clearSelection(); - files->clearSelection(); - d->moreFiles->clear(); - files->clear(); - files->setSorting( -1 ); - - TQString s = d->url.toString( FALSE, FALSE ); - bool found = FALSE; - for ( int i = 0; i < d->paths->count(); ++i ) { -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - if ( d->paths->text( i ).lower() == s.lower() ) { -#else - if ( d->paths->text( i ) == s ) { -#endif - found = TRUE; - d->paths->setCurrentItem( i ); - break; - } - } - if ( !found ) { - d->paths->insertItem( *openFolderIcon, s, -1 ); - d->paths->setCurrentItem( d->paths->count() - 1 ); - } - d->last = 0; - d->hadDotDot = FALSE; - - if ( d->goBack && d->history.last() != d->url.toString() ) { - d->history.append( d->url.toString() ); - if ( d->history.count() > 1 ) - d->goBack->setEnabled( TRUE ); - } - } -} - -void TQFileDialog::urlFinished( TQNetworkOperation *op ) -{ - if ( !op ) - return; - -#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR - if ( op->operation() == TQNetworkProtocol::OpListChildren && - d->cursorOverride ) { - TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor(); - d->cursorOverride = FALSE; - } -#endif - - if ( op->state() == TQNetworkProtocol::StFailed ) { - if ( d->paths->hasFocus() ) - d->ignoreNextKeyPress = TRUE; - - if ( d->progressDia ) { - d->ignoreStop = TRUE; - d->progressDia->close(); - delete d->progressDia; - d->progressDia = 0; - } - - int ecode = op->errorCode(); - TQMessageBox::critical( this, tr( "Error" ), op->protocolDetail() ); - - if ( ecode == TQNetworkProtocol::ErrListChildren || ecode == TQNetworkProtocol::ErrParse || - ecode == TQNetworkProtocol::ErrUnknownProtocol || ecode == TQNetworkProtocol::ErrLoginIncorrect || - ecode == TQNetworkProtocol::ErrValid || ecode == TQNetworkProtocol::ErrHostNotFound || - ecode == TQNetworkProtocol::ErrFileNotExisting ) { - if (!(d->url == d->oldUrl)) { - d->url = d->oldUrl; - rereadDir(); - } - } else { - // another error happened, no need to go back to last dir - } - } else if ( op->operation() == TQNetworkProtocol::OpListChildren && - op == d->currListChildren ) { - if ( !d->hadDotDot && !isRoot( d->url ) ) { - bool ok = TRUE; -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - if ( d->url.path().left( 2 ) == "//" ) - ok = FALSE; -#endif - if ( ok ) { - TQUrlInfo ui( d->url, ".." ); - ui.setName( ".." ); - ui.setDir( TRUE ); - ui.setFile( FALSE ); - ui.setSymLink( FALSE ); - ui.setSize( 0 ); - TQValueList<TQUrlInfo> lst; - lst << ui; - insertEntry( lst, 0 ); - } - } - resortDir(); - } else if ( op->operation() == TQNetworkProtocol::OpGet ) { - } else if ( op->operation() == TQNetworkProtocol::OpPut ) { - rereadDir(); - if ( d->progressDia ) { - d->ignoreStop = TRUE; - d->progressDia->close(); - } - delete d->progressDia; - d->progressDia = 0; - } - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - if (d->oldPermissionLookup != qt_ntfs_permission_lookup) - qt_ntfs_permission_lookup++; -#endif -} - -void TQFileDialog::dataTransferProgress( int bytesDone, int bytesTotal, TQNetworkOperation *op ) -{ - if ( !op ) - return; - - TQString label; - TQUrl u( op->arg( 0 ) ); - if ( u.isLocalFile() ) { - label = u.path(); - } else { - label = TQString( "%1 (on %2)" ); - label = label.arg( u.path() ).arg( u.host() ); - } - - if ( !d->progressDia ) { - if ( bytesDone < bytesTotal) { - d->ignoreStop = FALSE; - d->progressDia = new TQFDProgressDialog( this, label, bytesTotal ); - connect( d->progressDia, TQT_SIGNAL( cancelled() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( stopCopy() ) ); - d->progressDia->show(); - } else - return; - } - - if ( d->progressDia ) { - if ( op->operation() == TQNetworkProtocol::OpGet ) { - if ( d->progressDia ) { - d->progressDia->setReadProgress( bytesDone ); - } - } else if ( op->operation() == TQNetworkProtocol::OpPut ) { - if ( d->progressDia ) { - d->progressDia->setWriteLabel( label ); - d->progressDia->setWriteProgress( bytesDone ); - } - } else { - return; - } - } -} - -void TQFileDialog::insertEntry( const TQValueList<TQUrlInfo> &lst, TQNetworkOperation *op ) -{ - if ( op && op->operation() == TQNetworkProtocol::OpListChildren && - op != d->currListChildren ) - return; - TQValueList<TQUrlInfo>::ConstIterator it = lst.begin(); - for ( ; it != lst.end(); ++it ) { - const TQUrlInfo &inf = *it; - if ( d->mode == DirectoryOnly && !inf.isDir() ) - continue; - if ( inf.name() == ".." ) { - d->hadDotDot = TRUE; - if ( isRoot( d->url ) ) - continue; -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - if ( d->url.path().left( 2 ) == "//" ) - continue; -#endif - } else if ( inf.name() == "." ) - continue; - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - // Workaround a Windows bug, '..' is apparantly hidden in directories - // that are one level away from root - if ( !bShowHiddenFiles && inf.name() != ".." ) { - if ( d->url.isLocalFile() ) { - TQString file = d->url.path(); - if ( !file.endsWith( "/" ) ) - file.append( "/" ); - file += inf.name(); - TQT_WA( { - if ( GetFileAttributesW( (TCHAR*)file.ucs2() ) & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN ) - continue; - } , { - if ( GetFileAttributesA( file.local8Bit() ) & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN ) - continue; - } ); - } else { - if ( inf.name() != ".." && inf.name()[0] == TQChar('.') ) - continue; - } - } -#else - if ( !bShowHiddenFiles && inf.name() != ".." ) { - if ( inf.name()[ 0 ] == TQChar( '.' ) ) - continue; - } -#endif - if ( !d->url.isLocalFile() ) { - TQFileDialogPrivate::File * i = 0; - TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem *i2 = 0; - i = new TQFileDialogPrivate::File( d, &inf, files ); - i2 = new TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem( d->moreFiles, i ); - - if ( (d->mode == ExistingFiles && inf.isDir()) || - ( isDirectoryMode( d->mode ) && inf.isFile() ) ) { - i->setSelectable( FALSE ); - i2->setSelectable( FALSE ); - } - - i->i = i2; - } - - d->sortedList.append( new TQUrlInfo( inf ) ); - } -} - -void TQFileDialog::removeEntry( TQNetworkOperation *op ) -{ - if ( !op ) - return; - - TQUrlInfo *i = 0; - TQListViewItemIterator it( files ); - bool ok1 = FALSE, ok2 = FALSE; - for ( i = d->sortedList.first(); it.current(); ++it, i = d->sortedList.next() ) { - TQString encName = TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( - ( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)it.current() )->info.name() ); - if ( encName == op->arg( 0 ) ) { - d->pendingItems.removeRef( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)it.current() ); - delete ( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)it.current() )->i; - delete it.current(); - ok1 = TRUE; - } - if ( i && i->name() == op->arg( 0 ) ) { - d->sortedList.removeRef( i ); - i = d->sortedList.prev(); - ok2 = TRUE; - } - if ( ok1 && ok2 ) - break; - } -} - -void TQFileDialog::itemChanged( TQNetworkOperation *op ) -{ - if ( !op ) - return; - - TQUrlInfo *i = 0; - TQListViewItemIterator it1( files ); - bool ok1 = FALSE, ok2 = FALSE; - // first check whether the new file replaces an existing file. - for ( i = d->sortedList.first(); it1.current(); ++it1, i = d->sortedList.next() ) { - if ( ( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)it1.current() )->info.name() == op->arg( 1 ) ) { - delete ( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)it1.current() )->i; - delete it1.current(); - ok1 = TRUE; - } - if ( i && i->name() == op->arg( 1 ) ) { - d->sortedList.removeRef( i ); - i = d->sortedList.prev(); - ok2 = TRUE; - } - if ( ok1 && ok2 ) - break; - } - - i = 0; - TQListViewItemIterator it( files ); - ok1 = FALSE; - ok2 = FALSE; - for ( i = d->sortedList.first(); it.current(); ++it, i = d->sortedList.next() ) { - if ( ( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)it.current() )->info.name() == op->arg( 0 ) ) { - ( (TQFileDialogPrivate::File*)it.current() )->info.setName( op->arg( 1 ) ); - ok1 = TRUE; - } - if ( i && i->name() == op->arg( 0 ) ) { - i->setName( op->arg( 1 ) ); - ok2 = TRUE; - } - if ( ok1 && ok2 ) - break; - } - - resortDir(); -} - -/*! - \property TQFileDialog::infoPreview - - \brief whether the file dialog can provide preview information about - the currently selected file - - The default is FALSE. -*/ -bool TQFileDialog::isInfoPreviewEnabled() const -{ - return d->infoPreview; -} - -void TQFileDialog::setInfoPreviewEnabled( bool info ) -{ - if ( info == d->infoPreview ) - return; - d->geometryDirty = TRUE; - d->infoPreview = info; - updateGeometries(); -} - - -/*! - \property TQFileDialog::contentsPreview - - \brief whether the file dialog can provide a contents preview of the - currently selected file - - The default is FALSE. - - \sa setContentsPreview() setInfoPreviewEnabled() -*/ -// ### improve the above documentation: how is the preview done, how can I add -// support for customized preview, etc. - -bool TQFileDialog::isContentsPreviewEnabled() const -{ - return d->contentsPreview; -} - -void TQFileDialog::setContentsPreviewEnabled( bool contents ) -{ - if ( contents == d->contentsPreview ) - return; - d->geometryDirty = TRUE; - d->contentsPreview = contents; - updateGeometries(); -} - - -/*! - Sets the widget to be used for displaying information about the file - to the widget \a w and a preview of that information to the - TQFilePreview \a preview. - - Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both TQWidget and - TQFilePreview, so you should pass the same widget twice. If you - don't, you must remember to delete the preview object in order to - avoid memory leaks. - - \code - class Preview : public TQLabel, public TQFilePreview - { - public: - Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : TQLabel( parent ) {} - - void previewUrl( const TQUrl &u ) - { - TQString path = u.path(); - TQPixmap pix( path ); - if ( pix.isNull() ) - setText( "This is not a pixmap" ); - else - setText( "This is a pixmap" ); - } - }; - - //... - - int main( int argc, char** argv ) - { - Preview* p = new Preview; - - TQFileDialog* fd = new TQFileDialog( this ); - fd->setInfoPreviewEnabled( TRUE ); - fd->setInfoPreview( p, p ); - fd->setPreviewMode( TQFileDialog::Info ); - fd->show(); - } - - \endcode - - \sa setContentsPreview(), setInfoPreviewEnabled(), setPreviewMode() - -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setInfoPreview( TQWidget *w, TQFilePreview *preview ) -{ - if ( !w || !preview ) - return; - - if ( d->infoPreviewWidget ) { - d->preview->removeWidget( d->infoPreviewWidget ); - delete d->infoPreviewWidget; - } - d->infoPreviewWidget = w; - d->infoPreviewer = preview; - w->reparent( d->preview, 0, TQPoint( 0, 0 ) ); -} - -/*! - Sets the widget to be used for displaying the contents of the file - to the widget \a w and a preview of those contents to the - TQFilePreview \a preview. - - Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both TQWidget and - TQFilePreview, so you should pass the same widget twice. If you - don't, you must remember to delete the preview object in order to - avoid memory leaks. - - \code - class Preview : public TQLabel, public TQFilePreview - { - public: - Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : TQLabel( parent ) {} - - void previewUrl( const TQUrl &u ) - { - TQString path = u.path(); - TQPixmap pix( path ); - if ( pix.isNull() ) - setText( "This is not a pixmap" ); - else - setPixmap( pix ); - } - }; - - //... - - int main( int argc, char** argv ) - { - Preview* p = new Preview; - - TQFileDialog* fd = new TQFileDialog( this ); - fd->setContentsPreviewEnabled( TRUE ); - fd->setContentsPreview( p, p ); - fd->setPreviewMode( TQFileDialog::Contents ); - fd->show(); - } - \endcode - - \sa setContentsPreviewEnabled(), setInfoPreview(), setPreviewMode() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::setContentsPreview( TQWidget *w, TQFilePreview *preview ) -{ - if ( !w || !preview ) - return; - - if ( d->contentsPreviewWidget ) { - d->preview->removeWidget( d->contentsPreviewWidget ); - delete d->contentsPreviewWidget; - } - d->contentsPreviewWidget = w; - d->contentsPreviewer = preview; - w->reparent( d->preview, 0, TQPoint( 0, 0 ) ); -} - -/*! - Re-sorts the displayed directory. - - \sa rereadDir() -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::resortDir() -{ - d->mimeTypeTimer->stop(); - d->pendingItems.clear(); - - TQFileDialogPrivate::File *item = 0; - TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem *item2 = 0; - - d->sortedList.sort(); - - if ( files->childCount() > 0 || d->moreFiles->count() > 0 ) { - d->moreFiles->clear(); - files->clear(); - d->last = 0; - files->setSorting( -1 ); - } - - TQUrlInfo *i = sortAscending ? d->sortedList.first() : d->sortedList.last(); - for ( ; i; i = sortAscending ? d->sortedList.next() : d->sortedList.prev() ) { - item = new TQFileDialogPrivate::File( d, i, files ); - item2 = new TQFileDialogPrivate::MCItem( d->moreFiles, item, item2 ); - item->i = item2; - d->pendingItems.append( item ); - if ( (d->mode == ExistingFiles && item->info.isDir()) || - ( isDirectoryMode( d->mode ) && item->info.isFile() ) ) { - item->setSelectable( FALSE ); - item2->setSelectable( FALSE ); - } - } - - // ##### As the TQFileIconProvider only support TQFileInfo and no - // TQUrlInfo it can be only used for local files at the moment. In - // 3.0 we have to change the API of TQFileIconProvider to work on - // TQUrlInfo so that also remote filesystems can be show mime-type - // specific icons. - if ( d->url.isLocalFile() ) - d->mimeTypeTimer->start( 0 ); -} - -/*! - Stops the current copy operation. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::stopCopy() -{ - if ( d->ignoreStop ) - return; - - d->url.blockSignals( TRUE ); - d->url.stop(); - if ( d->progressDia ) { - d->ignoreStop = TRUE; - TQTimer::singleShot( 100, this, TQT_SLOT( removeProgressDia() ) ); - } - d->url.blockSignals( FALSE ); -} - -/*! - \internal -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::removeProgressDia() -{ - if ( d->progressDia ) - delete d->progressDia; - d->progressDia = 0; -} - -/*! - \internal -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::doMimeTypeLookup() -{ - if ( !iconProvider() ) { - d->pendingItems.clear(); - d->mimeTypeTimer->stop(); - return; - } - - d->mimeTypeTimer->stop(); - if ( d->pendingItems.count() == 0 ) { - return; - } - - TQRect r; - TQFileDialogPrivate::File *item = d->pendingItems.first(); - if ( item ) { - TQFileInfo fi; - if ( d->url.isLocalFile() ) { - fi.setFile( TQUrl( d->url.path(), TQFileDialogPrivate::encodeFileName( item->info.name() ) ).path( FALSE ) ); - } else - fi.setFile( item->info.name() ); // ##### - const TQPixmap *p = iconProvider()->pixmap( fi ); - if ( p && p != item->pixmap( 0 ) && - ( !item->pixmap( 0 ) || p->serialNumber() != item->pixmap( 0 )->serialNumber() ) && - p != fifteenTransparentPixels ) { - item->hasMimePixmap = TRUE; - - // evil hack to avoid much too much repaints! - TQGuardedPtr<TQFileDialog> that( this ); // this may be deleted by an event handler - tqApp->processEvents(); - if ( that.isNull() ) - return; - files->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE ); - files->viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE ); - if ( item != d->pendingItems.first() ) - return; - item->setPixmap( 0, *p ); - tqApp->processEvents(); - if ( that.isNull() ) - return; - files->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE ); - files->viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE ); - - if ( files->isVisible() ) { - TQRect ir( files->tqitemRect( item ) ); - if ( ir != TQRect( 0, 0, -1, -1 ) ) { - r = r.unite( ir ); - } - } else { - TQRect ir( d->moreFiles->tqitemRect( item->i ) ); - if ( ir != TQRect( 0, 0, -1, -1 ) ) { - r = r.unite( ir ); - } - } - } - if ( d->pendingItems.count() ) - d->pendingItems.removeFirst(); - } - - if ( d->moreFiles->isVisible() ) { - d->moreFiles->viewport()->tqrepaint( r, FALSE ); - } else { - files->viewport()->tqrepaint( r, FALSE ); - } - - if ( d->pendingItems.count() ) - d->mimeTypeTimer->start( 0 ); - else if ( d->moreFiles->isVisible() ) - d->moreFiles->triggerUpdate( TRUE ); -} - -/*! - If \a b is TRUE then all the files in the current directory are selected; - otherwise, they are deselected. -*/ - -void TQFileDialog::selectAll( bool b ) -{ - if ( d->mode != ExistingFiles ) - return; - d->moreFiles->selectAll( b ); - files->selectAll( b ); -} - -void TQFileDialog::goBack() -{ - if ( !d->goBack || !d->goBack->isEnabled() ) - return; - d->history.remove( d->history.last() ); - if ( d->history.count() < 2 ) - d->goBack->setEnabled( FALSE ); - setUrl( d->history.last() ); -} - -// a class with wonderfully inflexible flexibility. why doesn't it -// just subclass TQWidget in the first place? 'you have to derive your -// preview widget from TQWidget and from this class' indeed. - -/*! - \class TQFilePreview tqfiledialog.h - \ingroup misc - \brief The TQFilePreview class provides file previewing in TQFileDialog. - - This class is an abstract base class which is used to implement - widgets that can display a preview of a file in a TQFileDialog. - - You must derive the preview widget from both TQWidget and from this - class. Then you must reimplement this class's previewUrl() function, - which is called by the file dialog if the preview of a file - (specified as a URL) should be shown. - - See also TQFileDialog::setPreviewMode(), TQFileDialog::setContentsPreview(), - TQFileDialog::setInfoPreview(), TQFileDialog::setInfoPreviewEnabled(), - TQFileDialog::setContentsPreviewEnabled(). - - For an example of a preview widget see qt/examples/qdir/qdir.cpp. -*/ - -/*! - Constructs the TQFilePreview. -*/ - -TQFilePreview::TQFilePreview() -{ -} - -/*! - \fn void TQFilePreview::previewUrl( const TQUrl &url ) - - This function is called by TQFileDialog if a preview - for the \a url should be shown. Reimplement this - function to provide file previewing. -*/ - - -#include "tqfiledialog.tqmoc" - -#endif diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfiledialog.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfiledialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4af062736..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfiledialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,350 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQFileDialog class -** -** Created : 950428 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQFILEDIALOG_H -#define TQFILEDIALOG_H - -class TQPushButton; -class TQButton; -class TQLabel; -class TQWidget; -class TQFileDialog; -class TQTimer; -class TQNetworkOperation; -class TQLineEdit; -class TQListViewItem; -class TQListBoxItem; -class TQFileDialogPrivate; -class TQFileDialogTQFileListView; - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqdir.h" -#include "tqdialog.h" -#include "tqurloperator.h" -#include "tqurlinfo.h" -#endif // TQT_H - -#if __GNUC__ - 0 > 3 -#pragma GCC system_header -#endif - -#ifndef TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG - -class TQ_EXPORT TQFileIconProvider : public TQObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQFileIconProvider( TQObject * parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); - virtual const TQPixmap * pixmap( const TQFileInfo & ); - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQFileIconProvider( const TQFileIconProvider & ); - TQFileIconProvider& operator=( const TQFileIconProvider & ); -#endif -}; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQFilePreview -{ -public: - TQFilePreview(); - virtual void previewUrl( const TQUrl &url ) = 0; - -}; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQFileDialog : public TQDialog -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - TQ_ENUMS( Mode ViewMode PreviewMode ) - // ##### Why are this read-only properties ? - Q_PROPERTY( TQString selectedFile READ selectedFile ) - Q_PROPERTY( TQString selectedFilter READ selectedFilter ) - Q_PROPERTY( TQStringList selectedFiles READ selectedFiles ) - // #### Should not we be able to set the path ? - Q_PROPERTY( TQString dirPath READ dirPath ) - Q_PROPERTY( bool showHiddenFiles READ showHiddenFiles WRITE setShowHiddenFiles ) - Q_PROPERTY( Mode mode READ mode WRITE setMode ) - Q_PROPERTY( ViewMode viewMode READ viewMode WRITE setViewMode ) - Q_PROPERTY( PreviewMode previewMode READ previewMode WRITE setPreviewMode ) - Q_PROPERTY( bool infoPreview READ isInfoPreviewEnabled WRITE setInfoPreviewEnabled ) - Q_PROPERTY( bool contentsPreview READ isContentsPreviewEnabled WRITE setContentsPreviewEnabled ) - -public: - TQFileDialog( const TQString& dirName, const TQString& filter = TQString::null, - TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool modal = FALSE ); - TQFileDialog( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool modal = FALSE ); - ~TQFileDialog(); - - // recommended static functions - - static TQString getOpenFileName( const TQString &initially = TQString::null, - const TQString &filter = TQString::null, - TQWidget *parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const TQString &caption = TQString::null, - TQString *selectedFilter = 0, - bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE); - static TQString getSaveFileName( const TQString &initially = TQString::null, - const TQString &filter = TQString::null, - TQWidget *parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const TQString &caption = TQString::null, - TQString *selectedFilter = 0, - bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE); - static TQString getExistingDirectory( const TQString &dir = TQString::null, - TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char* name = 0, - const TQString &caption = TQString::null, - bool dirOnly = TRUE, - bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE); - static TQStringList getOpenFileNames( const TQString &filter= TQString::null, - const TQString &dir = TQString::null, - TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char* name = 0, - const TQString &caption = TQString::null, - TQString *selectedFilter = 0, - bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE); - - // other static functions - - static void setIconProvider( TQFileIconProvider * ); - static TQFileIconProvider * iconProvider(); - - // non-static function for special needs - - TQString selectedFile() const; - TQString selectedFilter() const; - virtual void setSelectedFilter( const TQString& ); - virtual void setSelectedFilter( int ); - - void setSelection( const TQString &); - - void selectAll( bool b ); - - TQStringList selectedFiles() const; - - TQString dirPath() const; - - void setDir( const TQDir & ); - const TQDir *dir() const; - - void setShowHiddenFiles( bool s ); - bool showHiddenFiles() const; - - void rereadDir(); - void resortDir(); - - enum Mode { AnyFile, ExistingFile, Directory, ExistingFiles, DirectoryOnly }; - void setMode( Mode ); - Mode mode() const; - - enum ViewMode { Detail, List }; - enum PreviewMode { NoPreview, Contents, Info }; - void setViewMode( ViewMode m ); - ViewMode viewMode() const; - void setPreviewMode( PreviewMode m ); - PreviewMode previewMode() const; - - bool eventFilter( TQObject *, TQEvent * ); - - bool isInfoPreviewEnabled() const; - bool isContentsPreviewEnabled() const; - void setInfoPreviewEnabled( bool ); - void setContentsPreviewEnabled( bool ); - - void setInfoPreview( TQWidget *w, TQFilePreview *preview ); - void setContentsPreview( TQWidget *w, TQFilePreview *preview ); - - TQUrl url() const; - - void addFilter( const TQString &filter ); - -public Q_SLOTS: - void done( int ); - void setDir( const TQString& ); - void setUrl( const TQUrlOperator &url ); - void setFilter( const TQString& ); - void setFilters( const TQString& ); - void setFilters( const char ** ); - void setFilters( const TQStringList& ); - -protected: - void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ); - void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * ); - - void addWidgets( TQLabel *, TQWidget *, TQPushButton * ); - void addToolButton( TQButton *b, bool separator = FALSE ); - void addLeftWidget( TQWidget *w ); - void addRightWidget( TQWidget *w ); - -Q_SIGNALS: - void fileHighlighted( const TQString& ); - void fileSelected( const TQString& ); - void filesSelected( const TQStringList& ); - void dirEntered( const TQString& ); - void filterSelected( const TQString& ); - -private Q_SLOTS: - void detailViewSelectionChanged(); - void listBoxSelectionChanged(); - void changeMode( int ); - void fileNameEditReturnPressed(); - void stopCopy(); - void removeProgressDia(); - - void fileSelected( int ); - void fileHighlighted( int ); - void dirSelected( int ); - void pathSelected( int ); - - void updateFileNameEdit( TQListViewItem *); - void selectDirectoryOrFile( TQListViewItem * ); - void popupContextMenu( TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint &, int ); - void popupContextMenu( TQListBoxItem *, const TQPoint & ); - void updateFileNameEdit( TQListBoxItem *); - void selectDirectoryOrFile( TQListBoxItem * ); - void fileNameEditDone(); - - void okClicked(); - void filterClicked(); // not used - void cancelClicked(); - - void cdUpClicked(); - void newFolderClicked(); - - void fixupNameEdit(); - - void doMimeTypeLookup(); - - void updateGeometries(); - void modeButtonsDestroyed(); - void urlStart( TQNetworkOperation *op ); - void urlFinished( TQNetworkOperation *op ); - void dataTransferProgress( int bytesDone, int bytesTotal, TQNetworkOperation * ); - void insertEntry( const TQValueList<TQUrlInfo> &fi, TQNetworkOperation *op ); - void removeEntry( TQNetworkOperation * ); - void createdDirectory( const TQUrlInfo &info, TQNetworkOperation * ); - void itemChanged( TQNetworkOperation * ); - void goBack(); - -private: - enum PopupAction { - PA_Open = 0, - PA_Delete, - PA_Rename, - PA_SortName, - PA_SortSize, - PA_SortType, - PA_SortDate, - PA_SortUnsorted, - PA_Cancel, - PA_Reload, - PA_Hidden - }; - - void init(); - bool trySetSelection( bool isDir, const TQUrlOperator &, bool ); - void deleteFile( const TQString &filename ); - void popupContextMenu( const TQString &filename, bool withSort, - PopupAction &action, const TQPoint &p ); - void updatePreviews( const TQUrl &u ); - - TQDir reserved; // was cwd - TQString fileName; - - friend class TQFileDialogTQFileListView; - friend class TQFileListBox; - friend class TQDialog; - - TQFileDialogPrivate *d; - TQFileDialogTQFileListView *files; - - TQLineEdit *nameEdit; // also filter - TQPushButton *okB; - TQPushButton *cancelB; - -#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) - static TQString winGetOpenFileName( const TQString &initialSelection, - const TQString &filter, - TQString* workingDirectory, - TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char* name = 0, - const TQString& caption = TQString::null, - TQString* selectedFilter = 0 ); - static TQString winGetSaveFileName( const TQString &initialSelection, - const TQString &filter, - TQString* workingDirectory, - TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char* name = 0, - const TQString& caption = TQString::null, - TQString* selectedFilter = 0 ); - static TQStringList winGetOpenFileNames( const TQString &filter, - TQString* workingDirectory, - TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char* name = 0, - const TQString& caption = TQString::null, - TQString* selectedFilter = 0 ); - static TQString winGetExistingDirectory( const TQString &initialDirectory, - TQWidget* parent = 0, - const char* name = 0, - const TQString& caption = TQString::null); - static TQString resolveLinkFile( const TQString& linkfile ); -#endif -#if defined(TQ_WS_MACX) || defined(TQ_WS_MAC9) - static TQString macGetSaveFileName( const TQString &, const TQString &, - TQString *, TQWidget *, const char*, - const TQString&, TQString *); - static TQStringList macGetOpenFileNames( const TQString &, TQString*, - TQWidget *, const char *, - const TQString&, TQString *, - bool = TRUE, bool = FALSE ); -#endif - - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQFileDialog( const TQFileDialog & ); - TQFileDialog &operator=( const TQFileDialog & ); -#endif -}; - -#endif - -#endif // TQFILEDIALOG_H diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfontdialog.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfontdialog.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index deed5d575..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfontdialog.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,831 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of TQFontDialog -** -** Created : 970605 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqwindowdefs.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_FONTDIALOG - -#include "tqfontdialog.h" - -#include "tqlineedit.h" -#include "tqlistbox.h" -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqcheckbox.h" -#include "tqcombobox.h" -#include "tqlayout.h" -#include "tqvgroupbox.h" -#include "tqhgroupbox.h" -#include "tqlabel.h" -#include "tqapplication.h" -#include "tqfontdatabase.h" -#include "tqstyle.h" -#include <private/tqfontdata_p.h> -#include <tqvalidator.h> - -/*! - \class TQFontDialog tqfontdialog.h - \ingroup dialogs - \mainclass - \brief The TQFontDialog class provides a dialog widget for selecting a font. - - The usual way to use this class is to call one of the static convenience - functions, e.g. getFont(). - - Examples: - - \code - bool ok; - TQFont font = TQFontDialog::getFont( - &ok, TQFont( "Helvetica [Cronyx]", 10 ), this ); - if ( ok ) { - // font is set to the font the user selected - } else { - // the user canceled the dialog; font is set to the initial - // value, in this case Helvetica [Cronyx], 10 - } - \endcode - - The dialog can also be used to set a widget's font directly: - \code - myWidget.setFont( TQFontDialog::getFont( 0, myWidget.font() ) ); - \endcode - If the user clicks OK the font they chose will be used for myWidget, - and if they click Cancel the original font is used. - - \sa TQFont TQFontInfo TQFontMetrics - - <img src=qfontdlg-w.png> -*/ - -class TQFontDialogPrivate -{ -public: - TQFontDialogPrivate() : script( TQFontPrivate::defaultScript ) {}; - TQLabel * familyAccel; - TQLineEdit * familyEdit; - TQListBox * familyList; - - TQLabel * styleAccel; - TQLineEdit * styleEdit; - TQListBox * styleList; - - TQLabel * sizeAccel; - TQLineEdit * sizeEdit; - TQListBox * sizeList; - - TQVGroupBox * effects; - TQCheckBox * strikeout; - TQCheckBox * underline; - TQComboBox * color; - - TQHGroupBox * sample; - TQLineEdit * sampleEdit; - - TQLabel * scriptAccel; - TQComboBox * scriptCombo; - - TQPushButton * ok; - TQPushButton * cancel; - - TQBoxLayout * buttonLayout; - TQBoxLayout * effectsLayout; - TQBoxLayout * sampleLayout; - TQBoxLayout * sampleEditLayout; - - TQFontDatabase fdb; - - TQString family; - TQFont::Script script; - TQString style; - int size; - - bool smoothScalable; -}; - - -/*! - \internal - Constructs a standard font dialog. - - Use setFont() to set the initial font attributes. - - The \a parent, \a name, \a modal and \a f parameters are passed to - the TQDialog constructor. - - \sa getFont() -*/ - -TQFontDialog::TQFontDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, - bool modal, WFlags f ) - : TQDialog( parent, name, modal, f ) -{ - setSizeGripEnabled( TRUE ); - d = new TQFontDialogPrivate; - // grid - d->familyEdit = new TQLineEdit( this, "font family I" ); - d->familyEdit->setReadOnly( TRUE ); - d->familyList = new TQListBox( this, "font family II" ); - d->familyEdit->setFocusProxy( d->familyList ); - - d->familyAccel - = new TQLabel( d->familyList, tr("&Font"), this, "family accelerator" ); - d->familyAccel->setIndent( 2 ); - - d->styleEdit = new TQLineEdit( this, "font style I" ); - d->styleEdit->setReadOnly( TRUE ); - d->styleList = new TQListBox( this, "font style II" ); - d->styleEdit->setFocusProxy( d->styleList ); - - d->styleAccel - = new TQLabel( d->styleList, tr("Font st&yle"), this, "style accelerator" ); - d->styleAccel->setIndent( 2 ); - - d->sizeEdit = new TQLineEdit( this, "font size I" ); - d->sizeEdit->setFocusPolicy( Qt::ClickFocus ); - TQIntValidator *validator = new TQIntValidator( 1, 512, TQT_TQOBJECT(this) ); - d->sizeEdit->setValidator( validator ); - d->sizeList = new TQListBox( this, "font size II" ); - - d->sizeAccel - = new TQLabel ( d->sizeEdit, tr("&Size"), this, "size accelerator" ); - d->sizeAccel->setIndent( 2 ); - - // effects box - d->effects = new TQVGroupBox( tr("Effects"), this, "font effects" ); - d->strikeout = new TQCheckBox( d->effects, "strikeout on/off" ); - d->strikeout->setText( tr("Stri&keout") ); - d->underline = new TQCheckBox( d->effects, "underline on/off" ); - d->underline->setText( tr("&Underline") ); - - d->sample = new TQHGroupBox( tr("Sample"), this, "sample text" ); - d->sampleEdit = new TQLineEdit( d->sample, "r/w sample text" ); - d->sampleEdit->tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Ignored, TQSizePolicy::Ignored) ); - d->sampleEdit->tqsetAlignment( Qt::AlignCenter ); - // Note that the sample text is *not* translated with tr(), as the - // characters used depend on the charset encoding. - d->sampleEdit->setText( "AaBbYyZz" ); - - d->scriptCombo = new TQComboBox( FALSE, this, "font encoding" ); - - d->scriptAccel - = new TQLabel( d->scriptCombo, tr("Scr&ipt"), this,"encoding label"); - d->scriptAccel->setIndent( 2 ); - - d->size = 0; - d->smoothScalable = FALSE; - - connect( d->scriptCombo, TQT_SIGNAL(activated(int)), - TQT_SLOT(scriptHighlighted(int)) ); - connect( d->familyList, TQT_SIGNAL(highlighted(int)), - TQT_SLOT(familyHighlighted(int)) ); - connect( d->styleList, TQT_SIGNAL(highlighted(int)), - TQT_SLOT(styleHighlighted(int)) ); - connect( d->sizeList, TQT_SIGNAL(highlighted(const TQString&)), - TQT_SLOT(sizeHighlighted(const TQString&)) ); - connect( d->sizeEdit, TQT_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), - TQT_SLOT(sizeChanged(const TQString&)) ); - - connect( d->strikeout, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - TQT_SLOT(updateSample()) ); - connect( d->underline, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - TQT_SLOT(updateSample()) ); - - (void)d->familyList->tqsizeHint(); - (void)d->styleList->tqsizeHint(); - (void)d->sizeList->tqsizeHint(); - - for (int i = 0; i < TQFont::NScripts; i++) { - TQString scriptname = TQFontDatabase::scriptName((TQFont::Script) i); - if ( !scriptname.isEmpty() ) - d->scriptCombo->insertItem( scriptname ); - } - - updateFamilies(); - if ( d->familyList->count() != 0 ) - d->familyList->setCurrentItem( 0 ); - - // grid tqlayout - TQGridLayout * mainGrid = new TQGridLayout( this, 9, 6, 12, 0 ); - - mainGrid->addWidget( d->familyAccel, 0, 0 ); - mainGrid->addWidget( d->familyEdit, 1, 0 ); - mainGrid->addWidget( d->familyList, 2, 0 ); - - mainGrid->addWidget( d->styleAccel, 0, 2 ); - mainGrid->addWidget( d->styleEdit, 1, 2 ); - mainGrid->addWidget( d->styleList, 2, 2 ); - - mainGrid->addWidget( d->sizeAccel, 0, 4 ); - mainGrid->addWidget( d->sizeEdit, 1, 4 ); - mainGrid->addWidget( d->sizeList, 2, 4 ); - - mainGrid->setColStretch( 0, 38 ); - mainGrid->setColStretch( 2, 24 ); - mainGrid->setColStretch( 4, 10 ); - - mainGrid->addColSpacing( 1, 6 ); - mainGrid->addColSpacing( 3, 6 ); - mainGrid->addColSpacing( 5, 6 ); - - mainGrid->addRowSpacing( 3, 12 ); - - mainGrid->addWidget( d->effects, 4, 0 ); - - mainGrid->addMultiCellWidget( d->sample, 4, 7, 2, 4 ); - - mainGrid->addWidget( d->scriptAccel, 5, 0 ); - mainGrid->addRowSpacing( 6, 2 ); - mainGrid->addWidget( d->scriptCombo, 7, 0 ); - - mainGrid->addRowSpacing( 8, 12 ); - - TQHBoxLayout *buttonBox = new TQHBoxLayout; - mainGrid->addMultiCell( TQT_TQLAYOUTITEM(buttonBox), 9, 9, 0, 4 ); - - buttonBox->addStretch( 1 ); - TQString okt = modal ? tr("OK") : tr("Apply"); - d->ok = new TQPushButton( okt, this, "accept font selection" ); - buttonBox->addWidget( d->ok ); - if ( modal ) - connect( d->ok, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(accept()) ); - d->ok->setDefault( TRUE ); - - buttonBox->addSpacing( 12 ); - - TQString cancelt = modal ? tr("Cancel") : tr("Close"); - d->cancel = new TQPushButton( cancelt, this, "cancel/close" ); - buttonBox->addWidget( d->cancel ); - connect( d->cancel, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(reject()) ); - - resize( 500, 360 ); - - d->sizeEdit->installEventFilter( this ); - d->familyList->installEventFilter( this ); - d->styleList->installEventFilter( this ); - d->sizeList->installEventFilter( this ); - - d->familyList->setFocus(); -} - -/*! - \internal - Destroys the font dialog and frees up its storage. -*/ - -TQFontDialog::~TQFontDialog() -{ - delete d; - d = 0; -} - -/*! - Executes a modal font dialog and returns a font. - - If the user clicks OK, the selected font is returned. If the user - clicks Cancel, the \a initial font is returned. - - The dialog is called \a name, with the parent \a parent. - \a initial is the initially selected font. - If the \a ok parameter is not-null, \e *\a ok is set to TRUE if the - user clicked OK, and set to FALSE if the user clicked Cancel. - - This static function is less flexible than the full TQFontDialog - object, but is convenient and easy to use. - - Examples: - \code - bool ok; - TQFont font = TQFontDialog::getFont( &ok, TQFont( "Times", 12 ), this ); - if ( ok ) { - // font is set to the font the user selected - } else { - // the user canceled the dialog; font is set to the initial - // value, in this case Times, 12. - } - \endcode - - The dialog can also be used to set a widget's font directly: - \code - myWidget.setFont( TQFontDialog::getFont( 0, myWidget.font() ) ); - \endcode - In this example, if the user clicks OK the font they chose will be - used, and if they click Cancel the original font is used. -*/ -TQFont TQFontDialog::getFont( bool *ok, const TQFont &initial, - TQWidget *parent, const char* name) -{ - return getFont( ok, &initial, parent, name ); -} - -/*! - \overload - - Executes a modal font dialog and returns a font. - - If the user clicks OK, the selected font is returned. If the user - clicks Cancel, the TQt default font is returned. - - The dialog is called \a name, with parent \a parent. - If the \a ok parameter is not-null, \e *\a ok is set to TRUE if the - user clicked OK, and FALSE if the user clicked Cancel. - - This static function is less functional than the full TQFontDialog - object, but is convenient and easy to use. - - Example: - \code - bool ok; - TQFont font = TQFontDialog::getFont( &ok, this ); - if ( ok ) { - // font is set to the font the user selected - } else { - // the user canceled the dialog; font is set to the default - // application font, TQApplication::font() - } - \endcode - -*/ -TQFont TQFontDialog::getFont( bool *ok, TQWidget *parent,const char* name) -{ - return getFont( ok, 0, parent, name ); -} - -TQFont TQFontDialog::getFont( bool *ok, const TQFont *def, - TQWidget *parent, const char* name) -{ - TQFont result; - if ( def ) - result = *def; - - TQFontDialog *dlg = new TQFontDialog( parent, name, TRUE ); - - dlg->setFont( ( def ? *def : TQFont() ) ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - dlg->setCaption( tr("Select Font") ); -#endif - - bool res = (dlg->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted); - if ( res ) - result = dlg->font(); - if ( ok ) - *ok = res; - delete dlg; - return result; -} - - -/*! - \internal - An event filter to make the Up, Down, PageUp and PageDown keys work - correctly in the line edits. The source of the event is the object - \a o and the event is \a e. -*/ - -bool TQFontDialog::eventFilter( TQObject * o , TQEvent * e ) -{ - if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress) { - TQKeyEvent * k = (TQKeyEvent *)e; - if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->sizeEdit) && - (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up || - k->key() == Qt::Key_Down || - k->key() == TQt::Key_Prior || - k->key() == TQt::Key_Next) ) { - - int ci = d->sizeList->currentItem(); - (void)TQApplication::sendEvent( d->sizeList, k ); - - if ( ci != d->sizeList->currentItem() && - tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText, this)) - d->sizeEdit->selectAll(); - return TRUE; - } else if ( ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->familyList) || TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->styleList) ) && - ( k->key() == Qt::Key_Return || k->key() == Qt::Key_Enter) ) { - k->accept(); - accept(); - return TRUE; - } - } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusIn && - tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText, this) ) { - if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->familyList) ) - d->familyEdit->selectAll(); - else if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->styleList) ) - d->styleEdit->selectAll(); - else if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->sizeList) ) - d->sizeEdit->selectAll(); - } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::MouseButtonPress && TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->sizeList) ) { - d->sizeEdit->setFocus(); - } - return TQDialog::eventFilter( o, e ); -} - -#ifdef TQ_WS_MAC -// #define SHOW_FONTS_IN_FAMILIES -#endif - -#ifdef SHOW_FONTS_IN_FAMILIES -#include "tqpainter.h" -#include <sizeedit.h> - -class TQListBoxFontText : public TQListBoxText -{ - TQFont cfont; -public: - TQListBoxFontText( const TQString & text ); - ~TQListBoxFontText() { } - - int height( const TQListBox * ) const; - int width( const TQListBox * ) const; - -protected: - void paint( TQPainter * ); -}; - -TQListBoxFontText::TQListBoxFontText( const TQString & text ) - : TQListBoxText(text), cfont(text) -{ -} - -int TQListBoxFontText::height( const TQListBox * ) const -{ - TQFontMetrics fm(cfont); - return TQMAX( fm.lineSpacing() + 2, TQApplication::globalStrut().height() ); -} - -int TQListBoxFontText::width( const TQListBox * ) const -{ - TQFontMetrics fm(cfont); - return TQMAX( fm.width( text() ) + 6, TQApplication::globalStrut().width() ); -} - -void TQListBoxFontText::paint( TQPainter *painter ) -{ - painter->save(); - painter->setFont(cfont); - TQListBoxText::paint(painter); - painter->restore(); -} - -#endif - -/*! - \internal - Updates the contents of the "font family" list box. This - function can be reimplemented if you have special requirements. -*/ - -void TQFontDialog::updateFamilies() -{ - d->familyList->blockSignals( TRUE ); - - enum match_t { MATCH_NONE=0, MATCH_LAST_RESORT=1, MATCH_APP=2, MATCH_FALLBACK, MATCH_FAMILY=3 }; - - TQStringList familyNames = d->fdb.tqfamilies(d->script); - { - // merge the tqunicode/unknown family list with the above list. - TQStringList l = d->fdb.tqfamilies(TQFont::Unicode) + - d->fdb.tqfamilies(TQFont::UnknownScript); - TQStringList::ConstIterator it = l.begin(), end = l.end(); - for (; it != end; ++it) { - if (! familyNames.contains(*it)) - familyNames << *it; - } - } - - familyNames.sort(); - - d->familyList->clear(); -#ifdef SHOW_FONTS_IN_FAMILIES - TQStringList::Iterator it = familyNames.begin(); - int idx = 0; - for( ; it != familyNames.end() ; ++it ) - d->familyList->insertItem(new TQListBoxFontText(*it), idx++); -#else - d->familyList->insertStringList( familyNames ); -#endif - - TQString foundryName1, familyName1, foundryName2, familyName2; - int bestFamilyMatch = -1; - match_t bestFamilyType = MATCH_NONE; - - TQFont f; - - // ##### do the right thing for a list of family names in the font. - TQFontDatabase::tqparseFontName(d->family, foundryName1, familyName1); - - TQStringList::Iterator it = familyNames.begin(); - int i = 0; - for( ; it != familyNames.end(); ++it, ++i ) { - - TQFontDatabase::tqparseFontName(*it, foundryName2, familyName2); - - //try to match.. - if ( familyName1 == familyName2 ) { - bestFamilyType = MATCH_FAMILY; - if ( foundryName1 == foundryName2 ) { - bestFamilyMatch = i; - break; - } - if ( bestFamilyMatch < MATCH_FAMILY ) - bestFamilyMatch = i; - } - - //and try some fall backs - match_t type = MATCH_NONE; - if ( bestFamilyType <= MATCH_NONE && familyName2 == f.lastResortFamily() ) - type = MATCH_LAST_RESORT; - if ( bestFamilyType <= MATCH_LAST_RESORT && familyName2 == f.family() ) - type = MATCH_APP; - // ### add fallback for script - if ( type != MATCH_NONE ) { - bestFamilyType = type; - bestFamilyMatch = i; - } - } - - if (i != -1 && bestFamilyType != MATCH_NONE) - d->familyList->setCurrentItem(bestFamilyMatch); - else - d->familyList->setCurrentItem( 0 ); - d->familyEdit->setText( d->familyList->currentText() ); - if ( tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText, this) && - d->familyList->hasFocus() ) - d->familyEdit->selectAll(); - - d->familyList->blockSignals( FALSE ); - updateStyles(); -} - -/*! - \internal - Updates the contents of the "font style" list box. This - function can be reimplemented if you have special requirements. -*/ - -void TQFontDialog::updateStyles() -{ - d->styleList->blockSignals( TRUE ); - - d->styleList->clear(); - - TQStringList styles = d->fdb.tqstyles( d->familyList->currentText() ); - - if ( styles.isEmpty() ) { - d->styleEdit->clear(); - d->smoothScalable = FALSE; - } else { - d->styleList->insertStringList( styles ); - - if ( !d->style.isEmpty() ) { - bool found = FALSE; - bool first = TRUE; - TQString cstyle = d->style; - redo: - for ( int i = 0 ; i < (int)d->styleList->count() ; i++ ) { - if ( cstyle == d->styleList->text(i) ) { - d->styleList->setCurrentItem( i ); - found = TRUE; - break; - } - } - if (!found && first) { - if (cstyle.contains("Italic")) { - cstyle.replace("Italic", "Oblique"); - first = FALSE; - goto redo; - } else if (cstyle.contains("Oblique")) { - cstyle.replace("Oblique", "Italic"); - first = FALSE; - goto redo; - } - } - if ( !found ) - d->styleList->setCurrentItem( 0 ); - } - - d->styleEdit->setText( d->styleList->currentText() ); - if ( tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText, this) && - d->styleList->hasFocus() ) - d->styleEdit->selectAll(); - - d->smoothScalable = d->fdb.isSmoothlyScalable( d->familyList->currentText(), d->styleList->currentText() ); - } - - d->styleList->blockSignals( FALSE ); - - updateSizes(); -} - -/*! - \internal - Updates the contents of the "font size" list box. This - function can be reimplemented if you have special requirements. -*/ - -void TQFontDialog::updateSizes() -{ - d->sizeList->blockSignals( TRUE ); - - d->sizeList->clear(); - - if ( !d->familyList->currentText().isEmpty() ) { - TQValueList<int> sizes = d->fdb.tqpointSizes( d->familyList->currentText(), d->styleList->currentText() ); - - int i = 0; - bool found = FALSE; - for( TQValueList<int>::iterator it = sizes.begin() ; it != sizes.end(); ++it ) { - d->sizeList->insertItem( TQT_TQSTRING(TQString::number( *it )) ); - if ( !found && *it >= d->size ) { - d->sizeList->setCurrentItem( i ); - found = TRUE; - } - ++i; - } - if ( !found ) { - // we request a size bigger than the ones in the list, select the biggest one - d->sizeList->setCurrentItem( d->sizeList->count() - 1 ); - } - - d->sizeEdit->blockSignals( TRUE ); - d->sizeEdit->setText( ( d->smoothScalable ? TQString::number( d->size ) : d->sizeList->currentText() ) ); - if ( tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText, this) && - d->sizeList->hasFocus() ) - d->sizeEdit->selectAll(); - d->sizeEdit->blockSignals( FALSE ); - } else { - d->sizeEdit->clear(); - } - - d->sizeList->blockSignals( FALSE ); - updateSample(); -} - -void TQFontDialog::updateSample() -{ - if ( d->familyList->currentText().isEmpty() ) - d->sampleEdit->clear(); - else - d->sampleEdit->setFont( font() ); -} - -/*! - \internal -*/ -void TQFontDialog::scriptHighlighted( int index ) -{ - d->script = (TQFont::Script)index; - d->sampleEdit->setText( d->fdb.scriptSample( d->script ) ); - updateFamilies(); -} - -/*! - \internal -*/ -void TQFontDialog::familyHighlighted( int i ) -{ - d->family = d->familyList->text( i ); - d->familyEdit->setText( d->family ); - if ( tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText, this) && - d->familyList->hasFocus() ) - d->familyEdit->selectAll(); - - updateStyles(); -} - - -/*! - \internal -*/ - -void TQFontDialog::styleHighlighted( int index ) -{ - TQString s = d->styleList->text( index ); - d->styleEdit->setText( s ); - if ( tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText, this) && - d->styleList->hasFocus() ) - d->styleEdit->selectAll(); - - d->style = s; - - updateSizes(); -} - - -/*! - \internal -*/ - -void TQFontDialog::sizeHighlighted( const TQString &s ) -{ - d->sizeEdit->setText( s ); - if ( tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText, this) && - d->sizeEdit->hasFocus() ) - d->sizeEdit->selectAll(); - - d->size = s.toInt(); - updateSample(); -} - -/*! - \internal - This slot is called if the user changes the font size. - The size is passed in the \a s argument as a \e string. -*/ - -void TQFontDialog::sizeChanged( const TQString &s ) -{ - // no need to check if the conversion is valid, since we have an TQIntValidator in the size edit - int size = s.toInt(); - if ( d->size == size ) - return; - - d->size = size; - if ( d->sizeList->count() != 0 ) { - int i; - for ( i = 0 ; i < (int)d->sizeList->count() - 1 ; i++ ) { - if ( d->sizeList->text(i).toInt() >= d->size ) - break; - } - d->sizeList->blockSignals( TRUE ); - d->sizeList->setCurrentItem( i ); - d->sizeList->blockSignals( FALSE ); - } - updateSample(); -} - -/*! - \internal - Sets the font highlighted in the TQFontDialog to font \a f. - - \sa font() -*/ - -void TQFontDialog::setFont( const TQFont &f ) -{ - d->family = f.family(); - d->style = d->fdb.styleString( f ); - d->size = f.pointSize(); - if ( d->size == -1 ) { - TQFontInfo fi( f ); - d->size = fi.pointSize(); - } - d->strikeout->setChecked( f.strikeOut() ); - d->underline->setChecked( f.underline() ); - - updateFamilies(); -} - -/*! - \internal - Returns the font which the user has chosen. - - \sa setFont() -*/ - -TQFont TQFontDialog::font() const -{ - int pSize = d->sizeEdit->text().toInt(); - - TQFont f = d->fdb.font( d->familyList->currentText(), d->style, pSize ); - f.setStrikeOut( d->strikeout->isChecked() ); - f.setUnderline( d->underline->isChecked() ); - return f; -} - -#endif diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfontdialog.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfontdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6dc0b7fef..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqfontdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQFontDialog -** -** Created : 970605 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQFONTDIALOG_H -#define TQFONTDIALOG_H - -#include "tqwindowdefs.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_FONTDIALOG - -// -// W A R N I N G -// ------------- -// -// This class is under development and has private constructors. -// -// You may use the public static getFont() functions which are guaranteed -// to be available in the future. -// - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqdialog.h" -#include "tqfont.h" -#endif // TQT_H - -class TQFontDialogPrivate; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQFontDialog: public TQDialog -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - -public: - static TQFont getFont( bool *ok, const TQFont &def, - TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); - static TQFont getFont( bool *ok, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); - -private: - static TQFont getFont( bool *ok, const TQFont *def, - TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); - - TQFontDialog( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool modal=FALSE, - WFlags f=0 ); - ~TQFontDialog(); - - TQFont font() const; - void setFont( const TQFont &font ); - - bool eventFilter( TQObject *, TQEvent * ); - - void updateFamilies(); - void updateStyles(); - void updateSizes(); - -private Q_SLOTS: - void sizeChanged( const TQString &); - void familyHighlighted( int ); - void scriptHighlighted( int ); - void styleHighlighted( int ); - void sizeHighlighted( const TQString & ); - void updateSample(); - -private: - friend class TQFontDialogPrivate; - TQFontDialogPrivate * d; - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQFontDialog( const TQFontDialog & ); - TQFontDialog& operator=( const TQFontDialog & ); -#endif -}; - -#endif - -#endif // TQFONTDIALOG_H diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqinputdialog.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqinputdialog.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index a9ae81f7e..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqinputdialog.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,532 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of TQInputDialog class -** -** Created : 991212 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqinputdialog.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_INPUTDIALOG - -#include "tqlayout.h" -#include "tqlabel.h" -#include "tqlineedit.h" -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqspinbox.h" -#include "tqcombobox.h" -#include "tqwidgetstack.h" -#include "tqvalidator.h" -#include "tqapplication.h" - -class TQInputDialogPrivate -{ -public: - friend class TQInputDialog; - TQLabel *label; - TQLineEdit *lineEdit; - TQSpinBox *spinBox; - TQComboBox *comboBox, *editComboBox; - TQPushButton *ok; - TQWidgetStack *stack; - TQInputDialog::Type type; -}; - -/*! - \class TQInputDialog - \brief The TQInputDialog class provides a simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user. - \ingroup dialogs - \mainclass - - The input value can be a string, a number or an item from a list. A - label must be set to tell the user what they should enter. - - Four static convenience functions are provided: - getText(), getInteger(), getDouble() and getItem(). All the - functions can be used in a similar way, for example: - \code - bool ok; - TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText( - "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", TQLineEdit::Normal, - TQString::null, &ok, this ); - if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) { - // user entered something and pressed OK - } else { - // user entered nothing or pressed Cancel - } - \endcode - - \img inputdialogs.png Input Dialogs -*/ - -/*! - \enum TQInputDialog::Type - - This enum specifies the type of the dialog, i.e. what kind of data you - want the user to input: - - \value LineEdit A TQLineEdit is used for obtaining string or numeric - input. The TQLineEdit can be accessed using lineEdit(). - - \value SpinBox A TQSpinBox is used for obtaining integer input. - Use spinBox() to access the TQSpinBox. - - \value ComboBox A read-only TQComboBox is used to provide a fixed - list of choices from which the user can choose. - Use comboBox() to access the TQComboBox. - - \value EditableComboBox An editable TQComboBox is used to provide a fixed - list of choices from which the user can choose, but which also - allows the user to enter their own value instead. - Use editableComboBox() to access the TQComboBox. -*/ - -/*! - Constructs the dialog. The \a label is the text which is shown to the user - (it should tell the user what they are expected to enter). The \a parent - is the dialog's parent widget. The widget is called \a name. If \a - modal is TRUE (the default) the dialog will be modal. The \a type - parameter is used to specify which type of dialog to construct. - - \sa getText(), getInteger(), getDouble(), getItem() -*/ - -TQInputDialog::TQInputDialog( const TQString &label, TQWidget* parent, - const char* name, bool modal, Type type ) - : TQDialog( parent, name, modal ) -{ - d = new TQInputDialogPrivate; - d->lineEdit = 0; - d->spinBox = 0; - d->comboBox = 0; - - TQVBoxLayout *vbox = new TQVBoxLayout( this, 6, 6 ); - - d->label = new TQLabel( label, this, "qt_inputdlg_lbl" ); - vbox->addWidget( d->label ); - - d->stack = new TQWidgetStack( this, "qt_inputdlg_ws" ); - vbox->addWidget( d->stack ); - d->lineEdit = new TQLineEdit( d->stack, "qt_inputdlg_le" ); - d->spinBox = new TQSpinBox( d->stack, "qt_inputdlg_sb" ); - d->comboBox = new TQComboBox( FALSE, d->stack, "qt_inputdlg_cb" ); - d->editComboBox = new TQComboBox( TRUE, d->stack, "qt_inputdlg_editcb" ); - - TQHBoxLayout *hbox = new TQHBoxLayout( 6 ); - vbox->addLayout( hbox, Qt::AlignRight ); - - d->ok = new TQPushButton( tr( "OK" ), this, "qt_ok_btn" ); - d->ok->setDefault( TRUE ); - TQPushButton *cancel = new TQPushButton( tr( "Cancel" ), this, "qt_cancel_btn" ); - - TQSize bs = d->ok->tqsizeHint().expandedTo( cancel->tqsizeHint() ); - d->ok->setFixedSize( bs ); - cancel->setFixedSize( bs ); - - hbox->addStretch(); - hbox->addWidget( d->ok ); - hbox->addWidget( cancel ); - - connect( d->lineEdit, TQT_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ), - this, TQT_SLOT( tryAccept() ) ); - connect( d->lineEdit, TQT_SIGNAL( textChanged(const TQString&) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( textChanged(const TQString&) ) ); - - connect( d->ok, TQT_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQT_SLOT( accept() ) ); - connect( cancel, TQT_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQT_SLOT( reject() ) ); - - TQSize sh = tqsizeHint().expandedTo( TQSize(400, 10) ); - setType( type ); - resize( sh.width(), vbox->heightForWidth(sh.width()) ); -} - -/*! - Returns the line edit which is used in LineEdit mode. -*/ - -TQLineEdit *TQInputDialog::lineEdit() const -{ - return d->lineEdit; -} - -/*! - Returns the spinbox which is used in SpinBox mode. -*/ - -TQSpinBox *TQInputDialog::spinBox() const -{ - return d->spinBox; -} - -/*! - Returns the combobox which is used in ComboBox mode. -*/ - -TQComboBox *TQInputDialog::comboBox() const -{ - return d->comboBox; -} - -/*! - Returns the combobox which is used in EditableComboBox mode. -*/ - -TQComboBox *TQInputDialog::editableComboBox() const -{ - return d->editComboBox; -} - -/*! - Sets the input type of the dialog to \a t. -*/ - -void TQInputDialog::setType( Type t ) -{ - TQWidget *input = 0; - switch ( t ) { - case LineEdit: - input = d->lineEdit; - break; - case SpinBox: - input = d->spinBox; - break; - case ComboBox: - input = d->comboBox; - break; - case EditableComboBox: - input = d->editComboBox; - break; - default: -#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE) - qWarning( "TQInputDialog::setType: Invalid type" ); -#endif - break; - } - if ( input ) { - d->stack->raiseWidget( input ); - d->stack->setFixedHeight( input->tqsizeHint().height() ); - input->setFocus(); -#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL - d->label->setBuddy( input ); -#endif - } - - d->type = t; -} - -/*! - Returns the input type of the dialog. - - \sa setType() -*/ - -TQInputDialog::Type TQInputDialog::type() const -{ - return d->type; -} - -/*! - Destructor. -*/ - -TQInputDialog::~TQInputDialog() -{ - delete d; -} - -/*! - Static convenience function to get a string from the user. \a - caption is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the - dialog. \a label is the text which is shown to the user (it should - say what should be entered). \a text is the default text which is - placed in the line edit. The \a mode is the echo mode the line edit - will use. If \a ok is not-null \e *\a ok will be set to TRUE if the - user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The - dialog's parent is \a parent; the dialog is called \a name. The - dialog will be modal. - - This function returns the text which has been entered in the line - edit. It will not return an empty string. - - Use this static function like this: - - \code - bool ok; - TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText( - "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", TQLineEdit::Normal, - TQString::null, &ok, this ); - if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) { - // user entered something and pressed OK - } else { - // user entered nothing or pressed Cancel - } - \endcode -*/ - -TQString TQInputDialog::getText( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, - TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode, const TQString &text, - bool *ok, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) -{ - TQInputDialog *dlg = new TQInputDialog( label, parent, - name ? name : "qt_inputdlg_gettext", - TRUE, LineEdit ); - -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - dlg->setCaption( caption ); -#endif - dlg->lineEdit()->setText( text ); - dlg->lineEdit()->setEchoMode( mode ); - - bool ok_ = FALSE; - TQString result; - ok_ = dlg->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted; - if ( ok ) - *ok = ok_; - if ( ok_ ) - result = dlg->lineEdit()->text(); - - delete dlg; - return result; -} - -/*! - Static convenience function to get an integer input from the - user. \a caption is the text which is displayed in the title bar - of the dialog. \a label is the text which is shown to the user - (it should say what should be entered). \a value is the default - integer which the spinbox will be set to. \a minValue and \a - maxValue are the minimum and maximum values the user may choose, - and \a step is the amount by which the values change as the user - presses the arrow buttons to increment or decrement the value. - - If \a ok is not-null *\a ok will be set to TRUE if the user - pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's - parent is \a parent; the dialog is called \a name. The dialog will - be modal. - - This function returns the integer which has been entered by the user. - - Use this static function like this: - - \code - bool ok; - int res = TQInputDialog::getInteger( - "MyApp 3000", "Enter a number:", 22, 0, 1000, 2, - &ok, this ); - if ( ok ) { - // user entered something and pressed OK - } else { - // user pressed Cancel - } - \endcode -*/ - -int TQInputDialog::getInteger( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, - int value, int minValue, int maxValue, int step, bool *ok, - TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) -{ - TQInputDialog *dlg = new TQInputDialog( label, parent, - name ? name : "qt_inputdlg_getint", - TRUE, SpinBox ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - dlg->setCaption( caption ); -#endif - dlg->spinBox()->setRange( minValue, maxValue ); - dlg->spinBox()->setSteps( step, 0 ); - dlg->spinBox()->setValue( value ); - - bool ok_ = FALSE; - int result; - ok_ = dlg->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted; - if ( ok ) - *ok = ok_; - result = dlg->spinBox()->value(); - - delete dlg; - return result; -} - -/*! - Static convenience function to get a floating point number from - the user. \a caption is the text which is displayed in the title - bar of the dialog. \a label is the text which is shown to the user - (it should say what should be entered). \a value is the default - floating point number that the line edit will be set to. \a - minValue and \a maxValue are the minimum and maximum values the - user may choose, and \a decimals is the maximum number of decimal - places the number may have. - - If \a ok is not-null \e *\a ok will be set to TRUE if the user - pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's - parent is \a parent; the dialog is called \a name. The dialog will - be modal. - - This function returns the floating point number which has been - entered by the user. - - Use this static function like this: - - \code - bool ok; - double res = TQInputDialog::getDouble( - "MyApp 3000", "Enter a decimal number:", 33.7, 0, - 1000, 2, &ok, this ); - if ( ok ) { - // user entered something and pressed OK - } else { - // user pressed Cancel - } - \endcode -*/ - -double TQInputDialog::getDouble( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, - double value, double minValue, double maxValue, - int decimals, bool *ok, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name ) -{ - TQInputDialog dlg( label, parent, - name ? name : "qt_inputdlg_getdbl", TRUE, LineEdit ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - dlg.setCaption( caption ); -#endif - dlg.lineEdit()->setValidator( new TQDoubleValidator( minValue, maxValue, decimals, TQT_TQOBJECT(dlg.lineEdit()) ) ); - dlg.lineEdit()->setText( TQString::number( value, 'f', decimals ) ); - dlg.lineEdit()->selectAll(); - - bool accepted = ( dlg.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ); - if ( ok ) - *ok = accepted; - return dlg.lineEdit()->text().toDouble(); -} - -/*! - Static convenience function to let the user select an item from a - string list. \a caption is the text which is displayed in the title - bar of the dialog. \a label is the text which is shown to the user (it - should say what should be entered). \a list is the - string list which is inserted into the combobox, and \a current is the number - of the item which should be the current item. If \a editable is TRUE - the user can enter their own text; if \a editable is FALSE the user - may only select one of the existing items. - - If \a ok is not-null \e *\a ok will be set to TRUE if the user - pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's - parent is \a parent; the dialog is called \a name. The dialog will - be modal. - - This function returns the text of the current item, or if \a - editable is TRUE, the current text of the combobox. - - Use this static function like this: - - \code - TQStringList lst; - lst << "First" << "Second" << "Third" << "Fourth" << "Fifth"; - bool ok; - TQString res = TQInputDialog::getItem( - "MyApp 3000", "Select an item:", lst, 1, TRUE, &ok, - this ); - if ( ok ) { - // user selected an item and pressed OK - } else { - // user pressed Cancel - } - \endcode -*/ - -TQString TQInputDialog::getItem( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, const TQStringList &list, - int current, bool editable, - bool *ok, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) -{ - TQInputDialog *dlg = new TQInputDialog( label, parent, name ? name : "qt_inputdlg_getitem", TRUE, editable ? EditableComboBox : ComboBox ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - dlg->setCaption( caption ); -#endif - if ( editable ) { - dlg->editableComboBox()->insertStringList( list ); - dlg->editableComboBox()->setCurrentItem( current ); - } else { - dlg->comboBox()->insertStringList( list ); - dlg->comboBox()->setCurrentItem( current ); - } - - bool ok_ = FALSE; - TQString result; - ok_ = dlg->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted; - if ( ok ) - *ok = ok_; - if ( editable ) - result = dlg->editableComboBox()->currentText(); - else - result = dlg->comboBox()->currentText(); - - delete dlg; - return result; -} - -/*! - \internal - - This slot is invoked when the text is changed; the new text is passed - in \a s. -*/ - -void TQInputDialog::textChanged( const TQString &s ) -{ - bool on = TRUE; - - if ( d->lineEdit->validator() ) { - TQString str = d->lineEdit->text(); - int index = d->lineEdit->cursorPosition(); - on = ( d->lineEdit->validator()->validate(str, index) == - TQValidator::Acceptable ); - } else if ( type() != LineEdit ) { - on = !s.isEmpty(); - } - d->ok->setEnabled( on ); -} - -/*! - \internal -*/ - -void TQInputDialog::tryAccept() -{ - if ( !d->lineEdit->text().isEmpty() ) - accept(); -} - -#endif diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqinputdialog.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqinputdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 38aac9b68..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqinputdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQInputDialog class -** -** Created : 991212 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQINPUTDIALOG_H -#define TQINPUTDIALOG_H - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqdialog.h" -#include "tqstring.h" -#include "tqlineedit.h" -#endif // TQT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_INPUTDIALOG - -class TQSpinBox; -class TQComboBox; -class TQInputDialogPrivate; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQInputDialog : public TQDialog -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - -private: - enum Type { LineEdit, SpinBox, ComboBox, EditableComboBox }; - - TQInputDialog( const TQString &label, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, - bool modal = TRUE, Type type = LineEdit ); //### 4.0: widget flag! - ~TQInputDialog(); - - TQLineEdit *lineEdit() const; - TQSpinBox *spinBox() const; - TQComboBox *comboBox() const; - TQComboBox *editableComboBox() const; - - void setType( Type t ); - Type type() const; - -public: - //### 4.0: widget flag! - static TQString getText( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode echo = TQLineEdit::Normal, - const TQString &text = TQString::null, bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - static int getInteger( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, - int maxValue = 2147483647, - int step = 1, bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - static double getDouble( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, double value = 0, - double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, - int decimals = 1, bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - static TQString getItem( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, const TQStringList &list, - int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, - bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - -private Q_SLOTS: - void textChanged( const TQString &s ); - void tryAccept(); - -private: - TQInputDialogPrivate *d; - friend class TQInputDialogPrivate; /* to avoid 'has no friends' warnings... */ - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQInputDialog( const TQInputDialog & ); - TQInputDialog &operator=( const TQInputDialog & ); -#endif -}; - -#endif // TQT_NO_INPUTDIALOG - -#endif // TQINPUTDIALOG_H - diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqmessagebox.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqmessagebox.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index a31c21875..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqmessagebox.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2605 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of TQMessageBox class -** -** Created : 950503 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqmessagebox.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_MESSAGEBOX - -#include "tqaccel.h" -#include "tqlabel.h" -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqimage.h" -#include "tqapplication.h" -#include "tqstyle.h" -#include "tqobjectlist.h" -#if defined(TQT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT) -#include "tqaccessible.h" -#endif -#if defined TQT_NON_COMMERCIAL -#include "tqnc_win.h" -#endif - - -// Internal class - don't touch - -class TQMessageBoxLabel : public TQLabel -{ - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQMessageBoxLabel( TQWidget* parent ) : TQLabel( parent, "messageBoxText") - { - tqsetAlignment( TQt::AlignAuto|TQt::ExpandTabs ); - } -}; -#include "tqmessagebox.tqmoc" - - - -// the TQt logo, for aboutTQt -/* XPM */ -static char * qtlogo_xpm[] = { -"50 50 995 2", -" c None", -". c #2B2B7E", -"+ c #2A2A7D", -"@ c #28297C", -"# c #28277B", -"$ c #26267A", -"% c #252579", -"& c #242477", -"* c #232376", -"= c #212175", -"- c #212174", -"; c #1F1F73", -"> c #1E1E72", -", c #1D1D70", -"' c #1C1C6F", -") c #1B1A6E", -"! c #1A1A6D", -"~ c #18186C", -"{ c #17176A", -"] c #161669", -"^ c #141568", -"/ c #131367", -"( c #121366", -"_ c #111165", -": c #101064", -"< c #0F0F62", -"[ c #0E0E61", -"} c #0C0C60", -"| c #0B0B5F", -"1 c #0A0A5D", -"2 c #09095D", -"3 c #08085B", -"4 c #06065A", -"5 c #050659", -"6 c #040458", -"7 c #030357", -"8 c #020255", -"9 c #010154", -"0 c #000053", -"a c #2C2C80", -"b c #29297C", -"c c #27287B", -"d c #222275", -"e c #202174", -"f c #19196D", -"g c #17176B", -"h c #151568", -"i c #141467", -"j c #131266", -"k c #101063", -"l c #0E0D61", -"m c #0C0D60", -"n c #0A0A5E", -"o c #09095C", -"p c #07075A", -"q c #050559", -"r c #030356", -"s c #2D2E81", -"t c #2C2C7F", -"u c #D1D1D1", -"v c #D0D0D0", -"w c #CFCFCF", -"x c #CDCDCE", -"y c #CDCCCC", -"z c #CBCBCB", -"A c #CACACA", -"B c #C9C9C9", -"C c #C8C7C8", -"D c #C6C6C6", -"E c #C5C5C5", -"F c #C4C4C4", -"G c #C3C3C3", -"H c #C2C2C2", -"I c #C0C0C0", -"J c #BFBFBF", -"K c #BEBEBE", -"L c #BDBDBD", -"M c #BCBCBC", -"N c #BABABB", -"O c #B9B9B9", -"P c #B8B8B8", -"Q c #B7B7B7", -"R c #B6B6B6", -"S c #B5B5B5", -"T c #B3B4B4", -"U c #B3B3B2", -"V c #B1B1B1", -"W c #B0B0B0", -"X c #AFAFAF", -"Y c #AEAEAE", -"Z c #ACACAC", -"` c #ABABAB", -" . c #AAAAAA", -".. c #A9A9A9", -"+. c #A8A8A8", -"@. c #A7A7A7", -"#. c #A6A6A6", -"$. c #2E2F82", -"%. c #2D2D81", -"&. c #D2D2D2", -"*. c #CECFCF", -"=. c #CDCDCD", -"-. c #CCCCCC", -";. c #C7C8C8", -">. c #C7C6C6", -",. c #C1C1C1", -"'. c #BBBBBB", -"). c #B2B2B2", -"!. c #ADADAD", -"~. c #303083", -"{. c #2E2E82", -"]. c #D3D3D3", -"^. c #D0CFD0", -"/. c #CDCECD", -"(. c #C1C1C2", -"_. c #C1C1C0", -":. c #BCBCBB", -"<. c #B3B3B4", -"[. c #B2B3B2", -"}. c #ADACAC", -"|. c #313184", -"1. c #302F83", -"2. c #D5D5D5", -"3. c #CFCFCE", -"4. c #C9C8C9", -"5. c #C7C8C7", -"6. c #C2C1C2", -"7. c #C0C0C1", -"8. c #BBBCBC", -"9. c #BABABA", -"0. c #B9BAB9", -"a. c #B3B4B3", -"b. c #ACACAD", -"c. c #323285", -"d. c #313084", -"e. c #D6D5D5", -"f. c #D4D5D4", -"g. c #BB9936", -"h. c #7E7E2B", -"i. c #7D7D2A", -"j. c #7C7C29", -"k. c #7B7B27", -"l. c #7A7A26", -"m. c #787825", -"n. c #777724", -"o. c #767622", -"p. c #757522", -"q. c #737420", -"r. c #72731F", -"s. c #71711E", -"t. c #70701D", -"u. c #6F6F1D", -"v. c #78929D", -"w. c #BDBFBF", -"x. c #333386", -"y. c #D7D7D6", -"z. c #D4D4D4", -"A. c #BB9830", -"B. c #80802C", -"C. c #7A7926", -"D. c #797825", -"E. c #767623", -"F. c #757521", -"G. c #737320", -"H. c #73731F", -"I. c #76919D", -"J. c #BDC0C0", -"K. c #B3B3B3", -"L. c #343488", -"M. c #D8D8D8", -"N. c #D7D7D7", -"O. c #BC9932", -"P. c #81802D", -"Q. c #7F7F2C", -"R. c #7D7D29", -"S. c #797A26", -"T. c #787925", -"U. c #72721F", -"V. c #77929E", -"W. c #BEC1C1", -"X. c #BABBBA", -"Y. c #353589", -"Z. c #343487", -"`. c #D9D9D9", -" + c #D6D7D7", -".+ c #CEC4A5", -"++ c #BABAA0", -"@+ c #B9B99F", -"#+ c #B8B89E", -"$+ c #B7B79C", -"%+ c #B6B381", -"&+ c #917F29", -"*+ c #78783E", -"=+ c #9CAC95", -"-+ c #AEAE95", -";+ c #AEAD93", -">+ c #ACAC92", -",+ c #ABAB91", -"'+ c #AEB6B9", -")+ c #C2C2C3", -"!+ c #C1C2C1", -"~+ c #36368A", -"{+ c #DADADA", -"]+ c #D6D6D6", -"^+ c #D1CDAB", -"/+ c #9E832A", -"(+ c #7C7C28", -"_+ c #7B7A27", -":+ c #7A794E", -"<+ c #B0C5CB", -"[+ c #C9CACA", -"}+ c #C8C8C8", -"|+ c #C7C7C7", -"1+ c #C2C3C2", -"2+ c #BBBBBC", -"3+ c #38378B", -"4+ c #37368A", -"5+ c #DBDBDB", -"6+ c #D7D8D8", -"7+ c #D7D6D6", -"8+ c #D2CFAC", -"9+ c #9F852A", -"0+ c #7B7B4F", -"a+ c #B1C6CC", -"b+ c #CBCBCA", -"c+ c #C8C8C9", -"d+ c #C2C3C3", -"e+ c #39398C", -"f+ c #DCDCDC", -"g+ c #D3D0AD", -"h+ c #A0862C", -"i+ c #7C7C50", -"j+ c #B2C7CD", -"k+ c #BCBBBB", -"l+ c #3A3A8D", -"m+ c #38398C", -"n+ c #DEDDDE", -"o+ c #D4D1AF", -"p+ c #A1872D", -"q+ c #7E7E2A", -"r+ c #7D7D51", -"s+ c #B3C8CE", -"t+ c #CBCACB", -"u+ c #CAC9CA", -"v+ c #BBBCBB", -"w+ c #3B3B8E", -"x+ c #DFDFDF", -"y+ c #DDDDDD", -"z+ c #D9D9D8", -"A+ c #D5D2B0", -"B+ c #A2882E", -"C+ c #80802D", -"D+ c #7E7E52", -"E+ c #B4CACF", -"F+ c #CECECE", -"G+ c #CACACB", -"H+ c #C9C9CA", -"I+ c #ADAEAD", -"J+ c #3C3C8F", -"K+ c #E0E0E0", -"L+ c #DFDEDF", -"M+ c #D9D8D9", -"N+ c #D7D7D8", -"O+ c #D7D3B1", -"P+ c #A3892F", -"Q+ c #82822E", -"R+ c #7F7F53", -"S+ c #B5CBD1", -"T+ c #CACBCB", -"U+ c #C7C7C6", -"V+ c #BCB3B9", -"W+ c #A29DAF", -"X+ c #9798AF", -"Y+ c #9DA4B7", -"Z+ c #B2BBC1", -"`+ c #AEAEAD", -" @ c #040457", -".@ c #3D3D91", -"+@ c #3C3C90", -"@@ c #E1E1E1", -"#@ c #DFDFDE", -"$@ c #D7D5B2", -"%@ c #A48A30", -"&@ c #82822F", -"*@ c #81812E", -"=@ c #808055", -"-@ c #B6CCD1", -";@ c #C8BCB8", -">@ c #886C8F", -",@ c #3E2D76", -"'@ c #202073", -")@ c #1F1F72", -"!@ c #1E1E71", -"~@ c #1C1C72", -"{@ c #2E418C", -"]@ c #708CB4", -"^@ c #B7BEBF", -"/@ c #AEADAE", -"(@ c #050558", -"_@ c #3F3E92", -":@ c #3D3D90", -"<@ c #E2E2E2", -"[@ c #DEDFDF", -"}@ c #D8D6B3", -"|@ c #A58C31", -"1@ c #848430", -"2@ c #83832F", -"3@ c #828156", -"4@ c #B8CDD3", -"5@ c #CECECC", -"6@ c #B8969C", -"7@ c #442979", -"8@ c #242478", -"9@ c #232377", -"0@ c #1B1B6E", -"a@ c #294A9A", -"b@ c #9CB5BE", -"c@ c #060659", -"d@ c #403F93", -"e@ c #3E3E92", -"f@ c #E3E3E3", -"g@ c #DEDFDE", -"h@ c #DAD7B4", -"i@ c #A68C32", -"j@ c #858532", -"k@ c #828357", -"l@ c #B9CED4", -"m@ c #D1D2D1", -"n@ c #D1D0CF", -"o@ c #BB9398", -"p@ c #36287B", -"q@ c #27277A", -"r@ c #262679", -"s@ c #252478", -"t@ c #1C1C70", -"u@ c #1B1B6F", -"v@ c #1C3B96", -"w@ c #9BB6BF", -"x@ c #AFAFAE", -"y@ c #07085B", -"z@ c #414194", -"A@ c #404093", -"B@ c #E4E4E4", -"C@ c #DFE0DF", -"D@ c #DBD8B5", -"E@ c #A78E34", -"F@ c #868632", -"G@ c #858531", -"H@ c #848458", -"I@ c #BACFD5", -"J@ c #CCB5AA", -"K@ c #4B2B7E", -"L@ c #28287C", -"M@ c #26348E", -"N@ c #6D85B2", -"O@ c #A7B1C0", -"P@ c #B9B7BE", -"Q@ c #AA9DAA", -"R@ c #765B82", -"S@ c #231F72", -"T@ c #2856A7", -"U@ c #B1BEBF", -"V@ c #B6B5B6", -"W@ c #B5B4B5", -"X@ c #424295", -"Y@ c #E5E5E5", -"Z@ c #E0E1E1", -"`@ c #DEDEDF", -" # c #DCD9B7", -".# c #A98F35", -"+# c #878734", -"@# c #858559", -"## c #BBD1D6", -"$# c #D4D1CA", -"%# c #915581", -"&# c #2B2B7F", -"*# c #2A2A7E", -"=# c #29297D", -"-# c #2B49A4", -";# c #A7C3CC", -"># c #C7C7C5", -",# c #B08A8F", -"'# c #2D1F72", -")# c #1B1B77", -"!# c #609ABC", -"~# c #B5B6B5", -"{# c #B4B5B5", -"]# c #08085C", -"^# c #434396", -"/# c #E6E6E6", -"(# c #E0E1E0", -"_# c #DFDFE0", -":# c #DEDEDE", -"<# c #DDDAB8", -"[# c #AA9036", -"}# c #888835", -"|# c #86865A", -"1# c #BCD2D7", -"2# c #D0B7AA", -"3# c #442E81", -"4# c #2D2D80", -"5# c #2A3093", -"6# c #90BCCE", -"7# c #C7C6C3", -"8# c #9F687D", -"9# c #204BA6", -"0# c #B2BFC0", -"a# c #B5B6B6", -"b# c #0B0B5E", -"c# c #0A095D", -"d# c #444498", -"e# c #E8E7E8", -"f# c #E0DFDF", -"g# c #DEDBB9", -"h# c #AB9137", -"i# c #898936", -"j# c #87875B", -"k# c #BDD3D9", -"l# c #D7D7D5", -"m# c #BA838F", -"n# c #2F2F82", -"o# c #2E2E81", -"p# c #3C70BF", -"q# c #C9D0D0", -"r# c #C5B4A6", -"s# c #442073", -"t# c #1C2188", -"u# c #8EB5C1", -"v# c #BCBDBD", -"w# c #B6B7B7", -"x# c #B6B6B5", -"y# c #0C0C5F", -"z# c #454599", -"A# c #E9E9E9", -"B# c #E8E8E7", -"C# c #E7E6E6", -"D# c #E1E1E0", -"E# c #DFDCBA", -"F# c #AC9238", -"G# c #8B8A37", -"H# c #88885D", -"I# c #BFD4DA", -"J# c #D8D8D1", -"K# c #9D5985", -"L# c #2E2E86", -"M# c #6AAAD0", -"N# c #C8C5BD", -"O# c #7F3F74", -"P# c #1E1E79", -"Q# c #64A0C0", -"R# c #BDBCBD", -"S# c #B5B5B6", -"T# c #B5B4B4", -"U# c #0D0D60", -"V# c #46469A", -"W# c #EAEAEA", -"X# c #E7E8E8", -"Y# c #E0DDBB", -"Z# c #AE9439", -"`# c #8B8C38", -" $ c #8B8B37", -".$ c #898A5E", -"+$ c #BFD5DB", -"@$ c #DAD5CB", -"#$ c #844986", -"$$ c #313185", -"%$ c #2F2F92", -"&$ c #8EBFD3", -"*$ c #C9C9C5", -"=$ c #9D5B79", -"-$ c #4A91BF", -";$ c #B7B6B7", -">$ c #B6B5B5", -",$ c #0F0E61", -"'$ c #47489B", -")$ c #EBEBEB", -"!$ c #E1E0E1", -"~$ c #DBD5CA", -"{$ c #7A4487", -"]$ c #323286", -"^$ c #303097", -"/$ c #9CC8D5", -"($ c #CACAC8", -"_$ c #A5687E", -":$ c #448ABE", -"<$ c #C3C3C4", -"[$ c #0F0F63", -"}$ c #48489C", -"|$ c #47479B", -"1$ c #ECECEC", -"2$ c #E8E7E7", -"3$ c #E6E7E6", -"4$ c #DCD7CC", -"5$ c #814988", -"6$ c #313196", -"7$ c #97C6D5", -"8$ c #CCCCC8", -"9$ c #A3637D", -"0$ c #4A91C0", -"a$ c #C4C3C3", -"b$ c #BCBDBC", -"c$ c #111164", -"d$ c #4A4A9D", -"e$ c #EDEDED", -"f$ c #DDDBD3", -"g$ c #985589", -"h$ c #353588", -"i$ c #323290", -"j$ c #7DB8D4", -"k$ c #D0D0CF", -"l$ c #C8C4CC", -"m$ c #CCCECE", -"n$ c #CDCCC6", -"o$ c #934E79", -"p$ c #22227C", -"q$ c #62A1C4", -"r$ c #C4C4C5", -"s$ c #C4C2B3", -"t$ c #AA9B67", -"u$ c #929263", -"v$ c #919162", -"w$ c #929A94", -"x$ c #B7BDBE", -"y$ c #BDBCBC", -"z$ c #121265", -"A$ c #4B4B9E", -"B$ c #494A9D", -"C$ c #EFEEEF", -"D$ c #E7E8E7", -"E$ c #DEDEDB", -"F$ c #B77791", -"G$ c #363689", -"H$ c #5190CD", -"I$ c #D5D7D7", -"J$ c #D3D3D2", -"K$ c #C4A5A3", -"L$ c #453289", -"M$ c #6B9AC6", -"N$ c #CAC6BA", -"O$ c #65337A", -"P$ c #23248A", -"Q$ c #8CB8C7", -"R$ c #C5C2A5", -"S$ c #967A1E", -"T$ c #6F6F1C", -"U$ c #6E6E1B", -"V$ c #6D7970", -"W$ c #B2BDBF", -"X$ c #BDBEBE", -"Y$ c #131366", -"Z$ c #4C4CA0", -"`$ c #EFF0F0", -" % c #EEEEEE", -".% c #E7E7E7", -"+% c #D4AFA7", -"@% c #3F378A", -"#% c #344AAE", -"$% c #B8D2D8", -"%% c #CCB1AB", -"&% c #4E2E80", -"*% c #2A2A86", -"=% c #5C6C91", -"-% c #30287B", -";% c #252679", -">% c #2444A7", -",% c #B4C6C9", -"'% c #C6C3A6", -")% c #977B1E", -"!% c #71701D", -"~% c #6E7A71", -"{% c #B3BEC0", -"]% c #4D4DA1", -"^% c #F1F1F1", -"/% c #EEEFEE", -"(% c #DFD7CD", -"_% c #7C488B", -":% c #37378A", -"<% c #4F82C7", -"[% c #CED7D8", -"}% c #D3C8BF", -"|% c #7A4C82", -"1% c #2C2D80", -"2% c #28287B", -"3% c #26277B", -"4% c #4E8CC2", -"5% c #C8CACA", -"6% c #C7C4A7", -"7% c #997D20", -"8% c #72721E", -"9% c #70701E", -"0% c #6F7C72", -"a% c #B4BFC1", -"b% c #BFBEBF", -"c% c #BDBDBE", -"d% c #4E4EA1", -"e% c #4D4DA0", -"f% c #F2F2F2", -"g% c #F0F0F0", -"h% c #CDA3A4", -"i% c #40388B", -"j% c #5075BA", -"k% c #B6CAD7", -"l% c #D3CAC0", -"m% c #754481", -"n% c #283C9F", -"o% c #A7C5CD", -"p% c #CCCBCB", -"q% c #B79D4F", -"r% c #86853B", -"s% c #797421", -"t% c #70702B", -"u% c #7C7F3D", -"v% c #818B80", -"w% c #B5BEC0", -"x% c #BFBEBE", -"y% c #BEBDBE", -"z% c #16166A", -"A% c #504FA3", -"B% c #4E4EA2", -"C% c #F3F3F3", -"D% c #E0DFD9", -"E% c #A87394", -"F% c #38388B", -"G% c #404A94", -"H% c #525293", -"I% c #463C83", -"J% c #3A6CB9", -"K% c #C1CDCE", -"L% c #CBCCCB", -"M% c #B28F27", -"N% c #747421", -"O% c #6F7A6C", -"P% c #B2BFC1", -"Q% c #C0BFC0", -"R% c #BFBFBE", -"S% c #17186B", -"T% c #5050A4", -"U% c #4F4FA3", -"V% c #F4F4F4", -"W% c #EFEFF0", -"X% c #E0DBD5", -"Y% c #A07296", -"Z% c #343486", -"`% c #4672B8", -" & c #BFCCCE", -".& c #CDCCCD", -"+& c #BCA561", -"@& c #91904B", -"#& c #807623", -"$& c #737436", -"%& c #868A51", -"&& c #8B948B", -"*& c #B8C1C2", -"=& c #18196C", -"-& c #5252A5", -";& c #F5F5F5", -">& c #EFEFEF", -",& c #E0DFDC", -"'& c #C0A1B0", -")& c #60488B", -"!& c #333486", -"~& c #303086", -"{& c #4A65A8", -"]& c #7C6289", -"^& c #2A2B8E", -"/& c #82B5CD", -"(& c #CCC9AB", -"_& c #9D8124", -":& c #748077", -"<& c #B9C4C5", -"[& c #19186C", -"}& c #5353A6", -"|& c #F7F6F6", -"1& c #F0EFEF", -"2& c #DFDDDB", -"3& c #C8B8C3", -"4& c #998FB1", -"5& c #7E79A9", -"6& c #7475AA", -"7& c #7A7FB1", -"8& c #919DC2", -"9& c #BACAD6", -"0& c #D5D2CC", -"a& c #A0718D", -"b& c #2C2C8A", -"c& c #6D9FCA", -"d& c #CED0D0", -"e& c #CDCAAD", -"f& c #9F8226", -"g& c #758178", -"h& c #BAC5C6", -"i& c #C4C5C4", -"j& c #191A6D", -"k& c #5454A8", -"l& c #F8F8F8", -"m& c #F6F6F6", -"n& c #E2E1E2", -"o& c #DADBDB", -"p& c #D5D3CF", -"q& c #BAB7CC", -"r& c #CFD3D2", -"s& c #CECBAE", -"t& c #9F8326", -"u& c #797925", -"v& c #768279", -"w& c #BBC6C8", -"x& c #C6C6C7", -"y& c #1A1B6E", -"z& c #5555A9", -"A& c #5454A7", -"B& c #F9F9F9", -"C& c #E1E1E2", -"D& c #DBDBDA", -"E& c #D9DAD9", -"F& c #D4D3D4", -"G& c #CFCCAF", -"H& c #A18528", -"I& c #7A7A27", -"J& c #77847A", -"K& c #BCC7C9", -"L& c #C7C6C7", -"M& c #5656AA", -"N& c #5555A8", -"O& c #FAFAFA", -"P& c #F5EDE7", -"Q& c #ECE8F0", -"R& c #EFE8E2", -"S& c #E6DDDD", -"T& c #E5DBDB", -"U& c #E4DADD", -"V& c #E7E8EB", -"W& c #EAE8E2", -"X& c #E0CFCD", -"Y& c #DBD9E2", -"Z& c #E4E2DE", -"`& c #DCD1D3", -" * c #DDDEE1", -".* c #DEDBD3", -"+* c #D2C2C2", -"@* c #D2D2D9", -"#* c #DADAD8", -"$* c #D6CAC8", -"%* c #D1D2D7", -"&* c #D3C9C5", -"** c #CDCBD1", -"=* c #D3D4D3", -"-* c #D0CDB0", -";* c #A28629", -">* c #79857B", -",* c #BDC8CA", -"'* c #C6C5C5", -")* c #5757AB", -"!* c #FBFBFB", -"~* c #EBAC6F", -"{* c #AA85C9", -"]* c #F0F4F4", -"^* c #F3F3F0", -"/* c #E5A467", -"(* c #9E4F5F", -"_* c #AB6868", -":* c #AB6A79", -"<* c #C6CFE8", -"[* c #EBDBB9", -"}* c #B96150", -"|* c #9F6265", -"1* c #A2504F", -"2* c #A794C5", -"3* c #E2E5E6", -"4* c #E2BF83", -"5* c #983E40", -"6* c #A4A5D2", -"7* c #DFCCA4", -"8* c #A84D42", -"9* c #945758", -"0* c #95414D", -"a* c #A8A6C5", -"b* c #CA844E", -"c* c #8E67A5", -"d* c #D2CFB2", -"e* c #A64442", -"f* c #A3ABCC", -"g* c #D5D5D4", -"h* c #D4D4D3", -"i* c #D1CFB1", -"j* c #A3872A", -"k* c #7B7B28", -"l* c #7A867D", -"m* c #BEC9CB", -"n* c #5959AC", -"o* c #FCFCFC", -"p* c #ECAD70", -"q* c #AB87CA", -"r* c #F1F5F5", -"s* c #F4F4F1", -"t* c #E7A669", -"u* c #A57CBB", -"v* c #E6E3E3", -"w* c #E9E2E6", -"x* c #ECEEE8", -"y* c #DB8C5B", -"z* c #A388C2", -"A* c #E6EAEB", -"B* c #E8D9BB", -"C* c #C298B0", -"D* c #DCE3DF", -"E* c #D28054", -"F* c #9D6A5C", -"G* c #9866A4", -"H* c #DAE1DC", -"I* c #D0814F", -"J* c #977BB6", -"K* c #DBDEDE", -"L* c #D9BA90", -"M* c #AC8CB6", -"N* c #D5CDA8", -"O* c #A34654", -"P* c #AD8B63", -"Q* c #8E5791", -"R* c #CCD3D7", -"S* c #D4D4D5", -"T* c #D2D0B2", -"U* c #A4882B", -"V* c #7B877D", -"W* c #BFCACD", -"X* c #FDFDFD", -"Y* c #EEAE72", -"Z* c #AC88CB", -"`* c #F2F6F6", -" = c #F5F5F2", -".= c #E8A769", -"+= c #A0505D", -"@= c #AB6565", -"#= c #AA6B88", -"$= c #D7E2E2", -"%= c #D27051", -"&= c #ADB3DF", -"*= c #EBDEBB", -"== c #B96C66", -"-= c #A76F8E", -";= c #D6D8BD", -">= c #B25463", -",= c #C2C4AF", -"'= c #AB4F64", -")= c #C3D1D7", -"!= c #C96646", -"~= c #A1A5D2", -"{= c #DDDDD9", -"]= c #CF9055", -"^= c #883443", -"/= c #A6AECF", -"(= c #D6D5D6", -"_= c #D5D4D5", -":= c #D4D1B3", -"<= c #A5892C", -"[= c #7C877C", -"}= c #C0CBCD", -"|= c #FFFFFF", -"1= c #EFAF73", -"2= c #AD89CC", -"3= c #F4F8F8", -"4= c #F6F6F3", -"5= c #E9A86C", -"6= c #A884C8", -"7= c #EFF3F3", -"8= c #F1F1EB", -"9= c #DE905D", -"0= c #A381BC", -"a= c #E7E9E5", -"b= c #E3C59A", -"c= c #A75072", -"d= c #CBB17B", -"e= c #9A4343", -"f= c #984C4B", -"g= c #954041", -"h= c #A3A0CB", -"i= c #D18352", -"j= c #9980BA", -"k= c #DEE1E1", -"l= c #DBB684", -"m= c #A57DAD", -"n= c #D8DCDE", -"o= c #DBC590", -"p= c #98446C", -"q= c #C4D2DB", -"r= c #D6D6D5", -"s= c #D5D2B6", -"t= c #A88B2D", -"u= c #7D7E4D", -"v= c #A6B8AE", -"w= c #BFC0BC", -"x= c #CACCCC", -"y= c #222376", -"z= c #222175", -"A= c #F0B172", -"B= c #A7545A", -"C= c #AB5E5E", -"D= c #AA6582", -"E= c #CF9B6B", -"F= c #A24F55", -"G= c #A75959", -"H= c #A65860", -"I= c #B9BCE4", -"J= c #EFE1BF", -"K= c #BF6652", -"L= c #A16065", -"M= c #A65C67", -"N= c #AB5D6B", -"O= c #B96F54", -"P= c #A8A3D4", -"Q= c #E1B271", -"R= c #9A639F", -"S= c #D9CFAB", -"T= c #AE5448", -"U= c #9A5B5A", -"V= c #984656", -"W= c #AFAED1", -"X= c #DCC692", -"Y= c #99466E", -"Z= c #C6D3DB", -"`= c #D6D5C6", -" - c #B89631", -".- c #81812D", -"+- c #807F2C", -"@- c #7C8678", -"#- c #BECBCD", -"$- c #F1EFEA", -"%- c #E8DADB", -"&- c #E7E8ED", -"*- c #EDECEC", -"=- c #EAE9EA", -"-- c #E8E8E9", -";- c #E5E3DD", -">- c #DBCDCE", -",- c #DBDCE1", -"'- c #E1E2E1", -")- c #DDDCDD", -"!- c #D1C27C", -"~- c #8F822E", -"{- c #7D8779", -"]- c #C0CDCF", -"^- c #252578", -"/- c #FFFEFF", -"(- c #EBEAEB", -"_- c #E9EAEA", -":- c #E9E8E8", -"<- c #E3E2E2", -"[- c #DCDCDD", -"}- c #DCDCDB", -"|- c #D2CAA9", -"1- c #B4AC78", -"2- c #A2A06C", -"3- c #9FA177", -"4- c #A9B3B0", -"5- c #CBCFD0", -"6- c #F8F7F8", -"7- c #E9E9EA", -"8- c #E8E8E8", -"9- c #E3E3E4", -"0- c #DDDEDE", -"a- c #D6D6D7", -"b- c #CECECF", -"c- c #27277B", -"d- c #FEFFFF", -"e- c #F9F9F8", -"f- c #F7F8F8", -"g- c #F2F1F1", -"h- c #F0F0F1", -"i- c #E4E4E3", -"j- c #E2E3E2", -"k- c #CFCFD0", -"l- c #5757AA", -"m- c #5656A9", -"n- c #5151A4", -"o- c #5050A3", -"p- c #4F4FA2", -"q- c #4C4C9F", -"r- c #4A4B9E", -"s- c #49499C", -"t- c #48489B", -"u- c #47479A", -"v- c #464699", -"w- c #454598", -"x- c #434397", -"y- c #3F3F92", -"z- c #3E3E91", -"A- c #3C3D90", -"B- c #3B3B8F", -"C- c #303184", -"D- c #2F2F83", -"E- c #2A2B7E", -"F- c #5859AB", -"G- c #5253A6", -"H- c #5152A4", -"I- c #4B4A9E", -"J- c #2A297D", -". + @ # $ % & * = - ; > , ' ) ! ~ { ] ^ / ( _ : < [ } | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ", -"a . + b c $ % & * d e ; > , ' ) f ~ g ] h i j _ k < l m | n o 3 p q 6 r 8 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ", -"s t u v w x y z A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z ` ...+.@.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.0 0 ", -"$.%.&.u v *.=.-.z A B ;.>.E F G H ,.J K L M '.O P Q R S T ).V W X Y !.` ...+.@.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.0 0 ", -"~.{.].&.u ^.w /.-.z A B ;.D E F G (._.J K L :.N O P Q R S <.[.V W X Y }.` ...+.@.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.0 0 ", -"|.1.2.].&.u v 3.=.-.z A 4.5.D E F G 6.7.J K L 8.9.0.P Q R S a.).V W X Y b.` ...+.@.#.#.#.#.#.#.0 0 ", -"c.d.e.f.].g.h.i.j.k.l.m.n.o.p.q.r.s.t.u.v.w.K L M 9.O P Q R S a.).V W X Y Z ` ...+.@.#.#.#.#.#.0 0 ", -"x.c.y.e.z.A.B.h.i.j.k.C.D.n.E.F.G.H.s.t.I.J.J K L 8.9.O P Q R S K.).V W X Y Z ` ...+.@.#.#.#.#.0 0 ", -"L.x.M.N.e.O.P.Q.h.R.j.k.S.T.n.E.F.G.U.s.V.W.I J K L :.X.O P Q R S K.).V W X Y Z ` ...+.@.#.#.#.0 0 ", -"Y.Z.`.M. +.+++@+#+$+%+&+k.C.*+=+-+;+>+,+'+)+!+I J K L M 9.O P Q R S K.).V W X Y Z ` ...+.@.#.#.0 0 ", -"~+Y.{+`.M.]+2.z.].&.^+/+(+_+:+<+[+}+|+D E F 1+,.I J K L 2+9.O P Q R S K.).V W X Y Z ` ...+.@.#.0 0 ", -"3+4+5+{+`.6+7+2.z.].8+9+R.(+0+a+b+A c+|+D E F d+(.I J K L :.9.O P Q R S K.).V W X Y Z ` ...+.@.0 0 ", -"e+3+f+5+{+`.M.]+2.z.g+h+h.R.i+j+-.z [+}+|+D E F H ,.I J K L k+9.O P Q R S K.).V W X Y Z ` ...+.9 0 ", -"l+m+n+f+5+{+`.M.]+2.o+p+Q.q+r+s+=.-.t+u+}+|+D E F )+,.I J K L v+9.O P Q R S K.).V W X Y Z ` ...8 9 ", -"w+l+x+y+f+5+{+z+6+]+A+B+C+Q.D+E+F+=.-.G+H+}+|+D E F H ,.I J K L '.9.O P Q R S K.).V W X I+Z ` .r 8 ", -"J+w+K+L+y+f+5+{+M+N+O+P+Q+C+R+S+w F+=.-.T+H+}+U+V+W+X+Y+Z+I J K L '.9.O P Q R S K.).V W X `+Z ` @r ", -".@+@@@K+#@y+f+5+{+`.$@%@&@*@=@-@v w F+=.-.;@>@,@- '@)@!@~@{@]@^@K L '.9.O P Q R S K.).V W X /@Z (@ @", -"_@:@<@@@K+[@y+f+5+{+}@|@1@2@3@4@&.v w 5@6@7@8@9@d - '@)@!@' 0@a@b@K L '.9.O P Q R S K.).V W X Y c@(@", -"d@e@f@<@@@K+g@y+f+5+h@i@j@1@k@l@].m@n@o@p@q@r@s@9@d - '@)@!@t@u@v@w@K L '.9.O P Q R S K.).V W x@y@c@", -"z@A@B@f@<@@@C@g@y+f+D@E@F@G@H@I@z.].J@K@b L@q@M@N@O@P@Q@R@S@!@t@0@T@U@K L '.9.O P Q V@W@K.).V W o y@", -"X@z@Y@B@f@<@Z@K+`@y+ #.#+#F@@###2.$#%#&#*#=#-#;#-.A B }+>#,#'#!@' )#!#J K L '.9.O P Q ~#{#K.).V 1 ]#", -"^#X@/#Y@B@f@<@(#_#:#<#[#}#+#|#1#]+2#3#4##6#F+=.-.A B }+7#8#)@!@' 9#0#J K L '.9.O P Q a#{#K.).b#c#", -"d#^#e#/#Y@B@f@<@@@f#g#h#i#}#j#k#l#m#n#o#4#p#q#w F+=.-.A B }+r#s#)@!@t#u#I J K v#'.9.O P w#x#{#K.y#b#", -"z#d#A#B#C#Y@B@f@<@D#E#F#G#i#H#I#J#K#~.n#L#M#u v w F+=.-.A B N#O#'@)@P#Q#,.I J K R#'.9.O P Q S#T#U#y#", -"V#z#W#A#X#/#Y@B@f@<@Y#Z#`# $.$+$@$#$$$~.%$&$].u v w F+=.-.A *$=$- '@; -$H ,.I J K M '.9.O P ;$>$,$U#", -"'$V#)$W#A#X#/#Y@B@f@<@!$x+:#y+f+~${$]$$$^$/$z.].u v w F+=.-.($_$d - '@:$<$H ,.I J K R#'.9.O P ;$[$[ ", -"}$|$1$)$W#A#2$3$Y@B@f@<@(#x+:#y+4$5$Z.]$6$7$2.z.].u v w F+=.8$9$9@d = 0$E a$H ,.I J K b$'.9.O P c$[$", -"d$}$e$1$)$W#A#2$/#Y@B@f@<@K+x+:#f$g$h$Z.i$j$]+2.z.].u k$l$m$n$o$8@* p$q$D r$s$t$u$v$w$x$y$'.9.O z$: ", -"A$B$C$e$1$)$W#A#D$/#Y@B@f@<@K+x+E$F$G$h$Z.H$I$]+2.z.J$K$L$M$N$O$r@8@P$Q$|+D R$S$T$U$V$W$X$M '.9.Y$z$", -"Z$A$`$ %e$1$)$W#A#.%/#Y@B@f@<@K+x++%@%G$h$#%$%N.]+2.%%&%. *%=%-%q@;%>%,%}+|+'%)%!%T$~%{%J L M '.i Y$", -"]%Z$^%`$/%e$1$)$W#A#.%/#Y@B@f@<@K+(%_%:%G$h$<%[%N.]+}%|%1%&#+ b 2%3%4%5%B }+6%7%8%9%0%a%I b%c%M h i ", -"d%e%f%^%g% %e$1$)$W#A#.%/#Y@B@f@<@K+h%i%:%G$Y.j%k%N.]+l%m%1%. + b n%o%p%A q%r%s%G.8%t%u%v%w%x%y%z%h ", -"A%B%C%f%^%`$ %e$1$)$W#A#.%/#Y@B@f@<@D%E%F%:%G$h$L.G%H%I%n#o#4#&#+ J%K%=.L%M%E.p.N%G.U.t.O%P%Q%R%S%z%", -"T%U%V%C%f%^%W% %e$1$)$W#A#.%/#Y@B@f@<@X%Y%F%:%G$h$Z%c.|.~.n#o#1%. *#`% &.&+&@&#&p.N%$&%&&&*&,.I =&g ", -"-&T%;&V%C%f%^%>& %e$1$)$W#A#.%/#Y@B@f@<@,&'&)&:%G$h$!&c.|.~&{&]&1%. ^&/&F+.&(&_&E.p.:&<&F G H ,.! [&", -"}&-&|&;&V%C%f%^%1& %e$1$)$W#A#.%/#Y@B@f@<@K+2&3&4&5&6&7&8&9&]+0&a&b&c&d&w F+e&f&n.E.g&h&E i&G H 0@j&", -"k&}&l&m&;&V%C%f%^%>& %e$1$)$W#A#.%/#Y@B@f@n&K+x+:#y+f+o&`.M.N.]+p&q&r&u v w s&t&u&n.v&w&x&E F G ' y&", -"z&A&B&l&|&;&V%C%f%^%>& %e$1$)$W#A#.%/#Y@B@f@C&K+x+:#y+f+D&E&M.N.]+2.F&&.u v G&H&I&u&J&K&}+L&E F , ' ", -"M&N&O&B&l&m&P&Q&C%f%R&S&T&U&V&)$W&X&Y&/#Y@Z&`& *K+x+.*+*@*#*$*%*y.&***=*&.u -*;*k.I&>*,*B }+D '*> , ", -")*M&!*O&B&l&~*{*]*^*/*(*_*:*<*[*}*|*1*2*3*4*5*6*@@7*8*9*0*a*b*c*d*e*f*g*h*&.i*j*j.k*l*m*A B C L&; !@", -"n*)*o*!*O&B&p*q*r*s*t*u*v*w*x*y*z*A*B*C*D*E*F*G*H*I*J*K*L*M*N*O*P*Q*R*]+S*].T*U*i.j.V*W*z A B 5.- ; ", -"n*n*X*o*!*O&Y*Z*`* =.=+=@=#=$=%=&=*===-=;=>=,='=)=!=~=K+x+:#{=]=^=/=M.N.(=_=:=<=h.i.[=}=-.z A B d - ", -"n*n*|=X*o*!*1=2=3=4=5=6=7=f%8=9=0=a=b=c=d=e=f=g=h=i=j=k=l=m=n=o=p=q=`.M.N.r=s=t=B.h.u=v=w=x=z A y=z=", -"n*n*|=|=X*o*A=B=C=D=E=F=G=H=I=J=K=L=M=N=O=P=X#Q=R=S=T=U=V=W=[@X=Y=Z={+`.M.N.`= -.-+-h.i.@-#--.z & * ", -"n*n*|=|=|=X*o*!*O&B&l&m&;&V%C%f%$-%-&-*-1$)$=---.%/#;->-,-'-K+x+:#)-5+{+`.M.y.!-~-.-B.h.{-]-=.-.^-& ", -"n*n*|=|=|=/-X*o*!*O&B&l&m&;&V%C%f%g%>& %e$1$(-_-:-.%/#Y@B@<-@@K+x+:#[-}-{+`.M.y.|-1-2-3-4-5-F+=.$ ^-", -"n*n*|=|=|=|=/-X*o*!*O&B&6-m&;&V%C%f%^%>& %e$1$(-7-8-.%/#Y@9-<@@@K+x+0-f+5+{+`.M.a-(=z.].&.u k$b-c-r@", -"n*n*|=|=|=|=|=d-X*o*!*O&e-f-m&;&V%C%g-h->& %e$1$(-A#8-.%/#Y@i-j-@@K+x+n+)-5+{+`.M.y.e.z.].&.u k-L@c-", -"n*n*n*n*n*n*n*n*n*l-m-N&A&}&n-o-p-d%e%q-r-s-t-u-v-w-x-X@z@A@y-z-A-B-l+e+F%4+Y.Z.x.c.C-D-{.%.a E-+ L@", -"n*n*n*n*n*n*n*n*n*F-l-m-N&A&G-H-T%p-d%e%q-I-s-t-u-v-w-x-X@z@A@_@z-+@B-l+e+F%4+Y.Z.x.c.C-D-{.%.t . J-" -}; - - -/*! - \class TQMessageBox - \brief The TQMessageBox class provides a modal dialog with a short message, an icon, and some buttons. - \ingroup dialogs - \mainclass - - Message boxes are used to provide informative messages and to ask - simple questions. - - TQMessageBox provides a range of different messages, arranged - roughly along two axes: severity and complexity. - - Severity is - \table - \row - \i \img qmessagebox-quest.png - \i Question - \i For message boxes that ask a question as part of normal - operation. Some style guides recommend using Information for this - purpose. - \row - \i \img qmessagebox-info.png - \i Information - \i For message boxes that are part of normal operation. - \row - \i \img qmessagebox-warn.png - \i Warning - \i For message boxes that tell the user about unusual errors. - \row - \i \img qmessagebox-crit.png - \i Critical - \i For message boxes that tell the user about critical errors. - \endtable - - The message box has a different icon for each of the severity levels. - - Complexity is one button (OK) for simple messages, or two or even - three buttons for questions. - - There are static functions for the most common cases. - - Examples: - - If a program is unable to find a supporting file, but can do perfectly - well without it: - - \code - TQMessageBox::information( this, "Application name", - "Unable to find the user preferences file.\n" - "The factory default will be used instead." ); - \endcode - - question() is useful for simple yes/no questions: - - \code - if ( TQFile::exists( filename ) && - TQMessageBox::question( - this, - tr("Overwrite File? -- Application Name"), - tr("A file called %1 already exists." - "Do you want to overwrite it?") - .arg( filename ), - tr("&Yes"), tr("&No"), - TQString::null, 0, 1 ) ) - return false; - \endcode - - warning() can be used to tell the user about unusual errors, or - errors which can't be easily fixed: - - \code - switch( TQMessageBox::warning( this, "Application name", - "Could not connect to the <mumble> server.\n" - "This program can't function correctly " - "without the server.\n\n", - "Retry", - "Quit", 0, 0, 1 ) ) { - case 0: // The user clicked the Retry again button or pressed Enter - // try again - break; - case 1: // The user clicked the Quit or pressed Escape - // exit - break; - } - \endcode - - The text part of all message box messages can be either rich text - or plain text. If you specify a rich text formatted string, it - will be rendered using the default stylesheet. See - TQStyleSheet::defaultSheet() for details. With certain strings that - contain XML meta characters, the auto-rich text detection may - fail, interpreting plain text incorrectly as rich text. In these - rare cases, use TQStyleSheet::convertFromPlainText() to convert - your plain text string to a visually equivalent rich text string - or set the text format explicitly with setTextFormat(). - - Note that the Microsoft Windows User Interface Guidelines - recommend using the application name as the window's caption. - - Below are more examples of how to use the static member functions. - After these examples you will find an overview of the non-static - member functions. - - Exiting a program is part of its normal operation. If there is - unsaved data the user probably should be asked if they want to - save the data. For example: - - \code - switch( TQMessageBox::information( this, "Application name here", - "The document contains unsaved changes\n" - "Do you want to save the changes before exiting?", - "&Save", "&Discard", "Cancel", - 0, // Enter == button 0 - 2 ) ) { // Escape == button 2 - case 0: // Save clicked or Alt+S pressed or Enter pressed. - // save - break; - case 1: // Discard clicked or Alt+D pressed - // don't save but exit - break; - case 2: // Cancel clicked or Escape pressed - // don't exit - break; - } - \endcode - - The Escape button cancels the entire exit operation, and pressing - Enter causes the changes to be saved before the exit occurs. - - Disk full errors are unusual and they certainly can be hard to - correct. This example uses predefined buttons instead of - hard-coded button texts: - - \code - switch( TQMessageBox::warning( this, "Application name here", - "Could not save the user preferences,\n" - "because the disk is full. You can delete\n" - "some files and press Retry, or you can\n" - "abort the Save Preferences operation.", - TQMessageBox::Retry | TQMessageBox::Default, - TQMessageBox::Abort | TQMessageBox::Escape )) { - case TQMessageBox::Retry: // Retry clicked or Enter pressed - // try again - break; - case TQMessageBox::Abort: // Abort clicked or Escape pressed - // abort - break; - } - \endcode - - The critical() function should be reserved for critical errors. In - this example errorDetails is a TQString or const char*, and TQString - is used to concatenate several strings: - - \code - TQMessageBox::critical( 0, "Application name here", - TQString("An internal error occurred. Please ") + - "call technical support at 1234-56789 and report\n"+ - "these numbers:\n\n" + errorDetails + - "\n\nApplication will now exit." ); - \endcode - - In this example an OK button is displayed. - - TQMessageBox provides a very simple About box which displays an - appropriate icon and the string you provide: - - \code - TQMessageBox::about( this, "About <Application>", - "<Application> is a <one-paragraph blurb>\n\n" - "Copyright 1991-2003 Such-and-such. " - "<License words here.>\n\n" - "For technical support, call 1234-56789 or see\n" - "http://www.such-and-such.com/Application/\n" ); - \endcode - - See about() for more information. - - If you want your users to know that the application is built using - TQt (so they know that you use high quality tools) you might like - to add an "About TQt" menu option under the Help menu to invoke - aboutTQt(). - - If none of the standard message boxes is suitable, you can create a - TQMessageBox from scratch and use custom button texts: - - \code - TQMessageBox mb( "Application name here", - "Saving the file will overwrite the original file on the disk.\n" - "Do you really want to save?", - TQMessageBox::Information, - TQMessageBox::Yes | TQMessageBox::Default, - TQMessageBox::No, - TQMessageBox::Cancel | TQMessageBox::Escape ); - mb.setButtonText( TQMessageBox::Yes, "Save" ); - mb.setButtonText( TQMessageBox::No, "Discard" ); - switch( mb.exec() ) { - case TQMessageBox::Yes: - // save and exit - break; - case TQMessageBox::No: - // exit without saving - break; - case TQMessageBox::Cancel: - // don't save and don't exit - break; - } - \endcode - - TQMessageBox defines two enum types: Icon and an unnamed button type. - Icon defines the \c Question, \c Information, \c Warning, and \c - Critical icons for each GUI style. It is used by the constructor - and by the static member functions question(), information(), - warning() and critical(). A function called standardIcon() gives - you access to the various icons. - - The button types are: - \list - \i Ok - the default for single-button message boxes - \i Cancel - note that this is \e not automatically Escape - \i Yes - \i No - \i Abort - \i Retry - \i Ignore - \i YesAll - \i NoAll - \endlist - - Button types can be combined with two modifiers by using OR, '|': - \list - \i Default - makes pressing Enter equivalent to - clicking this button. Normally used with Ok, Yes or similar. - \i Escape - makes pressing Escape equivalent to clicking this button. - Normally used with Abort, Cancel or similar. - \endlist - - The text(), icon() and iconPixmap() functions provide access to the - current text and pixmap of the message box. The setText(), setIcon() - and setIconPixmap() let you change it. The difference between - setIcon() and setIconPixmap() is that the former accepts a - TQMessageBox::Icon and can be used to set standard icons, whereas the - latter accepts a TQPixmap and can be used to set custom icons. - - setButtonText() and buttonText() provide access to the buttons. - - TQMessageBox has no Q_SIGNALS or Q_SLOTS. - - <img src=qmsgbox-m.png> <img src=qmsgbox-w.png> - - \sa TQDialog, - \link http://www.iarchitect.com/errormsg.htm - Isys on error messages \endlink, - \link guibooks.html#fowler GUI Design Handbook: Message Box \endlink -*/ - - -/*! - \enum TQMessageBox::Icon - - This enum has the following values: - - \value NoIcon the message box does not have any icon. - - \value Question an icon indicating that - the message is asking a question. - - \value Information an icon indicating that - the message is nothing out of the ordinary. - - \value Warning an icon indicating that the - message is a warning, but can be dealt with. - - \value Critical an icon indicating that - the message represents a critical problem. - -*/ - - -struct TQMessageBoxData { - TQMessageBoxData(TQMessageBox* parent) : - iconLabel( parent, "icon" ) - { - } - - int numButtons; // number of buttons - TQMessageBox::Icon icon; // message box icon - TQLabel iconLabel; // label holding any icon - int button[3]; // button types - int defButton; // default button (index) - int escButton; // escape button (index) - TQSize buttonSize; // button size - TQPushButton *pb[3]; // buttons -}; - -static const int LastButton = TQMessageBox::NoAll; - -/* - NOTE: The table of button texts correspond to the button enum. -*/ - -#ifndef TQ_OS_TEMP -static const char * const mb_texts[] = { -#else -const char * mb_texts[] = { -#endif - 0, - TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("TQMessageBox","OK"), - TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("TQMessageBox","Cancel"), - TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("TQMessageBox","&Yes"), - TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("TQMessageBox","&No"), - TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("TQMessageBox","&Abort"), - TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("TQMessageBox","&Retry"), - TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("TQMessageBox","&Ignore"), - TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("TQMessageBox","Yes to &All"), - TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("TQMessageBox","N&o to All"), - 0 -}; - -/*! - Constructs a message box with no text and a button with the label - "OK". - - If \a parent is 0, the message box becomes an application-global - modal dialog box. If \a parent is a widget, the message box - becomes modal relative to \a parent. - - The \a parent and \a name arguments are passed to the TQDialog - constructor. -*/ - -TQMessageBox::TQMessageBox( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) - : TQDialog( parent, name, TRUE, (WFlags)(WStyle_Customize | TQt::WStyle_DialogBorder | TQt::WStyle_Title | TQt::WStyle_SysMenu) ) -{ - init( Ok, 0, 0 ); -} - - -/*! - Constructs a message box with a \a caption, a \a text, an \a icon, - and up to three buttons. - - The \a icon must be one of the following: - \list - \i TQMessageBox::NoIcon - \i TQMessageBox::Question - \i TQMessageBox::Information - \i TQMessageBox::Warning - \i TQMessageBox::Critical - \endlist - - Each button, \a button0, \a button1 and \a button2, can have one - of the following values: - \list - \i TQMessageBox::NoButton - \i TQMessageBox::Ok - \i TQMessageBox::Cancel - \i TQMessageBox::Yes - \i TQMessageBox::No - \i TQMessageBox::Abort - \i TQMessageBox::Retry - \i TQMessageBox::Ignore - \i TQMessageBox::YesAll - \i TQMessageBox::NoAll - \endlist - - Use TQMessageBox::NoButton for the later parameters to have fewer - than three buttons in your message box. If you don't specify any - buttons at all, TQMessageBox will provide an Ok button. - - One of the buttons can be OR-ed with the \c TQMessageBox::Default - flag to make it the default button (clicked when Enter is - pressed). - - One of the buttons can be OR-ed with the \c TQMessageBox::Escape - flag to make it the cancel or close button (clicked when Escape is - pressed). - - Example: - \code - TQMessageBox mb( "Application Name", - "Hardware failure.\n\nDisk error detected\nDo you want to stop?", - TQMessageBox::Question, - TQMessageBox::Yes | TQMessageBox::Default, - TQMessageBox::No | TQMessageBox::Escape, - TQMessageBox::NoButton ); - if ( mb.exec() == TQMessageBox::No ) - // try again - \endcode - - If \a parent is 0, the message box becomes an application-global - modal dialog box. If \a parent is a widget, the message box - becomes modal relative to \a parent. - - If \a modal is TRUE the message box is modal; otherwise it - is modeless. - - The \a parent, \a name, \a modal, and \a f arguments are passed to - the TQDialog constructor. - - \sa setCaption(), setText(), setIcon() -*/ - -TQMessageBox::TQMessageBox( const TQString& caption, - const TQString &text, Icon icon, - int button0, int button1, int button2, - TQWidget *parent, const char *name, - bool modal, WFlags f ) - : TQDialog( parent, name, modal, (WFlags)(f | (WFlags)WStyle_Customize | TQt::WStyle_DialogBorder | TQt::WStyle_Title | TQt::WStyle_SysMenu) ) -{ - init( button0, button1, button2 ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - setCaption( caption ); -#endif - setText( text ); - setIcon( icon ); -} - - -/*! - Destroys the message box. -*/ - -TQMessageBox::~TQMessageBox() -{ - delete mbd; -} - -static TQString * translatedTextAboutTQt = 0; - -void TQMessageBox::init( int button0, int button1, int button2 ) -{ - if ( !translatedTextAboutTQt ) { - translatedTextAboutTQt = new TQString; - -// #if defined(TQT_NON_COMMERCIAL) -// TQT_NC_MSGBOX -// #else - *translatedTextAboutTQt = tr( - "<h3>About TQt</h3>" - "<p>This program uses TQt version %1.</p>" - "<p>TQt is a C++ toolkit for multiplatform GUI & " - "application development.</p>" - "<p>TQt provides single-source portability " - "to Qt v3, Qt v4, and future Qt versions.</p>" - "<p>TQt is a Pearson Computing product, based on Qt 3.3. " - "See <tt>http://tqt.pearsoncomputing.net/</tt> " - "for more information.</p>" - ).arg( TQT_VERSION_STR ); -// #endif - - } - label = new TQMessageBoxLabel( this ); - TQ_CHECK_PTR( label ); - - if ( (button2 && !button1) || (button1 && !button0) ) { -#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE) - qWarning( "TQMessageBox: Inconsistent button parameters" ); -#endif - button0 = button1 = button2 = 0; - } - mbd = new TQMessageBoxData(this); - TQ_CHECK_PTR( mbd ); - mbd->icon = NoIcon; - mbd->iconLabel.setPixmap( TQPixmap() ); - mbd->numButtons = 0; - mbd->button[0] = button0; - mbd->button[1] = button1; - mbd->button[2] = button2; - mbd->defButton = -1; - mbd->escButton = -1; - int i; - for ( i=0; i<3; i++ ) { - int b = mbd->button[i]; - if ( (b & Default) ) { - if ( mbd->defButton >= 0 ) { -#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE) - qWarning( "TQMessageBox: There can be at most one " - "default button" ); -#endif - } else { - mbd->defButton = i; - } - } - if ( (b & Escape) ) { - if ( mbd->escButton >= 0 ) { -#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE) - qWarning( "TQMessageBox: There can be at most one " - "escape button" ); -#endif - } else { - mbd->escButton = i; - } - } - b &= ButtonMask; - if ( b == 0 ) { - if ( i == 0 ) // no buttons, add an Ok button - b = Ok; - } else if ( b < 0 || b > LastButton ) { -#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE) - qWarning( "TQMessageBox: Invalid button specifier" ); -#endif - b = Ok; - } else { - if ( i > 0 && mbd->button[i-1] == 0 ) { -#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE) - qWarning( "TQMessageBox: Inconsistent button parameters; " - "button %d defined but not button %d", - i+1, i ); -#endif - b = 0; - } - } - mbd->button[i] = b; - if ( b ) - mbd->numButtons++; - } - for ( i=0; i<3; i++ ) { - if ( i >= mbd->numButtons ) { - mbd->pb[i] = 0; - } else { - TQCString buttonName; - buttonName.sprintf( "button%d", i+1 ); - mbd->pb[i] = new TQPushButton( - tr(mb_texts[mbd->button[i]]), - this, buttonName ); - if ( mbd->defButton == i ) { - mbd->pb[i]->setDefault( TRUE ); - mbd->pb[i]->setFocus(); - } - mbd->pb[i]->setAutoDefault( TRUE ); - mbd->pb[i]->setFocusPolicy( Qt::StrongFocus ); - connect( mbd->pb[i], TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(buttonClicked()) ); - } - } - resizeButtons(); - reserved1 = reserved2 = 0; -} - - -int TQMessageBox::indexOf( int button ) const -{ - int index = -1; - for ( int i=0; i<mbd->numButtons; i++ ) { - if ( mbd->button[i] == button ) { - index = i; - break; - } - } - return index; -} - - -void TQMessageBox::resizeButtons() -{ - int i; - TQSize maxSize; - for ( i=0; i<mbd->numButtons; i++ ) { - TQSize s = mbd->pb[i]->tqsizeHint(); - maxSize.setWidth( TQMAX(maxSize.width(), s.width()) ); - maxSize.setHeight( TQMAX(maxSize.height(),s.height()) ); - } - mbd->buttonSize = maxSize; - for ( i=0; i<mbd->numButtons; i++ ) - mbd->pb[i]->resize( maxSize ); -} - - -/*! - \property TQMessageBox::text - \brief the message box text to be displayed. - - The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as rich - text, depending on the text format setting (\l - TQMessageBox::textFormat). The default setting is \c AutoText, i.e. - the message box will try to auto-detect the format of the text. - - The default value of this property is TQString::null. - - \sa textFormat -*/ -TQString TQMessageBox::text() const -{ - return label->text(); -} - - -void TQMessageBox::setText( const TQString &text ) -{ - label->setText( text ); -} - - -/*! - \property TQMessageBox::icon - \brief the message box's icon - - The icon of the message box can be one of the following predefined - icons: - \list - \i TQMessageBox::NoIcon - \i TQMessageBox::Question - \i TQMessageBox::Information - \i TQMessageBox::Warning - \i TQMessageBox::Critical - \endlist - - The actual pixmap used for displaying the icon depends on the - current \link TQWidget::tqstyle() GUI style\endlink. You can also set - a custom pixmap icon using the \l TQMessageBox::iconPixmap - property. The default icon is TQMessageBox::NoIcon. - - \sa iconPixmap -*/ - -TQMessageBox::Icon TQMessageBox::icon() const -{ - return mbd->icon; -} - -void TQMessageBox::setIcon( Icon icon ) -{ - setIconPixmap( standardIcon(icon) ); - mbd->icon = icon; -} - -/*! - \obsolete - - Returns the pixmap used for a standard icon. This - allows the pixmaps to be used in more complex message boxes. - \a icon specifies the required icon, e.g. TQMessageBox::Information, - TQMessageBox::Warning or TQMessageBox::Critical. - - \a style is unused. -*/ - -TQPixmap TQMessageBox::standardIcon( Icon icon, TQt::GUIStyle style) -{ - TQ_UNUSED(style); - return TQMessageBox::standardIcon(icon); -} - - -/*! - Returns the pixmap used for a standard icon. This allows the - pixmaps to be used in more complex message boxes. \a icon - specifies the required icon, e.g. TQMessageBox::Question, - TQMessageBox::Information, TQMessageBox::Warning or - TQMessageBox::Critical. -*/ - -TQPixmap TQMessageBox::standardIcon( Icon icon ) -{ - TQPixmap pm; - switch ( icon ) { - case Information: - pm = TQApplication::tqstyle().stylePixmap( TQStyle::SP_MessageBoxInformation ); - break; - case Warning: - pm = TQApplication::tqstyle().stylePixmap( TQStyle::SP_MessageBoxWarning ); - break; - case Critical: - pm = TQApplication::tqstyle().stylePixmap( TQStyle::SP_MessageBoxCritical ); - break; - case Question: - pm = TQApplication::tqstyle().stylePixmap( TQStyle::SP_MessageBoxQuestion ); - default: - break; - } - return pm; -} - - -/*! - \property TQMessageBox::iconPixmap - \brief the current icon - - The icon currently used by the message box. Note that it's often - hard to draw one pixmap that looks appropriate in both Motif and - Windows GUI styles; you may want to draw two pixmaps. - - \sa icon -*/ - -const TQPixmap *TQMessageBox::iconPixmap() const -{ - return mbd->iconLabel.pixmap(); -} - - -void TQMessageBox::setIconPixmap( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) -{ - mbd->iconLabel.setPixmap(pixmap); - mbd->icon = NoIcon; -} - - -/*! - Returns the text of the message box button \a button, or - TQString::null if the message box does not contain the button. - - \sa setButtonText() -*/ - -TQString TQMessageBox::buttonText( int button ) const -{ - int index = indexOf(button); - return index >= 0 && mbd->pb[index] - ? mbd->pb[index]->text() - : TQString::null; -} - - -/*! - Sets the text of the message box button \a button to \a text. - Setting the text of a button that is not in the message box is - silently ignored. - - \sa buttonText() -*/ - -void TQMessageBox::setButtonText( int button, const TQString &text ) -{ - int index = indexOf(button); - if ( index >= 0 && mbd->pb[index] ) { - mbd->pb[index]->setText( text ); - resizeButtons(); - } -} - - -/*! - \internal - Internal slot to handle button clicks. -*/ - -void TQMessageBox::buttonClicked() -{ - int reply = 0; - const TQObject *s = TQT_TQOBJECT(sender()); - for ( int i=0; i<mbd->numButtons; i++ ) { - if ( TQT_TQOBJECT(mbd->pb[i]) == s ) - reply = mbd->button[i]; - } - done( reply ); -} - - -/*! - Adjusts the size of the message box to fit the contents just before - TQDialog::exec() or TQDialog::show() is called. - - This function will not be called if the message box has been explicitly - resized before showing it. -*/ -void TQMessageBox::adjustSize() -{ - if ( !testWState(TQt::WState_Polished) ) - polish(); - resizeButtons(); - label->adjustSize(); - TQSize labelSize( label->size() ); - int n = mbd->numButtons; - int bw = mbd->buttonSize.width(); - int bh = mbd->buttonSize.height(); - int border = bh / 2 - tqstyle().tqpixelMetric(TQStyle::PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator); - if ( border <= 0 ) - border = 10; - int btn_spacing = 7; - if ( tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == TQt::MotifStyle ) - btn_spacing = border; -#ifndef TQ_OS_TEMP - int buttons = mbd->numButtons * bw + (n-1) * btn_spacing; - int h = bh; -#else - int visibleButtons = 0; - for ( int i = 0; i < mbd->numButtons; ++i ) - visibleButtons += mbd->pb[i]->isVisible() ? 1 : 0; - int buttons = visibleButtons == 0 ? 0 : visibleButtons * bw + (visibleButtons-1) * btn_spacing; - int h = visibleButtons == 0 ? 0 : bh; - n = visibleButtons; -#endif - if ( labelSize.height() ) - h += labelSize.height() + 3*border; - else - h += 2*border; - int lmargin = 0; - if ( mbd->iconLabel.pixmap() && mbd->iconLabel.pixmap()->width() ) { - mbd->iconLabel.adjustSize(); - lmargin += mbd->iconLabel.width() + border; - if ( h < mbd->iconLabel.height() + 3*border + bh && n ) - h = mbd->iconLabel.height() + 3*border + bh; - } - int w = TQMAX( buttons, labelSize.width() + lmargin ) + 2*border; - TQRect screen = TQApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry( pos() ); - if ( w > screen.width() ) - w = screen.width(); - resize( w, h ); - setMinimumSize( size() ); -#ifdef TQ_WS_MAC - setMaximumSize(size()); -#endif -} - - -/*!\reimp -*/ -void TQMessageBox::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ) -{ - int i; - int n = mbd->numButtons; - int bw = mbd->buttonSize.width(); - int bh = mbd->buttonSize.height(); -#ifdef TQ_OS_TEMP - int visibleButtons = 0; - for ( i = 0; i < n; ++i ) - visibleButtons += mbd->pb[i]->isVisible() ? 1 : 0; - n = visibleButtons; - bw = visibleButtons == 0 ? 0 : bw; - bh = visibleButtons == 0 ? 0 : bh; -#endif - int border = bh / 2 - tqstyle().tqpixelMetric(TQStyle::PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator); - if ( border <= 0 ) - border = 10; - int btn_spacing = 7; - if ( tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == TQt::MotifStyle ) - btn_spacing = border; - int lmargin = 0; - mbd->iconLabel.adjustSize(); - bool rtl = TQApplication::reverseLayout(); - if (rtl) - mbd->iconLabel.move(width() - border - mbd->iconLabel.width(), border); - else - mbd->iconLabel.move(border, border); - if ( mbd->iconLabel.pixmap() && mbd->iconLabel.pixmap()->width() ) - lmargin += mbd->iconLabel.width() + border; - label->setGeometry((rtl ? 0 : lmargin) + border, - border, - width() - lmargin -2*border, - height() - 3*border - bh); - int extra_space = (width() - bw*n - 2*border - (n-1)*btn_spacing); - if ( tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == TQt::MotifStyle ) - for ( i=0; i<n; i++ ) - mbd->pb[rtl ? n - i - 1 : i]->move(border + i*bw + i*btn_spacing + extra_space*(i+1)/(n+1), - height() - border - bh ); - else - for ( i=0; i<n; i++ ) - mbd->pb[rtl ? n - i - 1 : i]->move(border + i*bw + extra_space/2 + i*btn_spacing, - height() - border - bh ); -} - - -/*!\reimp -*/ -void TQMessageBox::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ) -{ - if ( e->key() == Key_Escape ) { - if ( mbd->escButton >= 0 ) { - TQPushButton *pb = mbd->pb[mbd->escButton]; - pb->animateClick(); - e->accept(); - return; - } - } -#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL - if ( !( e->state() & TQt::AltButton ) ) { - TQObjectList *list = queryList( "TQPushButton" ); - TQObjectListIt it( *list ); - TQPushButton *pb; - while ( (pb = (TQPushButton*)it.current()) ) { - int key = e->key() & ~(Qt::MODIFIER_MASK|Qt::UNICODE_ACCEL); - int acc = pb->accel() & ~(Qt::MODIFIER_MASK|Qt::UNICODE_ACCEL); - if ( key && acc && acc == key ) { - delete list; - emit pb->animateClick(); - return; - } - ++it; - } - delete list; - } -#endif - TQDialog::keyPressEvent( e ); -} - -/*!\reimp -*/ -void TQMessageBox::showEvent( TQShowEvent *e ) -{ -#if defined(TQT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT) - TQAccessible::updateAccessibility( this, 0, TQAccessible::Alert ); -#endif - TQDialog::showEvent( e ); -} - -/*!\reimp -*/ -void TQMessageBox::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent *e ) -{ - TQDialog::closeEvent( e ); - if ( mbd->escButton != -1 ) - setResult( mbd->button[mbd->escButton] ); -} - -/***************************************************************************** - Static TQMessageBox functions - *****************************************************************************/ - -/*!\fn int TQMessageBox::message( const TQString &,const TQString&,const TQString&,TQWidget*,const char * ) - \obsolete - Opens a modal message box directly using the specified parameters. - - Please use information(), warning(), question(), or critical() instead. -*/ - -/*! \fn bool TQMessageBox::query( const TQString &,const TQString&,const TQString&,const TQString&,TQWidget *, const char * ) - \obsolete - Queries the user using a modal message box with two buttons. - Note that \a caption is not always shown, it depends on the window manager. - - Please use information(), question(), warning(), or critical() instead. -*/ - -/*! - Opens an information message box with the caption \a caption and - the text \a text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of - the buttons, \a button0, \a button1 and \a button2 may be set to - one of the following values: - - \list - \i TQMessageBox::NoButton - \i TQMessageBox::Ok - \i TQMessageBox::Cancel - \i TQMessageBox::Yes - \i TQMessageBox::No - \i TQMessageBox::Abort - \i TQMessageBox::Retry - \i TQMessageBox::Ignore - \i TQMessageBox::YesAll - \i TQMessageBox::NoAll - \endlist - - If you don't want all three buttons, set the last button, or last - two buttons to TQMessageBox::NoButton. - - One button can be OR-ed with \c TQMessageBox::Default, and one - button can be OR-ed with \c TQMessageBox::Escape. - - Returns the identity (TQMessageBox::Ok, or TQMessageBox::No, etc.) - of the button that was clicked. - - If \a parent is 0, the message box becomes an application-global - modal dialog box. If \a parent is a widget, the message box - becomes modal relative to \a parent. - - \sa question(), warning(), critical() -*/ - -int TQMessageBox::information( TQWidget *parent, - const TQString& caption, const TQString& text, - int button0, int button1, int button2 ) -{ - TQMessageBox *mb = new TQMessageBox( caption, text, Information, - button0, button1, button2, - parent, "qt_msgbox_information", TRUE, - (WFlags)TQt::WDestructiveClose); - TQ_CHECK_PTR( mb ); - return mb->exec(); -} - -/*! - Opens a question message box with the caption \a caption and the - text \a text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the - buttons, \a button0, \a button1 and \a button2 may be set to one - of the following values: - - \list - \i TQMessageBox::NoButton - \i TQMessageBox::Ok - \i TQMessageBox::Cancel - \i TQMessageBox::Yes - \i TQMessageBox::No - \i TQMessageBox::Abort - \i TQMessageBox::Retry - \i TQMessageBox::Ignore - \i TQMessageBox::YesAll - \i TQMessageBox::NoAll - \endlist - - If you don't want all three buttons, set the last button, or last - two buttons to TQMessageBox::NoButton. - - One button can be OR-ed with \c TQMessageBox::Default, and one - button can be OR-ed with \c TQMessageBox::Escape. - - Returns the identity (TQMessageBox::Yes, or TQMessageBox::No, etc.) - of the button that was clicked. - - If \a parent is 0, the message box becomes an application-global - modal dialog box. If \a parent is a widget, the message box - becomes modal relative to \a parent. - - \sa information(), warning(), critical() -*/ - -int TQMessageBox::question( TQWidget *parent, - const TQString& caption, const TQString& text, - int button0, int button1, int button2 ) -{ - TQMessageBox *mb = new TQMessageBox( caption, text, Question, - button0, button1, button2, - parent, "qt_msgbox_information", TRUE, - (WFlags)TQt::WDestructiveClose); - TQ_CHECK_PTR( mb ); - return mb->exec(); -} - - -/*! - Opens a warning message box with the caption \a caption and the - text \a text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the - button parameters, \a button0, \a button1 and \a button2 may be - set to one of the following values: - - \list - \i TQMessageBox::NoButton - \i TQMessageBox::Ok - \i TQMessageBox::Cancel - \i TQMessageBox::Yes - \i TQMessageBox::No - \i TQMessageBox::Abort - \i TQMessageBox::Retry - \i TQMessageBox::Ignore - \i TQMessageBox::YesAll - \i TQMessageBox::NoAll - \endlist - - If you don't want all three buttons, set the last button, or last - two buttons to TQMessageBox::NoButton. - - One button can be OR-ed with \c TQMessageBox::Default, and one - button can be OR-ed with \c TQMessageBox::Escape. - - Returns the identity (TQMessageBox::Ok, or TQMessageBox::No, etc.) - of the button that was clicked. - - If \a parent is 0, the message box becomes an application-global - modal dialog box. If \a parent is a widget, the message box - becomes modal relative to \a parent. - - \sa information(), question(), critical() -*/ - -int TQMessageBox::warning( TQWidget *parent, - const TQString& caption, const TQString& text, - int button0, int button1, int button2 ) -{ - TQMessageBox *mb = new TQMessageBox( caption, text, Warning, - button0, button1, button2, - parent, "qt_msgbox_warning", TRUE, - (WFlags)TQt::WDestructiveClose); - TQ_CHECK_PTR( mb ); - return mb->exec(); -} - - -/*! - Opens a critical message box with the caption \a caption and the - text \a text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the - button parameters, \a button0, \a button1 and \a button2 may be - set to one of the following values: - - \list - \i TQMessageBox::NoButton - \i TQMessageBox::Ok - \i TQMessageBox::Cancel - \i TQMessageBox::Yes - \i TQMessageBox::No - \i TQMessageBox::Abort - \i TQMessageBox::Retry - \i TQMessageBox::Ignore - \i TQMessageBox::YesAll - \i TQMessageBox::NoAll - \endlist - - If you don't want all three buttons, set the last button, or last - two buttons to TQMessageBox::NoButton. - - One button can be OR-ed with \c TQMessageBox::Default, and one - button can be OR-ed with \c TQMessageBox::Escape. - - Returns the identity (TQMessageBox::Ok, or TQMessageBox::No, etc.) - of the button that was clicked. - - If \a parent is 0, the message box becomes an application-global - modal dialog box. If \a parent is a widget, the message box - becomes modal relative to \a parent. - - \sa information(), question(), warning() -*/ - -int TQMessageBox::critical( TQWidget *parent, - const TQString& caption, const TQString& text, - int button0, int button1, int button2 ) -{ - TQMessageBox *mb = new TQMessageBox( caption, text, Critical, - button0, button1, button2, - parent, "qt_msgbox_critical", TRUE, - (WFlags)TQt::WDestructiveClose); - TQ_CHECK_PTR( mb ); - return mb->exec(); -} - - -/*! - Displays a simple about box with caption \a caption and text \a - text. The about box's parent is \a parent. - - about() looks for a suitable icon in four locations: - \list 1 - \i It prefers \link TQWidget::icon() parent->icon() \endlink if that exists. - \i If not, it tries the top-level widget containing \a parent. - \i If that fails, it tries the \link - TQApplication::mainWidget() main widget. \endlink - \i As a last resort it uses the Information icon. - \endlist - - The about box has a single button labelled "OK". - - \sa TQWidget::icon() TQApplication::mainWidget() -*/ - -void TQMessageBox::about( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text ) -{ - TQMessageBox *mb = new TQMessageBox( caption, text, - Information, - Ok + Default, 0, 0, - parent, "qt_msgbox_simple_about_box", TRUE, - (WFlags)TQt::WDestructiveClose); - TQ_CHECK_PTR( mb ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - const TQPixmap *pm = parent ? parent->icon() : 0; - if ( pm && !pm->isNull() ) - mb->setIconPixmap( *pm ); - else { - pm = parent ? parent->tqtopLevelWidget()->icon() : 0; - if ( pm && !pm->isNull() ) - mb->setIconPixmap( *pm ); - else { - pm = tqApp && tqApp->mainWidget() ? tqApp->mainWidget()->icon() : 0; - if ( pm && !pm->isNull() ) - mb->setIconPixmap( *pm ); - } - } -#endif - mb->exec(); -} - - -/*! \reimp -*/ - -void TQMessageBox::styleChanged( TQStyle& ) -{ - if ( mbd->icon != NoIcon ) { - // Reload icon for new style - setIcon( mbd->icon ); - } -} - - -static int textBox( TQWidget *parent, TQMessageBox::Icon severity, - const TQString& caption, const TQString& text, - const TQString& button0Text, - const TQString& button1Text, - const TQString& button2Text, - int defaultButtonNumber, - int escapeButtonNumber ) -{ - int b[3]; - b[0] = 1; - b[1] = button1Text.isEmpty() ? 0 : 2; - b[2] = button2Text.isEmpty() ? 0 : 3; - - int i; - for( i=0; i<3; i++ ) { - if ( b[i] && defaultButtonNumber == i ) - b[i] += TQMessageBox::Default; - if ( b[i] && escapeButtonNumber == i ) - b[i] += TQMessageBox::Escape; - } - - TQMessageBox *mb = new TQMessageBox( caption, text, severity, - b[0], b[1], b[2], - parent, "qt_msgbox_information", TRUE, - (WFlags)TQt::WDestructiveClose); - TQ_CHECK_PTR( mb ); - if ( button0Text.isEmpty() ) - mb->setButtonText( 1, TQMessageBox::tr(mb_texts[TQMessageBox::Ok]) ); - else - mb->setButtonText( 1, button0Text ); - if ( b[1] ) - mb->setButtonText( 2, button1Text ); - if ( b[2] ) - mb->setButtonText( 3, button2Text ); - -#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR - mb->setCursor( Qt::ArrowCursor ); -#endif - return mb->exec() - 1; -} - - -/*! - \overload - - Displays an information message box with caption \a caption, text - \a text and one, two or three buttons. Returns the index of the - button that was clicked (0, 1 or 2). - - \a button0Text is the text of the first button, and is optional. - If \a button0Text is not supplied, "OK" (translated) will be used. - \a button1Text is the text of the second button, and is optional. - \a button2Text is the text of the third button, and is optional. - \a defaultButtonNumber (0, 1 or 2) is the index of the default - button; pressing Return or Enter is the same as clicking the - default button. It defaults to 0 (the first button). \a - escapeButtonNumber is the index of the Escape button; pressing - Escape is the same as clicking this button. It defaults to -1; - supply 0, 1 or 2 to make pressing Escape equivalent to clicking - the relevant button. - - If \a parent is 0, the message box becomes an application-global - modal dialog box. If \a parent is a widget, the message box - becomes modal relative to \a parent. - - Note: If you do not specify an Escape button then if the Escape - button is pressed then -1 will be returned. It is suggested that - you specify an Escape button to prevent this from happening. - - \sa question(), warning(), critical() -*/ - -int TQMessageBox::information( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - const TQString& button0Text, - const TQString& button1Text, - const TQString& button2Text, - int defaultButtonNumber, - int escapeButtonNumber ) -{ - return textBox( parent, Information, caption, text, - button0Text, button1Text, button2Text, - defaultButtonNumber, escapeButtonNumber ); -} - -/*! - \overload - - Displays a question message box with caption \a caption, text \a - text and one, two or three buttons. Returns the index of the - button that was clicked (0, 1 or 2). - - \a button0Text is the text of the first button, and is optional. - If \a button0Text is not supplied, "OK" (translated) will be used. - \a button1Text is the text of the second button, and is optional. - \a button2Text is the text of the third button, and is optional. - \a defaultButtonNumber (0, 1 or 2) is the index of the default - button; pressing Return or Enter is the same as clicking the - default button. It defaults to 0 (the first button). \a - escapeButtonNumber is the index of the Escape button; pressing - Escape is the same as clicking this button. It defaults to -1; - supply 0, 1 or 2 to make pressing Escape equivalent to clicking - the relevant button. - - If \a parent is 0, the message box becomes an application-global - modal dialog box. If \a parent is a widget, the message box - becomes modal relative to \a parent. - - Note: If you do not specify an Escape button then if the Escape - button is pressed then -1 will be returned. It is suggested that - you specify an Escape button to prevent this from happening. - - \sa information(), warning(), critical() -*/ -int TQMessageBox::question( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - const TQString& button0Text, - const TQString& button1Text, - const TQString& button2Text, - int defaultButtonNumber, - int escapeButtonNumber ) -{ - return textBox( parent, Question, caption, text, - button0Text, button1Text, button2Text, - defaultButtonNumber, escapeButtonNumber ); -} - - -/*! - \overload - - Displays a warning message box with a caption, a text, and 1, 2 or - 3 buttons. Returns the number of the button that was clicked (0, - 1, or 2). - - \a button0Text is the text of the first button, and is optional. - If \a button0Text is not supplied, "OK" (translated) will be used. - \a button1Text is the text of the second button, and is optional, - and \a button2Text is the text of the third button, and is - optional. \a defaultButtonNumber (0, 1 or 2) is the index of the - default button; pressing Return or Enter is the same as clicking - the default button. It defaults to 0 (the first button). \a - escapeButtonNumber is the index of the Escape button; pressing - Escape is the same as clicking this button. It defaults to -1; - supply 0, 1, or 2 to make pressing Escape equivalent to clicking - the relevant button. - - If \a parent is 0, the message box becomes an application-global - modal dialog box. If \a parent is a widget, the message box - becomes modal relative to \a parent. - - Note: If you do not specify an Escape button then if the Escape - button is pressed then -1 will be returned. It is suggested that - you specify an Escape button to prevent this from happening. - - \sa information(), question(), critical() -*/ - -int TQMessageBox::warning( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - const TQString& button0Text, - const TQString& button1Text, - const TQString& button2Text, - int defaultButtonNumber, - int escapeButtonNumber ) -{ - return textBox( parent, Warning, caption, text, - button0Text, button1Text, button2Text, - defaultButtonNumber, escapeButtonNumber ); -} - - -/*! - \overload - - Displays a critical error message box with a caption, a text, and - 1, 2 or 3 buttons. Returns the number of the button that was - clicked (0, 1 or 2). - - \a button0Text is the text of the first button, and is optional. - If \a button0Text is not supplied, "OK" (translated) will be used. - \a button1Text is the text of the second button, and is optional, - and \a button2Text is the text of the third button, and is - optional. \a defaultButtonNumber (0, 1 or 2) is the index of the - default button; pressing Return or Enter is the same as clicking - the default button. It defaults to 0 (the first button). \a - escapeButtonNumber is the index of the Escape button; pressing - Escape is the same as clicking this button. It defaults to -1; - supply 0, 1, or 2 to make pressing Escape equivalent to clicking - the relevant button. - - If \a parent is 0, the message box becomes an application-global - modal dialog box. If \a parent is a widget, the message box - becomes modal relative to \a parent. - - \sa information(), question(), warning() -*/ - -int TQMessageBox::critical( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - const TQString& button0Text, - const TQString& button1Text, - const TQString& button2Text, - int defaultButtonNumber, - int escapeButtonNumber ) -{ - return textBox( parent, Critical, caption, text, - button0Text, button1Text, button2Text, - defaultButtonNumber, escapeButtonNumber ); -} - - -/*! - Displays a simple message box about TQt, with caption \a caption - and centered over \a parent (if \a parent is not 0). The message - includes the version number of TQt being used by the application. - - This is useful for inclusion in the Help menu of an application. - See the examples/menu/menu.cpp example. - - TQApplication provides this functionality as a slot. - - \sa TQApplication::aboutTQt() -*/ - -void TQMessageBox::aboutTQt( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption ) -{ - TQMessageBox *mb = new TQMessageBox( parent, "qt_msgbox_about_qt" ); - TQ_CHECK_PTR( mb ); - mb->setWFlags( TQt::WDestructiveClose ); - -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - TQString c = caption; - if ( c.isNull() ) - c = tr( "About TQt" ); - mb->setCaption( c ); -#endif - mb->setText( *translatedTextAboutTQt ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_IMAGEIO - TQPixmap pm; - TQImage logo( (const char **)qtlogo_xpm); - if ( tqGray(mb->tqpalette().active().text().rgb()) > - tqGray(mb->tqpalette().active().base().rgb()) ) - { - // light on dark, adjust some colors (where's 10?) - logo.setColor( 0, 0xffffffff ); - logo.setColor( 1, 0xff666666 ); - logo.setColor( 2, 0xffcccc66 ); - logo.setColor( 4, 0xffcccccc ); - logo.setColor( 6, 0xffffff66 ); - logo.setColor( 7, 0xff999999 ); - logo.setColor( 8, 0xff3333ff ); - logo.setColor( 9, 0xffffff33 ); - logo.setColor( 11, 0xffcccc99 ); - } - if ( pm.convertFromImage( logo ) ) - mb->setIconPixmap( pm ); -#endif - mb->setButtonText( 0, tr("OK") ); - if ( mb->mbd && mb->mbd->pb[0] ) { - mb->mbd->pb[0]->setAutoDefault( TRUE ); - mb->mbd->pb[0]->setFocusPolicy( Qt::StrongFocus ); - mb->mbd->pb[0]->setDefault( TRUE ); - mb->mbd->pb[0]->setFocus(); - } - mb->exec(); -} - -/*! - \reimp -*/ - -void TQMessageBox::setIcon( const TQPixmap &pix ) -{ - //reimplemented to avoid compiler warning. -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - TQDialog::setIcon( pix ); -#endif -} - - -/*! - \property TQMessageBox::textFormat - \brief the format of the text displayed by the message box - - The current text format used by the message box. See the \l - TQt::TextFormat enum for an explanation of the possible options. - - The default format is \c AutoText. - - \sa setText() -*/ - -TQt::TextFormat TQMessageBox::textFormat() const -{ - return label->textFormat(); -} - - -void TQMessageBox::setTextFormat( TQt::TextFormat format ) -{ - label->setTextFormat( format ); -} - - -#endif diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqmessagebox.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqmessagebox.h deleted file mode 100644 index f9b0ac9b0..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqmessagebox.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,224 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQMessageBox class -** -** Created : 950503 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQMESSAGEBOX_H -#define TQMESSAGEBOX_H - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqdialog.h" -#endif // TQT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_MESSAGEBOX - -class TQLabel; -class TQPushButton; -struct TQMessageBoxData; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQMessageBox : public TQDialog -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - TQ_ENUMS( Icon ) - Q_PROPERTY( TQString text READ text WRITE setText ) - Q_PROPERTY( Icon icon READ icon WRITE setIcon ) - Q_PROPERTY( TQPixmap iconPixmap READ iconPixmap WRITE setIconPixmap ) - Q_PROPERTY( TextFormat textFormat READ textFormat WRITE setTextFormat ) - -public: - enum Icon { NoIcon = 0, Information = 1, Warning = 2, Critical = 3, - Question = 4 }; - - TQMessageBox( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ); - TQMessageBox( const TQString& caption, const TQString &text, Icon icon, - int button0, int button1, int button2, - TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool modal=TRUE, - WFlags f=(WFlags)TQt::WStyle_DialogBorder ); - ~TQMessageBox(); - - enum { NoButton = 0, Ok = 1, Cancel = 2, Yes = 3, No = 4, Abort = 5, - Retry = 6, Ignore = 7, YesAll = 8, NoAll = 9, ButtonMask = 0xff, - Default = 0x100, Escape = 0x200, FlagMask = 0x300 }; - - static int information( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - int button0, int button1=0, int button2=0 ); - static int information( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - const TQString& button0Text = TQString::null, - const TQString& button1Text = TQString::null, - const TQString& button2Text = TQString::null, - int defaultButtonNumber = 0, - int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ); - - static int question( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - int button0, int button1=0, int button2=0 ); - static int question( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - const TQString& button0Text = TQString::null, - const TQString& button1Text = TQString::null, - const TQString& button2Text = TQString::null, - int defaultButtonNumber = 0, - int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ); - - static int warning( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - int button0, int button1, int button2=0 ); - static int warning( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - const TQString& button0Text = TQString::null, - const TQString& button1Text = TQString::null, - const TQString& button2Text = TQString::null, - int defaultButtonNumber = 0, - int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ); - - static int critical( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - int button0, int button1, int button2=0 ); - static int critical( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - const TQString& button0Text = TQString::null, - const TQString& button1Text = TQString::null, - const TQString& button2Text = TQString::null, - int defaultButtonNumber = 0, - int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ); - - static void about( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text ); - - static void aboutTQt( TQWidget *parent, - const TQString& caption=TQString::null ); - -/* OBSOLETE */ - static int message( const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - const TQString& buttonText=TQString::null, - TQWidget *parent=0, const char * =0 ) { - return TQMessageBox::information( parent, caption, text, - buttonText.isEmpty() - ? tqtr("OK") : buttonText ) == 0; - } - -/* OBSOLETE */ - static bool query( const TQString &caption, - const TQString& text, - const TQString& yesButtonText=TQString::null, - const TQString& noButtonText=TQString::null, - TQWidget *parent=0, const char * = 0 ) { - return TQMessageBox::information( parent, caption, text, - yesButtonText.isEmpty() - ? tqtr("OK") : yesButtonText, - noButtonText ) == 0; - } - - TQString text() const; - void setText( const TQString &); - - Icon icon() const; - - void setIcon( Icon ); - void setIcon( const TQPixmap & ); - - const TQPixmap *iconPixmap() const; - void setIconPixmap( const TQPixmap & ); - - TQString buttonText( int button ) const; - void setButtonText( int button, const TQString &); - - void adjustSize(); - -/* OBSOLETE */ - static TQPixmap standardIcon( Icon icon, TQt::GUIStyle ); - - static TQPixmap standardIcon( Icon icon ); - - TQt::TextFormat textFormat() const; - void setTextFormat( TQt::TextFormat ); - -protected: - void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ); - void showEvent( TQShowEvent * ); - void closeEvent( TQCloseEvent * ); - void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * ); - void styleChanged( TQStyle& ); - -private Q_SLOTS: - void buttonClicked(); - -private: - void init( int, int, int ); - int indexOf( int ) const; - void resizeButtons(); - TQLabel *label; - TQMessageBoxData *mbd; - void *reserved1; - void *reserved2; - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQMessageBox( const TQMessageBox & ); - TQMessageBox &operator=( const TQMessageBox & ); -#endif -}; - -/* -* Macro to be used at the beginning of main(), e.g. -* -* #include <tqapplication.h> -* #include <tqmessagebox.h> -* int main( int argc, char**argv ) -* { -* TQT_RETQUIRE_VERSION( argc, argv, "3.0.5" ) -* ... -* } -*/ -#define TQT_RETQUIRE_VERSION( argc, argv, str ) { TQString s=TQString::tqfromLatin1(str);\ -TQString sq=TQString::tqfromLatin1(qVersion()); if ( (sq.section('.',0,0).toInt()<<16)+\ -(sq.section('.',1,1).toInt()<<8)+sq.section('.',2,2).toInt()<(s.section('.',0,0).toInt()<<16)+\ -(s.section('.',1,1).toInt()<<8)+s.section('.',2,2).toInt() ){if ( !tqApp){ int c=0; new \ -TQApplication(argc,argv);} TQString s = TQApplication::tr("Executable '%1' requires TQt "\ - "%2, found TQt %3.").arg(TQString::tqfromLatin1(tqAppName())).arg(TQString::tqfromLatin1(\ -str)).arg(TQString::tqfromLatin1(qVersion()) ); TQMessageBox::critical( 0, TQApplication::tr(\ -"Incompatible TQt Library Error" ), s, TQMessageBox::Abort,0 ); qFatal(s.ascii()); }} - - -#endif // TQT_NO_MESSAGEBOX - -#endif // TQMESSAGEBOX_H diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprintdialog.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprintdialog.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 2050c822d..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprintdialog.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1672 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of internal print dialog (X11) used by TQPrinter::select(). -** -** Created : 950829 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqprintdialog.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_PRINTDIALOG - -#include "tqfiledialog.h" -#include "tqfile.h" -#include "tqtextstream.h" -#include "tqcombobox.h" -#include "tqframe.h" -#include "tqlabel.h" -#include "tqlineedit.h" -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqprinter.h" -#include "tqlistview.h" -#include "tqlayout.h" -#include "tqbuttongroup.h" -#include "tqradiobutton.h" -#include "tqspinbox.h" -#include "tqapplication.h" -#include "tqheader.h" -#include "tqstyle.h" -#include "tqstring.h" -#include "tqregexp.h" -#if !defined(TQT_NO_CUPS) || !defined(TQT_NO_NIS) -#include "tqlibrary.h" -#endif - -#ifndef TQT_NO_NIS - -#ifndef BOOL_DEFINED -#define BOOL_DEFINED -#endif - -#include <rpcsvc/ypclnt.h> -#include <rpcsvc/yp_prot.h> - -// Solaris redefines connect -> __xnet_connect with _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED. -#if defined(connect) -# undef connect -#endif - -#endif // TQT_NO_NIS - -// UNIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64 -#if defined(open) -# undef open -#endif - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <stdlib.h> - - -class TQPrintDialogSpinBox : public TQSpinBox -{ -public: - TQPrintDialogSpinBox(int min, int max, int steps, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) - : TQSpinBox(min, max, steps, parent, name) - {} - - void interpretText() - { - TQSpinBox::interpretText(); - } -}; - - - - -enum { Success = 's', Unavail = 'u', NotFound = 'n', TryAgain = 't' }; -enum { Continue = 'c', Return = 'r' }; - -class TQPrintDialogPrivate -{ -public: - TQPrinter * printer; - - TQButtonGroup * printerOrFile; - - bool outputToFile; - TQListView * printers; - TQLineEdit * fileName; - TQPushButton * browse, *ok; - - TQButtonGroup * printRange; - TQLabel * firstPageLabel; - TQPrintDialogSpinBox * firstPage; - TQLabel * lastPageLabel; - TQPrintDialogSpinBox * lastPage; - TQRadioButton * printAllButton; - TQRadioButton * printRangeButton; - TQRadioButton * printSelectionButton; - TQRadioButton * printToFileButton; - TQComboBox *orientationCombo, *sizeCombo; - - TQPrinter::PageSize pageSize; - TQPrinter::Orientation orientation; - - TQButtonGroup * pageOrder; - TQPrinter::PageOrder pageOrder2; - - TQButtonGroup * colorMode; - TQPrinter::ColorMode colorMode2; - - TQPrintDialogSpinBox * copies; - int numCopies; - - TQBoxLayout *customLayout; - - TQPrinter::PageSize indexToPageSize[TQPrinter::NPageSize]; -}; - - -typedef void (*TQ_PrintDialogHook)(TQListView *); -static TQ_PrintDialogHook addPrinterHook = 0; - -void qt_set_printdialog_hook( TQ_PrintDialogHook hook ) -{ - addPrinterHook = hook; -} - -static void isc( TQPrintDialogPrivate * d, const TQString & text, - TQPrinter::PageSize ps ); - -class TQPrinterListViewItem : public TQListViewItem -{ -public: - TQPrinterListViewItem( TQListView * printers, const TQString& name, - const TQString& host, const TQString& comment, - const TQStringList& aliases ) - : TQListViewItem( printers, name, host, comment ), ali( aliases ) { } - - bool samePrinter( const TQString& name ) { - return text( 0 ) == name || ali.find( name ) != ali.end(); - } - - TQStringList ali; -}; - -static void perhapsAddPrinter( TQListView * printers, const TQString &name, - TQString host, TQString comment, - TQStringList aliases = TQStringList() ) -{ - const TQListViewItem * i = printers->firstChild(); - while ( i && !((TQPrinterListViewItem *) i)->samePrinter(name) ) - i = i->nextSibling(); - if ( i ) - return; - if ( host.isEmpty() ) - host = TQPrintDialog::tr( "locally connected" ); - (void)new TQPrinterListViewItem( printers, - name.simplifyWhiteSpace(), - host.simplifyWhiteSpace(), - comment.simplifyWhiteSpace(), aliases ); -} - -static void parsePrinterDesc( TQString printerDesc, TQListView * printers ) -{ - if ( printerDesc.length() < 1 ) - return; - - printerDesc = printerDesc.simplifyWhiteSpace(); - int i = printerDesc.find( ':' ); - TQString printerName, printerComment, printerHost; - TQStringList aliases; - - if ( i >= 0 ) { - // have ':' want '|' - int j = printerDesc.find( '|' ); - if ( j > 0 && j < i ) { - printerName = printerDesc.left( j ); - aliases = TQStringList::split( '|', - printerDesc.mid(j + 1, i - j - 1) ); - // try extracting a comment from the aliases - printerComment = TQPrintDialog::tr( "Aliases: %1" ) - .arg( aliases.join(", ") ); - } else { - printerName = printerDesc.left( i ); - } - // look for lprng pseudo all printers entry - i = printerDesc.find( TQRegExp(TQString::tqfromLatin1(": *all *=")) ); - if ( i >= 0 ) - printerName = ""; - // look for signs of this being a remote printer - i = printerDesc.find( TQRegExp(TQString::tqfromLatin1(": *rm *=")) ); - if ( i >= 0 ) { - // point k at the end of remote host name - while ( printerDesc[i] != '=' ) - i++; - while ( printerDesc[i] == '=' || printerDesc[i].isSpace() ) - i++; - j = i; - while ( j < (int)printerDesc.length() && printerDesc[j] != ':' ) - j++; - - // and stuff that into the string - printerHost = printerDesc.mid( i, j - i ); - } - } - if ( printerName.length() ) - perhapsAddPrinter( printers, printerName, printerHost, printerComment, - aliases ); -} - -static int parsePrintcap( TQListView * printers, const TQString& fileName ) -{ - TQFile printcap( fileName ); - if ( !printcap.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) - return NotFound; - - char * line_ascii = new char[1025]; - line_ascii[1024] = '\0'; - - TQString printerDesc; - bool atEnd = FALSE; - - while ( !atEnd ) { - if ( printcap.atEnd() || printcap.readLine( line_ascii, 1024 ) <= 0 ) - atEnd = TRUE; - TQString line = line_ascii; - line = line.stripWhiteSpace(); - if ( line.length() >= 1 && line[int(line.length()) - 1] == '\\' ) - line.truncate( line.length() - 1 ); - if ( line[0] == '#' ) { - if ( !atEnd ) - continue; - } else if ( line[0] == '|' || line[0] == ':' ) { - printerDesc += line; - if ( !atEnd ) - continue; - } - - parsePrinterDesc( printerDesc, printers ); - - // add the first line of the new printer definition - printerDesc = line; - } - delete[] line_ascii; - return Success; -} - - -// solaris, not 2.6 -static void parseEtcLpPrinters( TQListView * printers ) -{ - TQDir lp( TQString::tqfromLatin1("/etc/lp/printers") ); - const TQFileInfoList * dirs = lp.entryInfoList(); - if ( !dirs ) - return; - - TQFileInfoListIterator it( *dirs ); - TQFileInfo *printer; - TQString tmp; - while ( (printer = it.current()) != 0 ) { - ++it; - if ( printer->isDir() ) { - tmp.sprintf( "/etc/lp/printers/%s/configuration", - printer->fileName().ascii() ); - TQFile configuration( tmp ); - char * line = new char[1025]; - TQString remote( TQString::tqfromLatin1("Remote:") ); - TQString contentType( TQString::tqfromLatin1("Content types:") ); - TQString printerHost; - bool canPrintPostscript = FALSE; - if ( configuration.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) { - while ( !configuration.atEnd() && - configuration.readLine( line, 1024 ) > 0 ) { - if ( TQString::tqfromLatin1(line).startsWith( remote ) ) { - const char * p = line; - while ( *p != ':' ) - p++; - p++; - while ( isspace((uchar) *p) ) - p++; - printerHost = TQString::fromLocal8Bit(p); - printerHost = printerHost.simplifyWhiteSpace(); - } else if ( TQString::tqfromLatin1(line).startsWith( contentType ) ) { - char * p = line; - while ( *p != ':' ) - p++; - p++; - char * e; - while ( *p ) { - while ( isspace((uchar) *p) ) - p++; - if ( *p ) { - char s; - e = p; - while ( isalnum((uchar) *e) ) - e++; - s = *e; - *e = '\0'; - if ( !qstrcmp( p, "postscript" ) || - !qstrcmp( p, "any" ) ) - canPrintPostscript = TRUE; - *e = s; - if ( s == ',' ) - e++; - p = e; - } - } - } - } - if ( canPrintPostscript ) - perhapsAddPrinter( printers, printer->fileName(), - printerHost, TQString::tqfromLatin1("") ); - } - delete[] line; - } - } -} - - -// solaris 2.6 -static char * parsePrintersConf( TQListView * printers, bool *found = 0 ) -{ - TQFile pc( TQString::tqfromLatin1("/etc/printers.conf") ); - if ( !pc.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) { - if ( found ) - *found = FALSE; - return 0; - } - if ( found ) - *found = TRUE; - - char * line = new char[1025]; - line[1024] = '\0'; - - TQString printerDesc; - int lineLength = 0; - - char * defaultPrinter = 0; - - while ( !pc.atEnd() && - (lineLength=pc.readLine( line, 1024 )) > 0 ) { - if ( *line == '#' ) { - *line = '\0'; - lineLength = 0; - } - if ( lineLength >= 2 && line[lineLength-2] == '\\' ) { - line[lineLength-2] = '\0'; - printerDesc += TQString::fromLocal8Bit(line); - } else { - printerDesc += TQString::fromLocal8Bit(line); - printerDesc = printerDesc.simplifyWhiteSpace(); - int i = printerDesc.find( ':' ); - TQString printerName, printerHost, printerComment; - TQStringList aliases; - if ( i >= 0 ) { - // have : want | - int j = printerDesc.find( '|', 0 ); - if ( j >= i ) - j = -1; - printerName = printerDesc.mid( 0, j < 0 ? i : j ); - if ( printerName == TQString::tqfromLatin1("_default") ) { - i = printerDesc.find( - TQRegExp( TQString::tqfromLatin1(": *use *=") ) ); - while ( printerDesc[i] != '=' ) - i++; - while ( printerDesc[i] == '=' || printerDesc[i].isSpace() ) - i++; - j = i; - while ( j < (int)printerDesc.length() && - printerDesc[j] != ':' && printerDesc[j] != ',' ) - j++; - // that's our default printer - defaultPrinter = - qstrdup( TQT_TQSTRING(printerDesc.mid( i, j-i )).ascii() ); - printerName = ""; - printerDesc = ""; - } else if ( printerName == TQString::tqfromLatin1("_all") ) { - // skip it.. any other cases we want to skip? - printerName = ""; - printerDesc = ""; - } - - if ( j > 0 ) { - // try extracting a comment from the aliases - aliases = TQStringList::split( '|', - printerDesc.mid(j + 1, i - j - 1) ); - printerComment = TQPrintDialog::tr( "Aliases: %1" ) - .arg( aliases.join(", ") ); - } - // look for signs of this being a remote printer - i = printerDesc.find( - TQRegExp( TQString::tqfromLatin1(": *bsdaddr *=") ) ); - if ( i >= 0 ) { - // point k at the end of remote host name - while ( printerDesc[i] != '=' ) - i++; - while ( printerDesc[i] == '=' || printerDesc[i].isSpace() ) - i++; - j = i; - while ( j < (int)printerDesc.length() && - printerDesc[j] != ':' && printerDesc[j] != ',' ) - j++; - // and stuff that into the string - printerHost = printerDesc.mid( i, j-i ); - // maybe stick the remote printer name into the comment - if ( printerDesc[j] == ',' ) { - i = ++j; - while ( printerDesc[i].isSpace() ) - i++; - j = i; - while ( j < (int)printerDesc.length() && - printerDesc[j] != ':' && printerDesc[j] != ',' ) - j++; - if ( printerName != printerDesc.mid( i, j-i ) ) { - printerComment = - TQString::tqfromLatin1("Remote name: "); - printerComment += printerDesc.mid( i, j-i ); - } - } - } - } - if ( printerComment == ":" ) - printerComment = ""; // for cups - if ( printerName.length() ) - perhapsAddPrinter( printers, printerName, printerHost, - printerComment, aliases ); - // chop away the line, for processing the next one - printerDesc = ""; - } - } - delete[] line; - return defaultPrinter; -} - -#ifndef TQT_NO_NIS - -#if defined(TQ_C_CALLBACKS) -extern "C" { -#endif - -static int foreach( int /* status */, char * /* key */, int /* keyLen */, - char * val, int valLen, char * data ) -{ - parsePrinterDesc( TQString::tqfromLatin1(val, valLen), (TQListView *) data ); - return 0; -} - -#if defined(TQ_C_CALLBACKS) -} -#endif - -static int retrieveNisPrinters( TQListView * printers ) -{ - typedef int (*WildCast)( int, char *, int, char *, int, char * ); - char printersConfByname[] = "printers.conf.byname"; - char *domain; - int err; - - TQLibrary lib( "nsl" ); - typedef int (*ypGetDefaultDomain)(char **); - ypGetDefaultDomain _ypGetDefaultDomain = (ypGetDefaultDomain)lib.resolve( "yp_get_default_domain" ); - typedef int (*ypAll)(const char *, const char *, const struct ypall_callback *); - ypAll _ypAll = (ypAll)lib.resolve( "yp_all" ); - - if ( _ypGetDefaultDomain && _ypAll ) { - err = _ypGetDefaultDomain( &domain ); - if ( err == 0 ) { - ypall_callback cb; - // wild cast to support K&R-style system headers - (WildCast &) cb.foreach = (WildCast) foreach; - cb.data = (char *) printers; - err = _ypAll( domain, printersConfByname, &cb ); - } - if ( !err ) - return Success; - } - return Unavail; -} - -#endif // TQT_NO_NIS - -static char *parseNsswitchPrintersEntry( TQListView * printers, char *line ) -{ -#define skipSpaces() \ - while ( isspace((uchar) line[k]) ) \ - k++ - - char *defaultPrinter = 0; - bool stop = FALSE; - int lastqStatus = NotFound; - - int k = 8; - skipSpaces(); - if ( line[k] != ':' ) - return 0; - k++; - - char *cp = strchr( line, '#' ); - if ( cp != 0 ) - *cp = '\0'; - - while ( line[k] != '\0' ) { - if ( isspace((uchar) line[k]) ) { - k++; - } else if ( line[k] == '[' ) { - k++; - skipSpaces(); - while ( line[k] != '\0' ) { - char status = tolower( line[k] ); - char action = '?'; - - while ( line[k] != '=' && line[k] != ']' && - line[k] != '\0' ) - k++; - if ( line[k] == '=' ) { - k++; - skipSpaces(); - action = tolower( line[k] ); - while ( line[k] != '\0' && !isspace((uchar) line[k]) && line[k] != ']' ) - k++; - } else if ( line[k] == ']' ) { - k++; - break; - } - skipSpaces(); - - if ( lastqStatus == status ) - stop = ( action == (char) Return ); - } - } else { - if ( stop ) - break; - - TQCString source; - while ( line[k] != '\0' && !isspace((uchar) line[k]) && line[k] != '[' ) { - source += line[k]; - k++; - } - - if ( source == "user" ) { - lastqStatus = parsePrintcap( printers, - TQDir::homeDirPath() + "/.printers" ); - } else if ( source == "files" ) { - bool found; - defaultPrinter = parsePrintersConf( printers, &found ); - if ( found ) - lastqStatus = Success; -#ifndef TQT_NO_NIS - } else if ( source == "nis" ) { - lastqStatus = retrieveNisPrinters( printers ); -#endif - } else { - // nisplus, dns, etc., are not implemented yet - lastqStatus = NotFound; - } - stop = ( lastqStatus == Success ); - } - } - return defaultPrinter; -} - -static char *parseNsswitchConf( TQListView * printers ) -{ - TQFile nc( TQString::tqfromLatin1("/etc/nsswitch.conf") ); - if ( !nc.open(IO_ReadOnly) ) - return 0; - - char *defaultPrinter = 0; - - char *line = new char[1025]; - line[1024] = '\0'; - - while ( !nc.atEnd() && - nc.readLine(line, 1024) > 0 ) { - if ( strncmp(line, "printers", 8) == 0 ) { - defaultPrinter = parseNsswitchPrintersEntry( printers, line ); - delete[] line; - return defaultPrinter; - } - } - - strcpy( line, "printers: user files nis nisplus xfn" ); - defaultPrinter = parseNsswitchPrintersEntry( printers, line ); - delete[] line; - return defaultPrinter; -} - -// HP-UX -static void parseEtcLpMember( TQListView * printers ) -{ - TQDir lp( TQString::tqfromLatin1("/etc/lp/member") ); - if ( !lp.exists() ) - return; - const TQFileInfoList * dirs = lp.entryInfoList(); - if ( !dirs ) - return; - - TQFileInfoListIterator it( *dirs ); - TQFileInfo *printer; - TQString tmp; - while ( (printer = it.current()) != 0 ) { - ++it; - // I haven't found any real documentation, so I'm guessing that - // since lpstat uses /etc/lp/member rather than one of the - // other directories, it's the one to use. I did not find a - // decent way to locate aliases and remote printers. - if ( printer->isFile() ) - perhapsAddPrinter( printers, printer->fileName(), - TQPrintDialog::tr("unknown"), - TQString::tqfromLatin1("") ); - } -} - -// IRIX 6.x -static void parseSpoolInterface( TQListView * printers ) -{ - TQDir lp( TQString::tqfromLatin1("/usr/spool/lp/interface") ); - if ( !lp.exists() ) - return; - const TQFileInfoList * files = lp.entryInfoList(); - if( !files ) - return; - - TQFileInfoListIterator it( *files ); - TQFileInfo *printer; - while ( (printer = it.current()) != 0) { - ++it; - - if ( !printer->isFile() ) - continue; - - // parse out some information - TQFile configFile( printer->filePath() ); - if ( !configFile.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) - continue; - - TQCString line( 1025 ); - TQString namePrinter; - TQString hostName; - TQString hostPrinter; - TQString printerType; - - TQString nameKey( TQString::tqfromLatin1("NAME=") ); - TQString typeKey( TQString::tqfromLatin1("TYPE=") ); - TQString hostKey( TQString::tqfromLatin1("HOSTNAME=") ); - TQString hostPrinterKey( TQString::tqfromLatin1("HOSTPRINTER=") ); - - while ( !configFile.atEnd() && - (configFile.readLine(line.data(), 1024)) > 0 ) { - TQString uline = line; - if ( uline.startsWith( typeKey ) ) { - printerType = line.mid( nameKey.length() ); - printerType = printerType.simplifyWhiteSpace(); - } else if ( uline.startsWith( hostKey ) ) { - hostName = line.mid( hostKey.length() ); - hostName = hostName.simplifyWhiteSpace(); - } else if ( uline.startsWith( hostPrinterKey ) ) { - hostPrinter = line.mid( hostPrinterKey.length() ); - hostPrinter = hostPrinter.simplifyWhiteSpace(); - } else if ( uline.startsWith( nameKey ) ) { - namePrinter = line.mid( nameKey.length() ); - namePrinter = namePrinter.simplifyWhiteSpace(); - } - } - configFile.close(); - - printerType = printerType.stripWhiteSpace(); - if ( printerType.find("postscript", 0, FALSE) < 0 ) - continue; - - int ii = 0; - while ( (ii = namePrinter.find('"', ii)) >= 0 ) - namePrinter.remove( ii, 1 ); - - if ( hostName.isEmpty() || hostPrinter.isEmpty() ) { - perhapsAddPrinter( printers, printer->fileName(), - TQString::tqfromLatin1(""), namePrinter ); - } else { - TQString comment; - comment = namePrinter; - comment += " ("; - comment += hostPrinter; - comment += ")"; - perhapsAddPrinter( printers, printer->fileName(), - hostName, comment ); - } - } -} - - -// Every unix must have its own. It's a standard. Here is AIX. -static void parseQconfig( TQListView * printers ) -{ - TQFile qconfig( TQString::tqfromLatin1("/etc/qconfig") ); - if ( !qconfig.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) - return; - - TQTextStream ts( &qconfig ); - TQString line; - - TQString stanzaName; // either a queue or a tqdevice name - bool up = TRUE; // queue up? default TRUE, can be FALSE - TQString remoteHost; // null if local - TQString tqdeviceName; // null if remote - - TQRegExp newStanza( TQString::tqfromLatin1("^[0-z\\-]+:$") ); - - // our basic strategy here is to process each line, detecting new - // stanzas. each time we see a new stanza, we check if the - // previous stanza was a valid queue for a) a remote printer or b) - // a local printer. if it wasn't, we assume that what we see is - // the start of the first stanza, or that the previous stanza was - // a tqdevice stanza, or that there is some syntax error (we don't - // report those). - - do { - line = ts.readLine(); - bool indented = line[0].isSpace(); - line = line.simplifyWhiteSpace(); - - int i = line.find('='); - if ( indented && i != -1 ) { // line in stanza - TQString variable = TQT_TQSTRING(line.left( i )).simplifyWhiteSpace(); - TQString value=TQT_TQSTRING(line.mid( i+1, line.length() )).simplifyWhiteSpace(); - if ( variable == TQString::tqfromLatin1("tqdevice") ) - tqdeviceName = value; - else if ( variable == TQString::tqfromLatin1("host") ) - remoteHost = value; - else if ( variable == TQString::tqfromLatin1("up") ) - up = !(value.lower() == TQString::tqfromLatin1("false")); - } else if ( line[0] == '*' ) { // comment - // nothing to do - } else if ( ts.atEnd() || // end of file, or beginning of new stanza - ( !indented && line.find( newStanza ) != -1 ) ) { - if ( up && stanzaName.length() > 0 && stanzaName.length() < 21 ) { - if ( remoteHost.length() ) // remote printer - perhapsAddPrinter( printers, stanzaName, remoteHost, - TQString::null ); - else if ( tqdeviceName.length() ) // local printer - perhapsAddPrinter( printers, stanzaName, TQString::null, - TQString::null ); - } - line.truncate( line.length()-1 ); - if ( line.length() >= 1 && line.length() <= 20 ) - stanzaName = line; - up = TRUE; - remoteHost = TQString::null; - tqdeviceName = TQString::null; - } else { - // syntax error? ignore. - } - } while ( !ts.atEnd() ); -} - - -#ifndef TQT_NO_CUPS -#include <cups/cups.h> - -static char * parseCupsOutput( TQListView * printers ) -{ - char * defaultPrinter = 0; - int nd; - cups_dest_t * d; - TQLibrary lib( "cups" ); - typedef int (*CupsGetDests)(cups_dest_t **dests); - CupsGetDests _cupsGetDests = (CupsGetDests)lib.resolve( "cupsGetDests" ); - if ( _cupsGetDests ) { - nd = _cupsGetDests( &d ); - if ( nd < 1 ) - return 0; - - int n = 0; - while ( n < nd ) { - perhapsAddPrinter( printers, d[n].name, - TQPrintDialog::tr("Unknown Location"), 0 ); - if ( d[n].is_default && !defaultPrinter ) - defaultPrinter = qstrdup( d[n].instance ); - n++; - } - } - return defaultPrinter; -} -#endif - -static TQPrintDialog * globalPrintDialog = 0; - -static void qpd_cleanup_globaldialog() -{ - if ( globalPrintDialog != 0 ) - delete globalPrintDialog; - globalPrintDialog = 0; -} - -/*! - \class TQPrintDialog tqprintdialog.h - - \brief The TQPrintDialog class provides a dialog for specifying - the printer's configuration. - - \internal - - \warning The use of this class is not recommended since it is not - present on all platforms; use TQPrinter::setup() instead. - - \omit - - (ingroup dialogs) - - THIS DOCUMENTATION IS Not Revised. It must be revised before - becoming public API. - - It encompasses both the sort of details needed for doing a simple - print-out and some print configuration setup. - - The easiest way to use the class is through the static - function getPrinterSetup(). You can also subclass the TQPrintDialog - and add some custom buttons with addButton() to extend the - functionality of the print dialog. - - <img src="qprintdlg-m.png"><br clear=all> - The printer dialog, on a large screen, in Motif style. -*/ - - -/*! Constructs a new modal printer dialog that configures \a prn and is a - child of \a parent named \a name. -*/ - -TQPrintDialog::TQPrintDialog( TQPrinter *prn, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) - : TQDialog( parent, name, TRUE ) -{ - d = new TQPrintDialogPrivate; - d->numCopies = 1; - - TQBoxLayout * tll = new TQBoxLayout( this, TQBoxLayout::Down, 12, 0 ); - - // destination - TQGroupBox * g; - g = setupDestination(); - tll->addWidget( g, 1 ); - - tll->addSpacing( 12 ); - - // printer and paper settings - TQBoxLayout * lay = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - tll->addLayout( lay ); - - g = setupPrinterSettings(); - lay->addWidget( g, 1 ); - - lay->addSpacing( 12 ); - - g = setupPaper(); - lay->addWidget( g ); - - tll->addSpacing( 12 ); - - // options - g = setupOptions(); - tll->addWidget( g ); - tll->addSpacing( 12 ); - - TQBoxLayout *l = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - d->customLayout = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - tll->addLayout( l ); - l->addLayout( d->customLayout ); - l->addStretch(); - tll->addSpacing( 12 ); - - // buttons - TQBoxLayout *horiz = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - tll->addLayout( horiz ); - - bool rightalign = - bool(tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_PrintDialog_RightAlignButtons, this)); - - if (rightalign) - horiz->addStretch( 1 ); - - d->ok = new TQPushButton( this, "ok" ); - d->ok->setText( tr("OK") ); - d->ok->setDefault( TRUE ); - horiz->addWidget( d->ok ); - if (! rightalign) - horiz->addStretch( 1 ); - horiz->addSpacing( 6 ); - - TQPushButton * cancel = new TQPushButton( this, "cancel" ); - cancel->setText( tr("Cancel") ); - horiz->addWidget( cancel ); - - TQSize s1 = d->ok->tqsizeHint(); - TQSize s2 = cancel->tqsizeHint(); - s1 = TQSize( TQMAX(s1.width(), s2.width()), - TQMAX(s1.height(), s2.height()) ); - - d->ok->setFixedSize( s1 ); - cancel->setFixedSize( s1 ); - - tll->activate(); - - connect( d->ok, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(okClicked()) ); - connect( cancel, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(reject()) ); - - TQSize ms( tqminimumSize() ); - TQSize ss( TQApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry( pos() ).size() ); - if ( ms.height() < 512 && ss.height() >= 600 ) - ms.setHeight( 512 ); - else if ( ms.height() < 460 && ss.height() >= 480 ) - ms.setHeight( 460 ); - resize( ms ); - - setPrinter( prn, TRUE ); - d->printers->setFocus(); -} - - -/*! Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. Does not - delete the associated TQPrinter object. -*/ - -TQPrintDialog::~TQPrintDialog() -{ - if ( this == globalPrintDialog ) - globalPrintDialog = 0; - delete d; -} - -/*! - This method allows you to specify a global print dialog, given in \a - pd, that will be used instead of the default dialog provided by TQt. - - This is useful, since there are many different printing systems on - Unix, and we cannot support all of them. Calling this method before - using a printer for the first time allows you to set up your own - print dialog. - - \sa setupPrinters() -*/ -void TQPrintDialog::setGlobalPrintDialog( TQPrintDialog *pd ) -{ - TQPrintDialog *oldPd = globalPrintDialog; - globalPrintDialog = pd; - if ( oldPd ) - delete oldPd; - else - qAddPostRoutine( qpd_cleanup_globaldialog ); - globalPrintDialog->adjustSize(); -} - -TQGroupBox * TQPrintDialog::setupPrinterSettings() -{ - TQGroupBox * g = new TQGroupBox( 1, Qt::Horizontal, tr( "Printer settings"), - this, "settings group box" ); - - d->colorMode = new TQButtonGroup( this ); - d->colorMode->hide(); - connect( d->colorMode, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked(int)), - this, TQT_SLOT(colorModeSelected(int)) ); - - TQRadioButton *rb; - rb = new TQRadioButton( tr( "Print in color if available" ), - g, "color" ); - d->colorMode->insert( rb, TQPrinter::Color ); - rb->setChecked( TRUE ); - - rb = new TQRadioButton( tr("Print in grayscale"), - g, "graysacle" ); - d->colorMode->insert( rb, TQPrinter::GrayScale ); - - return g; -} - -TQGroupBox * TQPrintDialog::setupDestination() -{ - TQGroupBox * g = new TQGroupBox( 0, Qt::Horizontal, tr( "Print destination"), - this, "destination group box" ); - - TQBoxLayout * tll = new TQBoxLayout( g->tqlayout(), TQBoxLayout::Down ); - - d->printerOrFile = new TQButtonGroup( this ); - d->printerOrFile->hide(); - connect( d->printerOrFile, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked(int)), - this, TQT_SLOT(printerOrFileSelected(int)) ); - - // printer radio button, list - TQRadioButton * rb = new TQRadioButton( tr( "Print to printer:" ), g, - "printer" ); - tll->addWidget( rb ); - d->printerOrFile->insert( rb, 0 ); - rb->setChecked( TRUE ); - d->outputToFile = FALSE; - - TQBoxLayout * horiz = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - tll->addLayout( horiz, 3 ); - horiz->addSpacing( 19 ); - - d->printers = new TQListView( g, "list of printers" ); - d->printers->setAllColumnsShowFocus( TRUE ); - d->printers->addColumn( tr("Printer"), 125 ); - d->printers->addColumn( tr("Host"), 125 ); - d->printers->addColumn( tr("Comment"), 150 ); - -#if defined(TQ_OS_UNIX) - char * etcLpDefault = 0; - -#ifndef TQT_NO_CUPS - etcLpDefault = parseCupsOutput( d->printers ); -#endif - if ( d->printers->childCount() == 0 ) { - // we only use other schemes when cups fails. - - parsePrintcap( d->printers, TQString::tqfromLatin1("/etc/printcap") ); - parseEtcLpMember( d->printers ); - parseSpoolInterface( d->printers ); - parseQconfig( d->printers ); - if ( addPrinterHook ) - (*addPrinterHook)( d->printers ); - - TQFileInfo f; - f.setFile( TQString::tqfromLatin1("/etc/lp/printers") ); - if ( f.isDir() ) { - parseEtcLpPrinters( d->printers ); - TQFile def( TQString::tqfromLatin1("/etc/lp/default") ); - if ( def.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) { - if ( etcLpDefault ) - delete[] etcLpDefault; - etcLpDefault = new char[1025]; - def.readLine( etcLpDefault, 1024 ); - char * p = etcLpDefault; - while ( p && *p ) { - if ( !isprint((uchar) *p) || isspace((uchar) *p) ) - *p = 0; - else - p++; - } - } - } - - char * def = 0; - f.setFile( TQString::tqfromLatin1("/etc/nsswitch.conf") ); - if ( f.isFile() ) { - def = parseNsswitchConf( d->printers ); - } else { - f.setFile( TQString::tqfromLatin1("/etc/printers.conf") ); - if ( f.isFile() ) - def = parsePrintersConf( d->printers ); - } - - if ( def ) { - if ( etcLpDefault ) - delete[] etcLpDefault; - etcLpDefault = def; - } - } - - // all printers hopefully known. try to find a good default - TQString dollarPrinter; - { - const char * t = getenv( "PRINTER" ); - if ( !t || !*t ) - t = getenv( "LPDEST" ); - dollarPrinter = TQString::tqfromLatin1( t ); - if ( !dollarPrinter.isEmpty() ) - perhapsAddPrinter( d->printers, dollarPrinter, - TQPrintDialog::tr("unknown"), - TQString::tqfromLatin1("") ); - } - int quality = 0; - - // bang the best default into the listview - const TQListViewItem * lvi = d->printers->firstChild(); - d->printers->setCurrentItem( (TQListViewItem *)lvi ); - while ( lvi ) { - TQRegExp ps( TQString::tqfromLatin1("[^a-z]ps(?:[^a-z]|$)") ); - TQRegExp lp( TQString::tqfromLatin1("[^a-z]lp(?:[^a-z]|$)") ); - - if ( quality < 4 && lvi->text(0) == dollarPrinter ) { - d->printers->setCurrentItem( (TQListViewItem *)lvi ); - quality = 4; - } else if ( quality < 3 && etcLpDefault && - lvi->text(0) == TQString::tqfromLatin1(etcLpDefault) ) { - d->printers->setCurrentItem( (TQListViewItem *)lvi ); - quality = 3; - } else if ( quality < 2 && - ( lvi->text(0) == TQString::tqfromLatin1("ps") || - ps.search(lvi->text(2)) != -1 ) ) { - d->printers->setCurrentItem( (TQListViewItem *)lvi ); - quality = 2; - } else if ( quality < 1 && - ( lvi->text(0) == TQString::tqfromLatin1("lp") || - lp.search(lvi->text(2)) > -1 ) ) { - d->printers->setCurrentItem( (TQListViewItem *)lvi ); - quality = 1; - } - lvi = lvi->nextSibling(); - } - - if ( d->printers->currentItem() ) - d->printers->setSelected( d->printers->currentItem(), TRUE ); - - if ( etcLpDefault ) // Avoid purify complaint - delete[] etcLpDefault; -#endif - - int h = fontMetrics().height(); - if ( d->printers->firstChild() ) - h = d->printers->firstChild()->height(); - d->printers->setMinimumSize( d->printers->tqsizeHint().width(), - d->printers->header()->height() + - 3 * h ); - horiz->addWidget( d->printers, 3 ); - - tll->addSpacing( 6 ); - - // file radio button, edit/browse - d->printToFileButton = new TQRadioButton( tr( "Print to file:" ), g, "file" ); - tll->addWidget( d->printToFileButton ); - d->printerOrFile->insert( d->printToFileButton, 1 ); - - horiz = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - tll->addLayout( horiz ); - horiz->addSpacing( 19 ); - - d->fileName = new TQLineEdit( g, "file name" ); - connect( d->fileName, TQT_SIGNAL( textChanged(const TQString&) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( fileNameEditChanged(const TQString&) ) ); - horiz->addWidget( d->fileName, 1 ); - horiz->addSpacing( 6 ); - d->browse = new TQPushButton( tr("Browse..."), g, "browse files" ); - d->browse->setAutoDefault( FALSE ); -#ifdef TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG - d->browse->setEnabled( FALSE ); -#endif - connect( d->browse, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SLOT(browseClicked()) ); - horiz->addWidget( d->browse ); - - d->fileName->setEnabled( FALSE ); - d->browse->setEnabled( FALSE ); - - tll->activate(); - - return g; -} - - -TQGroupBox * TQPrintDialog::setupOptions() -{ - TQGroupBox * g = new TQGroupBox( 0, Qt::Horizontal, tr( "Options"), - this, "options group box" ); - - TQBoxLayout * tll = new TQBoxLayout( g->tqlayout(), TQBoxLayout::Down ); - - TQBoxLayout *lay = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - tll->addLayout( lay ); - - tll = new TQBoxLayout( lay, TQBoxLayout::Down ); - - d->printRange = new TQButtonGroup( this ); - d->printRange->hide(); - connect( d->printRange, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked(int)), - this, TQT_SLOT(printRangeSelected(int)) ); - - d->pageOrder = new TQButtonGroup( this ); - d->pageOrder->hide(); - connect( d->pageOrder, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked(int)), - this, TQT_SLOT(pageOrderSelected(int)) ); - - d->printAllButton = new TQRadioButton( tr("Print all"), g, "print all" ); - d->printRange->insert( d->printAllButton, 0 ); - tll->addWidget( d->printAllButton ); - - d->printSelectionButton = new TQRadioButton( tr("Print selection"), - g, "print selection" ); - d->printRange->insert( d->printSelectionButton, 1 ); - tll->addWidget( d->printSelectionButton ); - - d->printRangeButton = new TQRadioButton( tr("Print range"), - g, "print range" ); - d->printRange->insert( d->printRangeButton, 2 ); - tll->addWidget( d->printRangeButton ); - - TQBoxLayout * horiz = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - tll->addLayout( horiz ); - - d->firstPageLabel = new TQLabel( tr("From page:"), g, "first page" ); - horiz->addSpacing( 19 ); - horiz->addWidget( d->firstPageLabel ); - - d->firstPage = new TQPrintDialogSpinBox( 1, 9999, 1, g, "first page" ); - d->firstPage->setValue( 1 ); - horiz->addWidget( d->firstPage, 1 ); - connect( d->firstPage, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), - this, TQT_SLOT(setFirstPage(int)) ); - - horiz = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - tll->addLayout( horiz ); - - d->lastPageLabel = new TQLabel( tr("To page:"), g, "last page" ); - horiz->addSpacing( 19 ); - horiz->addWidget( d->lastPageLabel ); - - d->lastPage = new TQPrintDialogSpinBox( 1, 9999, 1, g, "last page" ); - d->lastPage->setValue( 9999 ); - horiz->addWidget( d->lastPage, 1 ); - connect( d->lastPage, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), - this, TQT_SLOT(setLastPage(int)) ); - - lay->addSpacing( 25 ); - tll = new TQBoxLayout( lay, TQBoxLayout::Down ); - - // print order - TQRadioButton * rb = new TQRadioButton( tr("Print first page first"), - g, "first page first" ); - tll->addWidget( rb ); - d->pageOrder->insert( rb, TQPrinter::FirstPageFirst ); - rb->setChecked( TRUE ); - - rb = new TQRadioButton( tr("Print last page first"), - g, "last page first" ); - tll->addWidget( rb ); - d->pageOrder->insert( rb, TQPrinter::LastPageFirst ); - - tll->addStretch(); - - // copies - - horiz = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - tll->addLayout( horiz ); - - TQLabel * l = new TQLabel( tr("Number of copies:"), g, "Number of copies" ); - horiz->addWidget( l ); - - d->copies = new TQPrintDialogSpinBox( 1, 99, 1, g, "copies" ); - d->copies->setValue( 1 ); - horiz->addWidget( d->copies, 1 ); - connect( d->copies, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), - this, TQT_SLOT(setNumCopies(int)) ); - - TQSize s = d->firstPageLabel->tqsizeHint() - .expandedTo( d->lastPageLabel->tqsizeHint() ) - .expandedTo( l->tqsizeHint() ); - d->firstPageLabel->setMinimumSize( s ); - d->lastPageLabel->setMinimumSize( s ); - l->setMinimumSize( s.width() + 19, s.height() ); - - tll->activate(); - - return g; -} - - -void isc( TQPrintDialogPrivate * d, - const TQString & text, - TQPrinter::PageSize ps ) -{ - if ( d && text && ps < TQPrinter::NPageSize ) { - d->sizeCombo->insertItem( text, -1 ); - int index = d->sizeCombo->count()-1; - if ( index >= 0 && index < TQPrinter::NPageSize ) - d->indexToPageSize[index] = ps; - } -} - -TQGroupBox * TQPrintDialog::setupPaper() -{ - TQGroupBox * g = new TQGroupBox( 1, Qt::Horizontal, tr( "Paper format"), - this, "Paper format" ); - d->pageSize = TQPrinter::A4; - - // page orientation - d->orientationCombo = new TQComboBox( FALSE, g ); - d->orientationCombo->insertItem( tqtr( "Portrait" ), -1 ); - d->orientationCombo->insertItem( tqtr( "Landscape" ), -1 ); - - d->orientation = TQPrinter::Portrait; - - g->addSpace( 8 ); - - connect( d->orientationCombo, TQT_SIGNAL( activated(int) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( orientSelected(int) ) ); - - // paper size - d->sizeCombo = new TQComboBox( FALSE, g ); - - int n; - for( n=0; n<TQPrinter::NPageSize; n++ ) - d->indexToPageSize[n] = TQPrinter::A4; - - isc( d, tr( "A0 (841 x 1189 mm)" ), TQPrinter::A0 ); - isc( d, tr( "A1 (594 x 841 mm)" ), TQPrinter::A1 ); - isc( d, tr( "A2 (420 x 594 mm)" ), TQPrinter::A2 ); - isc( d, tr( "A3 (297 x 420 mm)" ), TQPrinter::A3 ); - isc( d, tr( "A4 (210x297 mm, 8.26x11.7 inches)" ), TQPrinter::A4 ); - isc( d, tr( "A5 (148 x 210 mm)" ), TQPrinter::A5 ); - isc( d, tr( "A6 (105 x 148 mm)" ), TQPrinter::A6 ); - isc( d, tr( "A7 (74 x 105 mm)" ), TQPrinter::A7 ); - isc( d, tr( "A8 (52 x 74 mm)" ), TQPrinter::A8 ); - isc( d, tr( "A9 (37 x 52 mm)" ), TQPrinter::A9 ); - isc( d, tr( "B0 (1000 x 1414 mm)" ), TQPrinter::B0 ); - isc( d, tr( "B1 (707 x 1000 mm)" ), TQPrinter::B1 ); - isc( d, tr( "B2 (500 x 707 mm)" ), TQPrinter::B2 ); - isc( d, tr( "B3 (353 x 500 mm)" ), TQPrinter::B3 ); - isc( d, tr( "B4 (250 x 353 mm)" ), TQPrinter::B4 ); - isc( d, tr( "B5 (176 x 250 mm, 6.93x9.84 inches)" ), TQPrinter::B5 ); - isc( d, tr( "B6 (125 x 176 mm)" ), TQPrinter::B6 ); - isc( d, tr( "B7 (88 x 125 mm)" ), TQPrinter::B7 ); - isc( d, tr( "B8 (62 x 88 mm)" ), TQPrinter::B8 ); - isc( d, tr( "B9 (44 x 62 mm)" ), TQPrinter::B9 ); - isc( d, tr( "B10 (31 x 44 mm)" ), TQPrinter::B10 ); - isc( d, tr( "C5E (163 x 229 mm)" ), TQPrinter::C5E ); - isc( d, tr( "DLE (110 x 220 mm)" ), TQPrinter::DLE ); - isc( d, tr( "Executive (7.5x10 inches, 191x254 mm)" ), TQPrinter::Executive ); - isc( d, tr( "Folio (210 x 330 mm)" ), TQPrinter::Folio ); - isc( d, tr( "Ledger (432 x 279 mm)" ), TQPrinter::Ledger ); - isc( d, tr( "Legal (8.5x14 inches, 216x356 mm)" ), TQPrinter::Legal ); - isc( d, tr( "Letter (8.5x11 inches, 216x279 mm)" ), TQPrinter::Letter ); - isc( d, tr( "Tabloid (279 x 432 mm)" ), TQPrinter::Tabloid ); - isc( d, tr( "US Common #10 Envelope (105 x 241 mm)" ), TQPrinter::Comm10E ); - - connect( d->sizeCombo, TQT_SIGNAL( activated(int) ), - this, TQT_SLOT( paperSizeSelected(int) ) ); - - return g; -} - - -/*! - Display a dialog and allow the user to configure the TQPrinter \a - p for an optional widget \a w. Returns TRUE if the user clicks OK or - presses Enter, FALSE if the user clicks Cancel or presses Esc. - - getPrinterSetup() remembers the settings and provides the same - settings the next time the dialog is shown. -*/ - -bool TQPrintDialog::getPrinterSetup( TQPrinter * p, TQWidget* w ) -{ - if ( !globalPrintDialog ) { - globalPrintDialog = new TQPrintDialog( 0, 0, "global print dialog" ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - globalPrintDialog->setCaption( TQPrintDialog::tr( "Setup Printer" ) ); -#endif - qAddPostRoutine( qpd_cleanup_globaldialog ); - globalPrintDialog->setPrinter( p, TRUE ); - globalPrintDialog->adjustSize(); - } else { - globalPrintDialog->setPrinter( p, TRUE ); - } - globalPrintDialog->adjustPosition( w ); - #ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA - if ( w ) { - const TQPixmap *pm = w->icon(); - if ( pm && !pm->isNull() ) - globalPrintDialog->setIcon( *pm ); - else { - w = w ? w->tqtopLevelWidget() : 0; - pm = w ? w->icon() : 0; - if ( pm && !pm->isNull() ) - globalPrintDialog->setIcon( *pm ); - } - } -#endif - bool r = globalPrintDialog->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted; - globalPrintDialog->setPrinter( 0 ); - return r; -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::printerOrFileSelected( int id ) -{ - d->outputToFile = id ? TRUE : FALSE; - if ( d->outputToFile ) { - d->ok->setEnabled( TRUE ); - fileNameEditChanged( d->fileName->text() ); - if ( !d->fileName->edited() && d->fileName->text().isEmpty() ) { - TQString home = TQString::tqfromLatin1( ::getenv( "HOME" ) ); - TQString cur = TQDir::currentDirPath(); - if ( home.at(home.length()-1) != '/' ) - home += '/'; - if ( cur.at(cur.length()-1) != '/' ) - cur += '/'; - if ( cur.left( home.length() ) != home ) - cur = home; -#ifdef TQ_WS_X11 - cur += "print.ps"; -#endif - d->fileName->setText( cur ); - d->fileName->setCursorPosition( cur.length() ); - d->fileName->selectAll(); - } - d->browse->setEnabled( TRUE ); - d->fileName->setEnabled( TRUE ); - d->fileName->setFocus(); - d->printers->setEnabled( FALSE ); - } else { - d->ok->setEnabled( d->printers->childCount() != 0 ); - d->printers->setEnabled( TRUE ); - if ( d->fileName->hasFocus() || d->browse->hasFocus() ) - d->printers->setFocus(); - d->browse->setEnabled( FALSE ); - d->fileName->setEnabled( FALSE ); - } -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::landscapeSelected( int id ) -{ - d->orientation = (TQPrinter::Orientation)id; -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::paperSizeSelected( int id ) -{ - if ( id < TQPrinter::NPageSize ) - d->pageSize = TQPrinter::PageSize( d->indexToPageSize[id] ); -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::orientSelected( int id ) -{ - d->orientation = (TQPrinter::Orientation)id; -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::pageOrderSelected( int id ) -{ - d->pageOrder2 = (TQPrinter::PageOrder)id; -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::setNumCopies( int copies ) -{ - d->numCopies = copies; -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::browseClicked() -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG - TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( d->fileName->text(), tr( "PostScript Files (*.ps);;All Files (*)" ), this ); - if ( !fn.isNull() ) - d->fileName->setText( fn ); -#endif -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::okClicked() -{ - d->lastPage->interpretText(); - d->firstPage->interpretText(); - d->copies->interpretText(); - if ( d->outputToFile ) { - d->printer->setOutputToFile( TRUE ); - d->printer->setOutputFileName( d->fileName->text() ); - } else { - d->printer->setOutputToFile( FALSE ); - TQListViewItem * l = d->printers->currentItem(); - if ( l ) - d->printer->setPrinterName( l->text( 0 ) ); - } - - d->printer->setOrientation( d->orientation ); - d->printer->setPageSize( d->pageSize ); - d->printer->setPageOrder( d->pageOrder2 ); - d->printer->setColorMode( d->colorMode2 ); - d->printer->setNumCopies( d->numCopies ); - if ( d->printAllButton->isChecked() ) { - d->printer->setPrintRange(TQPrinter::AllPages); - d->printer->setFromTo( d->printer->minPage(), d->printer->maxPage() ); - } else { - if (d->printSelectionButton->isChecked()) - d->printer->setPrintRange(TQPrinter::Selection); - else - d->printer->setPrintRange(TQPrinter::PageRange); - d->printer->setFromTo( d->firstPage->value(), d->lastPage->value() ); - } - - accept(); -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::printRangeSelected( int id ) -{ - bool enable = id == 2 ? TRUE : FALSE; - d->firstPage->setEnabled( enable ); - d->lastPage->setEnabled( enable ); - d->firstPageLabel->setEnabled( enable ); - d->lastPageLabel->setEnabled( enable ); -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::setFirstPage( int fp ) -{ - if ( d->printer ) - d->lastPage->setRange( fp, TQMAX(fp, TQPrintDialog::d->printer->maxPage()) ); -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::setLastPage( int lp ) -{ - if ( d->printer ) - d->firstPage->setRange( TQMIN(lp, TQPrintDialog::d->printer->minPage()), lp ); -} - - -/*! - Sets this dialog to configure printer \a p, or no printer if \a p - is null. If \a pickUpSettings is TRUE, the dialog reads most of - its settings from \a p. If \a pickUpSettings is FALSE (the - default) the dialog keeps its old settings. -*/ - -void TQPrintDialog::setPrinter( TQPrinter * p, bool pickUpSettings ) -{ - d->printer = p; - - if ( p && pickUpSettings ) { - // top to botton in the old dialog. - // printer or file - d->printerOrFile->setButton( p->outputToFile() ); - printerOrFileSelected( p->outputToFile() ); - - // printer name - if ( !!TQT_TQSTRING(p->printerName()) ) { - TQListViewItem * i = d->printers->firstChild(); - while ( i && i->text( 0 ) != p->printerName() ) - i = i->nextSibling(); - if ( i ) { - d->printers->setSelected( i, TRUE ); - d->ok->setEnabled( TRUE ); - } else if ( d->fileName->text().isEmpty() ) { - d->ok->setEnabled( d->printers->childCount() != 0 ); - } - } - - // print command does not exist any more - - // file name - d->printToFileButton->setEnabled( d->printer->isOptionEnabled( TQPrinter::PrintToFile ) ); - d->fileName->setText( p->outputFileName() ); - - // orientation - d->orientationCombo->setCurrentItem( (int)p->orientation() ); - orientSelected( p->orientation() ); - - // page size - int n = 0; - while ( n < TQPrinter::NPageSize && - d->indexToPageSize[n] != p->pageSize() ) - n++; - d->sizeCombo->setCurrentItem( n ); - paperSizeSelected( n ); - - // New stuff (Options) - - // page order - d->pageOrder->setButton( (int)p->pageOrder() ); - pageOrderSelected( p->pageOrder() ); - - // color mode - d->colorMode->setButton( (int)p->colorMode() ); - colorModeSelected( p->colorMode() ); - - // number of copies - d->copies->setValue( p->numCopies() ); - setNumCopies( p->numCopies() ); - } - - if( p ) { - d->printAllButton->setEnabled( TRUE ); - d->printSelectionButton - ->setEnabled( d->printer->isOptionEnabled( TQPrinter::PrintSelection ) ); - d->printRangeButton - ->setEnabled( d->printer->isOptionEnabled( TQPrinter::PrintPageRange ) ); - - TQPrinter::PrintRange range = p->printRange(); - switch ( range ) { - case TQPrinter::AllPages: - d->printAllButton->setChecked(TRUE); - printRangeSelected( d->printRange->id( d->printAllButton ) ); - break; - case TQPrinter::Selection: - d->printSelectionButton->setChecked(TRUE); - printRangeSelected( d->printRange->id( d->printSelectionButton ) ); - break; - case TQPrinter::PageRange: - d->printRangeButton->setChecked(TRUE); - printRangeSelected( d->printRange->id( d->printRangeButton ) ); - break; - } - } - - if ( p && p->maxPage() ) { - d->firstPage->setRange( p->minPage(), p->maxPage() ); - d->lastPage->setRange( p->minPage(), p->maxPage() ); - if ( p->fromPage() || p->toPage() ) { - setFirstPage( p->fromPage() ); - setLastPage( p->toPage() ); - d->firstPage->setValue(p->fromPage()); - d->lastPage->setValue(p->toPage()); - } - } -} - - -/*! Returns a pointer to the printer this dialog configures, or 0 if - this dialog does not operate on any printer. */ - -TQPrinter * TQPrintDialog::printer() const -{ - return d->printer; -} - - -void TQPrintDialog::colorModeSelected( int id ) -{ - d->colorMode2 = (TQPrinter::ColorMode)id; -} - -/*! - Adds the button \a but to the tqlayout of the print dialog. The added - buttons are arranged from the left to the right below the - last groupbox of the printdialog. -*/ - -void TQPrintDialog::addButton( TQPushButton *but ) -{ - d->customLayout->addWidget( but ); -} - -void TQPrintDialog::fileNameEditChanged( const TQString &text ) -{ - if ( d->fileName->isEnabled() ) - d->ok->setEnabled( !text.isEmpty() ); -} - -#endif diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprintdialog.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprintdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 48c89ef56..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprintdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of print dialog. -** -** Created : 950829 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQPRINTDIALOG_H -#define TQPRINTDIALOG_H - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqdialog.h" -#endif // TQT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_PRINTDIALOG - -class TQGroupBox; -class TQPrintDialogPrivate; -class TQListView; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQPrintDialog : public TQDialog -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQPrintDialog( TQPrinter *, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ); - ~TQPrintDialog(); - - static bool getPrinterSetup( TQPrinter *, TQWidget* = 0 ); - static void setGlobalPrintDialog( TQPrintDialog * ); - - void setPrinter( TQPrinter *, bool = FALSE ); - TQPrinter * printer() const; - - void addButton( TQPushButton *but ); - -private Q_SLOTS: - void browseClicked(); - void okClicked(); - - void printerOrFileSelected( int ); - void landscapeSelected( int ); - void paperSizeSelected( int ); - void orientSelected( int ); - void pageOrderSelected( int ); - void colorModeSelected( int ); - void setNumCopies( int ); - void printRangeSelected( int ); - void setFirstPage( int ); - void setLastPage( int ); - - void fileNameEditChanged( const TQString &text ); - -private: - TQPrintDialogPrivate *d; - - TQGroupBox * setupDestination(); - TQGroupBox * setupOptions(); - TQGroupBox * setupPaper(); - TQGroupBox * setupPrinterSettings(); - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQPrintDialog( const TQPrintDialog & ); - TQPrintDialog &operator=( const TQPrintDialog & ); -#endif -}; - -#endif - -#endif // TQPRINTDIALOG_H diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprogressdialog.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprogressdialog.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 6e5da3f60..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprogressdialog.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,826 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of TQProgressDialog class -** -** Created : 970521 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqprogressdialog.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_PROGRESSDIALOG - -#include "tqaccel.h" -#include "tqpainter.h" -#include "tqdrawutil.h" -#include "tqdatetime.h" -#include "tqapplication.h" -#include "tqstyle.h" -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqcursor.h" -#include "tqtimer.h" -#include <limits.h> - -// If the operation is expected to take this long (as predicted by -// progress time), show the progress dialog. -static const int defaultShowTime = 4000; -// Wait at least this long before attempting to make a prediction. -static const int minWaitTime = 50; - -// Various tqlayout values -static const int margin_lr = 10; -static const int margin_tb = 10; -static const int spacing = 4; - - -class TQProgressDialogData -{ -public: - TQProgressDialogData( TQProgressDialog* that, TQWidget* parent, - const TQString& labelText, - int totalSteps ) : - creator( parent ), - label( new TQLabel(labelText,that,"label") ), - cancel( 0 ), - bar( new TQProgressBar(totalSteps,that,"bar") ), - shown_once( FALSE ), - cancellation_flag( FALSE ), - showTime( defaultShowTime ) - { - label->tqsetAlignment(that->tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_ProgressDialog_TextLabelAlignment, that)); - } - - TQWidget *creator; - TQLabel *label; - TQPushButton *cancel; - TQProgressBar *bar; - bool shown_once; - bool cancellation_flag; - TQTime starttime; -#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR - TQCursor parentCursor; -#endif - int showTime; - bool autoClose; - bool autoReset; - bool forceHide; -}; - - -/*! - \class TQProgressDialog tqprogressdialog.h - \brief The TQProgressDialog class provides feedback on the progress of a slow operation. - \ingroup dialogs - \mainclass - - A progress dialog is used to give the user an indication of how long - an operation is going to take, and to demonstrate that the - application has not frozen. It can also give the user an opportunity - to abort the operation. - - A common problem with progress dialogs is that it is difficult to know - when to use them; operations take different amounts of time on different - hardware. TQProgressDialog offers a solution to this problem: - it estimates the time the operation will take (based on time for - steps), and only shows itself if that estimate is beyond minimumDuration() - (4 seconds by default). - - Use setTotalSteps() (or the constructor) to set the number of - "steps" in the operation and call setProgress() as the operation - progresses. The step value can be chosen arbitrarily. It can be the - number of files copied, the number of bytes received, the number of - iterations through the main loop of your algorithm, or some other - suitable unit. Progress starts at 0, and the progress dialog shows - that the operation has finished when you call setProgress() with - totalSteps() as its argument. - - The dialog automatically resets and hides itself at the end of the - operation. Use setAutoReset() and setAutoClose() to change this - behavior. - - There are two ways of using TQProgressDialog: modal and modeless. - - Using a modal TQProgressDialog is simpler for the programmer, but you - must call TQApplication::processEvents() or - TQEventLoop::processEvents(ExcludeUserInput) to keep the event loop - running to ensure that the application doesn't freeze. Do the - operation in a loop, call \l setProgress() at intervals, and check - for cancellation with wasCanceled(). For example: -\code -TQProgressDialog progress( "Copying files...", "Abort Copy", numFiles, - this, "progress", TRUE ); -for ( int i = 0; i < numFiles; i++ ) { - progress.setProgress( i ); - tqApp->processEvents(); - - if ( progress.wasCanceled() ) - break; - //... copy one file -} -progress.setProgress( numFiles ); -\endcode - - A modeless progress dialog is suitable for operations that take - place in the background, where the user is able to interact with the - application. Such operations are typically based on TQTimer (or - TQObject::timerEvent()), TQSocketNotifier, or TQUrlOperator; or performed - in a separate thread. A TQProgressBar in the status bar of your main window - is often an alternative to a modeless progress dialog. - - You need to have an event loop to be running, connect the - canceled() signal to a slot that stops the operation, and call \l - setProgress() at intervals. For example: -\code -Operation::Operation( TQObject *parent = 0 ) - : TQObject( parent ), steps( 0 ) -{ - pd = new TQProgressDialog( "Operation in progress.", "Cancel", 100 ); - connect( pd, TQT_SIGNAL(canceled()), this, TQT_SLOT(cancel()) ); - t = new TQTimer( this ); - connect( t, TQT_SIGNAL(timeout()), this, TQT_SLOT(perform()) ); - t->start( 0 ); -} - -void Operation::perform() -{ - pd->setProgress( steps ); - //... perform one percent of the operation - steps++; - if ( steps > pd->totalSteps() ) - t->stop(); -} - -void Operation::cancel() -{ - t->stop(); - //... cleanup -} -\endcode - - - In both modes the progress dialog may be customized by - replacing the child widgets with custom widgets by using setLabel(), - setBar(), and setCancelButton(). - The functions setLabelText() and setCancelButtonText() - set the texts shown. - - <img src=qprogdlg-m.png> <img src=qprogdlg-w.png> - - \sa TQDialog TQProgressBar - \link guibooks.html#fowler GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator\endlink -*/ - - -/*! - Returns the TQLabel currently being displayed above the progress bar. - This TQLabel is owned by the TQProgressDialog. - - \sa setLabel() -*/ -TQLabel *TQProgressDialog::label() const -{ - return d->label; -} - -/*! - Returns the TQProgressBar currently being used to display progress. - This TQProgressBar is owned by the TQProgressDialog. - - \sa setBar() -*/ -TQProgressBar *TQProgressDialog::bar() const -{ - return d->bar; -} - - -/*! - Constructs a progress dialog. - - Default settings: - \list - \i The label text is empty. - \i The cancel button text is (translated) "Cancel". - \i The total number of steps is 100. - \endlist - - The \a creator argument is the widget to use as the dialog's parent. - The \a name, \a modal, and the widget flags, \a f, are - passed to the TQDialog::TQDialog() constructor. If \a modal is FALSE (the - default), you must have an event loop proceeding for any redrawing - of the dialog to occur. If \a modal is TRUE, the dialog ensures that - events are processed when needed. - - \sa setLabelText(), setLabel(), setCancelButtonText(), setCancelButton(), - setTotalSteps() -*/ - -TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog( TQWidget *creator, const char *name, - bool modal, WFlags f ) - : TQDialog( creator, name, modal, f) -{ - init( creator, TQString::tqfromLatin1(""), tr("Cancel"), 100 ); -} - -/*! - Constructs a progress dialog. - - The \a labelText is text used to remind the user what is progressing. - - The \a cancelButtonText is the text to display on the cancel button, - or 0 if no cancel button is to be shown. - - The \a totalSteps is the total number of steps in the operation for - which this progress dialog shows progress. For example, if the - operation is to examine 50 files, this value would be 50. Before - examining the first file, call setProgress(0). As each file is - processed call setProgress(1), setProgress(2), etc., finally - calling setProgress(50) after examining the last file. - - The \a creator argument is the widget to use as the dialog's parent. - The \a name, \a modal, and widget flags, \a f, are passed to the - TQDialog::TQDialog() constructor. If \a modal is FALSE (the default), - you will must have an event loop proceeding for any redrawing of - the dialog to occur. If \a modal is TRUE, the dialog ensures that - events are processed when needed. - - - \sa setLabelText(), setLabel(), setCancelButtonText(), setCancelButton(), - setTotalSteps() -*/ - -TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog( const TQString &labelText, - const TQString &cancelButtonText, - int totalSteps, - TQWidget *creator, const char *name, - bool modal, WFlags f ) - : TQDialog( creator, name, modal, f) -{ - init( creator, labelText, cancelButtonText, totalSteps ); -} - - -/*! - Destroys the progress dialog. -*/ - -TQProgressDialog::~TQProgressDialog() -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR - if ( d->creator ) - d->creator->setCursor( d->parentCursor ); -#endif - delete d; -} - -void TQProgressDialog::init( TQWidget *creator, - const TQString& lbl, const TQString& canc, - int totstps) -{ - d = new TQProgressDialogData(this, creator, lbl, totstps); - d->autoClose = TRUE; - d->autoReset = TRUE; - d->forceHide = FALSE; - setCancelButtonText( canc ); - connect( this, TQT_SIGNAL(canceled()), this, TQT_SIGNAL(cancelled()) ); - connect( this, TQT_SIGNAL(canceled()), this, TQT_SLOT(cancel()) ); - forceTimer = new TQTimer( this ); - connect( forceTimer, TQT_SIGNAL(timeout()), this, TQT_SLOT(forceShow()) ); - tqlayout(); -} - -/*! - \fn void TQProgressDialog::canceled() - - This signal is emitted when the cancel button is clicked. - It is connected to the cancel() slot by default. - - \sa wasCanceled() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void TQProgressDialog::cancelled() - - \obsolete - - Use canceled() instead. -*/ - - -/*! - Sets the label to \a label. The progress dialog resizes to fit. The - label becomes owned by the progress dialog and will be deleted when - necessary, so do not pass the address of an object on the stack. - - \sa setLabelText() -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::setLabel( TQLabel *label ) -{ - delete d->label; - d->label = label; - if (label) { - if ( label->parentWidget() == this ) { - label->hide(); // until we resize - } else { - label->reparent( this, 0, TQPoint(0,0), FALSE ); - } - } - int w = TQMAX( isVisible() ? width() : 0, tqsizeHint().width() ); - int h = TQMAX( isVisible() ? height() : 0, tqsizeHint().height() ); - resize( w, h ); - if (label) - label->show(); -} - - -/*! - \property TQProgressDialog::labelText - \brief the label's text - - The default text is TQString::null. -*/ - -TQString TQProgressDialog::labelText() const -{ - if ( label() ) - return label()->text(); - return TQString::null; -} - -void TQProgressDialog::setLabelText( const TQString &text ) -{ - if ( label() ) { - label()->setText( text ); - int w = TQMAX( isVisible() ? width() : 0, tqsizeHint().width() ); - int h = TQMAX( isVisible() ? height() : 0, tqsizeHint().height() ); - resize( w, h ); - } -} - - -/*! - Sets the cancel button to the push button, \a cancelButton. The - progress dialog takes ownership of this button which will be deleted - when necessary, so do not pass the address of an object that is on - the stack, i.e. use new() to create the button. - - \sa setCancelButtonText() -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::setCancelButton( TQPushButton *cancelButton ) -{ - delete d->cancel; - d->cancel = cancelButton; - if (cancelButton) { - if ( cancelButton->parentWidget() == this ) { - cancelButton->hide(); // until we resize - } else { - cancelButton->reparent( this, 0, TQPoint(0,0), FALSE ); - } - connect( d->cancel, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), this, TQT_SIGNAL(canceled()) ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL - TQAccel *accel = new TQAccel( this ); - accel->connectItem( accel->insertItem(Key_Escape), - d->cancel, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()) ); -#endif - } - int w = TQMAX( isVisible() ? width() : 0, tqsizeHint().width() ); - int h = TQMAX( isVisible() ? height() : 0, tqsizeHint().height() ); - resize( w, h ); - if (cancelButton) - cancelButton->show(); -} - -/*! - Sets the cancel button's text to \a cancelButtonText. - \sa setCancelButton() -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::setCancelButtonText( const TQString &cancelButtonText ) -{ - if ( !cancelButtonText.isNull() ) { - if ( d->cancel ) - d->cancel->setText(cancelButtonText); - else - setCancelButton(new TQPushButton(cancelButtonText, this, "cancel")); - } else { - setCancelButton(0); - } - int w = TQMAX( isVisible() ? width() : 0, tqsizeHint().width() ); - int h = TQMAX( isVisible() ? height() : 0, tqsizeHint().height() ); - resize( w, h ); -} - - -/*! - Sets the progress bar widget to \a bar. The progress dialog resizes to - fit. The progress dialog takes ownership of the progress \a bar which - will be deleted when necessary, so do not use a progress bar - allocated on the stack. -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::setBar( TQProgressBar *bar ) -{ - if ( progress() > 0 ) { -#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE) - qWarning( "TQProgrssDialog::setBar: Cannot set a new progress bar " - "while the old one is active" ); -#endif - } - delete d->bar; - d->bar = bar; - int w = TQMAX( isVisible() ? width() : 0, tqsizeHint().width() ); - int h = TQMAX( isVisible() ? height() : 0, tqsizeHint().height() ); - resize( w, h ); -} - - -/*! - \property TQProgressDialog::wasCancelled - \brief whether the dialog was canceled - - \obsolete - - Use \l wasCanceled instead. -*/ - -/*! - \property TQProgressDialog::wasCanceled - \brief whether the dialog was canceled - - \sa setProgress() -*/ - -bool TQProgressDialog::wasCancelled() const -{ - return d->cancellation_flag; -} - - -/*! - \property TQProgressDialog::totalSteps - \brief the total number of steps - - The default is 0. -*/ - -int TQProgressDialog::totalSteps() const -{ - if ( d && d->bar ) - return bar()->totalSteps(); - return 0; -} - -void TQProgressDialog::setTotalSteps( int totalSteps ) -{ - bar()->setTotalSteps( totalSteps ); -} - - -/*! - Resets the progress dialog. - The progress dialog becomes hidden if autoClose() is TRUE. - - \sa setAutoClose(), setAutoReset() -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::reset() -{ -#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR - if ( progress() >= 0 ) { - if ( d->creator ) - d->creator->setCursor( d->parentCursor ); - } -#endif - if ( d->autoClose || d->forceHide ) - hide(); - bar()->reset(); - d->cancellation_flag = FALSE; - d->shown_once = FALSE; - forceTimer->stop(); -} - -/*! - Resets the progress dialog. wasCanceled() becomes TRUE until - the progress dialog is reset. - The progress dialog becomes hidden. -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::cancel() -{ - d->forceHide = TRUE; - reset(); - d->forceHide = FALSE; - d->cancellation_flag = TRUE; -} - -/*! - \property TQProgressDialog::progress - \brief the current amount of progress made. - - For the progress dialog to work as expected, you should initially set - this property to 0 and finally set it to - TQProgressDialog::totalSteps(); you can call setProgress() any number of times - in-between. - - \warning If the progress dialog is modal - (see TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog()), - this function calls TQApplication::processEvents(), so take care that - this does not cause undesirable re-entrancy in your code. For example, - don't use a TQProgressDialog inside a paintEvent()! - - \sa totalSteps -*/ - -int TQProgressDialog::progress() const -{ - return bar()->progress(); -} - -void TQProgressDialog::setProgress( int progress ) -{ - if ( progress == bar()->progress() || - (bar()->progress() == -1 && progress == bar()->totalSteps()) ) - return; - - bar()->setProgress(progress); - - if ( d->shown_once ) { - if (testWFlags(TQt::WShowModal)) - tqApp->processEvents(); - } else { - if ( progress == 0 ) { -#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR - if ( d->creator ) { - d->parentCursor = d->creator->cursor(); - d->creator->setCursor( Qt::WaitCursor ); - } -#endif - d->starttime.start(); - forceTimer->start( d->showTime ); - return; - } else { - bool need_show; - int elapsed = d->starttime.elapsed(); - if ( elapsed >= d->showTime ) { - need_show = TRUE; - } else { - if ( elapsed > minWaitTime ) { - int estimate; - if ( (totalSteps() - progress) >= INT_MAX / elapsed ) - estimate = (totalSteps() - progress) / progress * elapsed; - else - estimate = elapsed * (totalSteps() - progress) / progress; - need_show = estimate >= d->showTime; - } else { - need_show = FALSE; - } - } - if ( need_show ) { - int w = TQMAX( isVisible() ? width() : 0, tqsizeHint().width() ); - int h = TQMAX( isVisible() ? height() : 0, tqsizeHint().height() ); - resize( w, h ); - show(); - d->shown_once = TRUE; - } - } -#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX - TQApplication::flush(); -#endif - } - - if ( progress == bar()->totalSteps() && d->autoReset ) - reset(); -} - -/*! - \overload - - Sets the current amount of progress to \a progress and the total number of - steps to \a totalSteps. - - \sa setTotalSteps() -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::setProgress( int progress, int totalSteps ) -{ - setTotalSteps( totalSteps ); - setProgress( progress ); -} - -/*! - Returns a size that fits the contents of the progress dialog. - The progress dialog resizes itself as required, so you should not - need to call this yourself. -*/ - -TQSize TQProgressDialog::tqsizeHint() const -{ - TQSize sh = label()->tqsizeHint(); - TQSize bh = bar()->tqsizeHint(); - int h = margin_tb*2 + bh.height() + sh.height() + spacing; - if ( d->cancel ) - h += d->cancel->tqsizeHint().height() + spacing; - return TQSize( TQMAX(200, sh.width() + 2*margin_lr), h ); -} - -/*!\reimp -*/ -void TQProgressDialog::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ) -{ - tqlayout(); -} - -/*! - \reimp -*/ -void TQProgressDialog::styleChange(TQStyle& s) -{ - TQDialog::styleChange(s); - tqlayout(); -} - -void TQProgressDialog::tqlayout() -{ - int sp = spacing; - int mtb = margin_tb; - int mlr = TQMIN(width()/10, margin_lr); - const bool centered = - bool(tqstyle().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_ProgressDialog_CenterCancelButton, this)); - - TQSize cs = d->cancel ? d->cancel->tqsizeHint() : TQSize(0,0); - TQSize bh = bar()->tqsizeHint(); - int cspc; - int lh = 0; - - // Find spacing and sizes that fit. It is important that a progress - // dialog can be made very small if the user demands it so. - for (int attempt=5; attempt--; ) { - cspc = d->cancel ? cs.height() + sp : 0; - lh = TQMAX(0, height() - mtb - bh.height() - sp - cspc); - - if ( lh < height()/4 ) { - // Getting cramped - sp /= 2; - mtb /= 2; - if ( d->cancel ) { - cs.setHeight(TQMAX(4,cs.height()-sp-2)); - } - bh.setHeight(TQMAX(4,bh.height()-sp-1)); - } else { - break; - } - } - - if ( d->cancel ) { - d->cancel->setGeometry( - centered ? width()/2 - cs.width()/2 : width() - mlr - cs.width(), - height() - mtb - cs.height() + sp, - cs.width(), cs.height() ); - } - - label()->setGeometry( mlr, 0, width()-mlr*2, lh ); - bar()->setGeometry( mlr, lh+sp, width()-mlr*2, bh.height() ); -} - -/*! - \property TQProgressDialog::minimumDuration - \brief the time that must pass before the dialog appears - - If the expected duration of the task is less than the - minimumDuration, the dialog will not appear at all. This prevents - the dialog popping up for tasks that are quickly over. For tasks - that are expected to exceed the minimumDuration, the dialog will - pop up after the minimumDuration time or as soon as any progress - is set. - - If set to 0, the dialog is always shown as soon as any progress is - set. The default is 4000 milliseconds. -*/ -void TQProgressDialog::setMinimumDuration( int ms ) -{ - d->showTime = ms; - if ( bar()->progress() == 0 ) { - forceTimer->stop(); - forceTimer->start( ms ); - } -} - -int TQProgressDialog::minimumDuration() const -{ - return d->showTime; -} - - -/*! - \reimp -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent *e ) -{ - emit canceled(); - TQDialog::closeEvent( e ); -} - -/*! - \property TQProgressDialog::autoReset - \brief whether the progress dialog calls reset() as soon as progress() equals totalSteps() - - The default is TRUE. - - \sa setAutoClose() -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::setAutoReset( bool b ) -{ - d->autoReset = b; -} - -bool TQProgressDialog::autoReset() const -{ - return d->autoReset; -} - -/*! - \property TQProgressDialog::autoClose - \brief whether the dialog gets hidden by reset() - - The default is TRUE. - - \sa setAutoReset() -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::setAutoClose( bool b ) -{ - d->autoClose = b; -} - -bool TQProgressDialog::autoClose() const -{ - return d->autoClose; -} - -/*! - \reimp -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::showEvent( TQShowEvent *e ) -{ - TQDialog::showEvent( e ); - int w = TQMAX( isVisible() ? width() : 0, tqsizeHint().width() ); - int h = TQMAX( isVisible() ? height() : 0, tqsizeHint().height() ); - resize( w, h ); - forceTimer->stop(); -} - -/*! - Shows the dialog if it is still hidden after the algorithm has been started - and minimumDuration milliseconds have passed. - - \sa setMinimumDuration() -*/ - -void TQProgressDialog::forceShow() -{ - if ( d->shown_once || d->cancellation_flag ) - return; - - show(); - d->shown_once = TRUE; -} - - -#endif diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprogressdialog.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprogressdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6c5dbe7ff..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqprogressdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQProgressDialog class -** -** Created : 970520 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQPROGRESSDIALOG_H -#define TQPROGRESSDIALOG_H - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqsemimodal.h" -#include "tqlabel.h" // ### remove or keep for users' convenience? -#include "tqprogressbar.h" // ### remove or keep for users' convenience? -#endif // TQT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_PROGRESSDIALOG - -class TQPushButton; -class TQTimer; -class TQProgressDialogData; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQProgressDialog : public TQDialog -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - Q_PROPERTY( bool wasCancelled READ wasCancelled DESIGNABLE false STORED false ) // ### remove in 4.0 - Q_PROPERTY( bool wasCanceled READ wasCanceled ) - Q_PROPERTY( int totalSteps READ totalSteps WRITE setTotalSteps ) - Q_PROPERTY( int progress READ progress WRITE setProgress ) - Q_PROPERTY( bool autoReset READ autoReset WRITE setAutoReset ) - Q_PROPERTY( bool autoClose READ autoClose WRITE setAutoClose ) - Q_PROPERTY( int minimumDuration READ minimumDuration WRITE setMinimumDuration ) - Q_PROPERTY( TQString labelText READ labelText WRITE setLabelText ) - -public: - TQProgressDialog( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool modal=FALSE, - WFlags f=0 ); - TQProgressDialog( const TQString& labelText, const TQString &cancelButtonText, - int totalSteps, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, - bool modal=FALSE, WFlags f=0 ); - ~TQProgressDialog(); - - void setLabel( TQLabel * ); - void setCancelButton( TQPushButton * ); - void setBar( TQProgressBar * ); - - // ### TQt 4.0: remove wasCancelled() in 4.0 - bool wasCancelled() const; - inline bool wasCanceled() const { return wasCancelled(); } - - int totalSteps() const; - int progress() const; - - TQSize tqsizeHint() const; - - TQString labelText() const; - - void setAutoReset( bool b ); - bool autoReset() const; - void setAutoClose( bool b ); - bool autoClose() const; - -public Q_SLOTS: - void cancel(); - void reset(); - void setTotalSteps( int totalSteps ); - void setProgress( int progress ); - void setProgress( int progress, int totalSteps ); - void setLabelText( const TQString &); - void setCancelButtonText( const TQString &); - - void setMinimumDuration( int ms ); -public: - int minimumDuration() const; - -Q_SIGNALS: - // ### remove cancelled() in 4.0 - void cancelled(); - void canceled(); - -protected: - void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ); - void closeEvent( TQCloseEvent * ); - void styleChange( TQStyle& ); - void showEvent( TQShowEvent *e ); - -protected Q_SLOTS: - void forceShow(); - -private: - void init( TQWidget *creator, const TQString& lbl, const TQString &canc, - int totstps); - void tqlayout(); - TQLabel *label() const; - TQProgressBar *bar() const; - TQProgressDialogData *d; - TQTimer *forceTimer; - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQProgressDialog( const TQProgressDialog & ); - TQProgressDialog &operator=( const TQProgressDialog & ); -#endif -}; - -#endif // TQT_NO_PROGRESSDIALOG - -#endif // TQPROGRESSDIALOG_H diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqsemimodal.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqsemimodal.h deleted file mode 100644 index d114b905d..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqsemimodal.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQSemiModal class for source compatibility -** -** Created : 001010 -** -** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQSEMIMODAL_H -#define TQSEMIMODAL_H - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqdialog.h" -#endif // TQT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPAT -#ifndef TQT_NO_SEMIMODAL -class TQ_EXPORT TQSemiModal : public TQDialog -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQSemiModal( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool modal=FALSE, WFlags f=0 ) - : TQDialog( parent, name, modal, f ) { } - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQSemiModal( const TQSemiModal & ); - TQSemiModal &operator=( const TQSemiModal & ); -#endif -}; -#endif -#endif - -#endif // TQSEMIMODAL_H diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqtabdialog.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqtabdialog.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index fd91293df..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqtabdialog.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1145 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of TQTabDialog class -** -** Created : 960825 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqtabdialog.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_TABDIALOG - -#include "tqobjectlist.h" -#include "tqtabbar.h" -#include "tqtabwidget.h" -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqpainter.h" -#include "tqpixmap.h" -#include "tqapplication.h" -#include "tqtabwidget.h" -#include "tqwidgetstack.h" -#include "tqlayout.h" - -/*! - \class TQTabDialog tqtabdialog.h - - \brief The TQTabDialog class provides a stack of tabbed widgets. - - \ingroup dialogs - \mainclass - - A tabbed dialog is one in which several "tab pages" are available. - By clicking on a tab page's tab or by pressing the indicated - Alt+\e{letter} key combination, the user can select which tab page - they want to use. - - TQTabDialog provides a tab bar consisting of single row of tabs at - the top; each tab has an associated widget which is that tab's - tab page. In addition, TQTabDialog provides an OK button and the - following optional buttons: Apply, Cancel, Defaults and Help. - - The normal way to use TQTabDialog is to do the following in the - constructor: - \list 1 - \i Create a TQTabDialog. - \i Create a TQWidget for each of the pages in the tab dialog, insert - tqchildren into it, set up tqgeometry management for it, and use - addTab() (or insertTab()) to set up a tab and keyboard accelerator - for it. - \i Set up the buttons for the tab dialog using setOkButton(), - setApplyButton(), setDefaultsButton(), setCancelButton() and - setHelpButton(). - \i Connect to the Q_SIGNALS and Q_SLOTS. - \endlist - - If you don't call addTab() the page you have created will not be - visible. Don't confuse the object name you supply to the - TQWidget constructor and the tab label you supply to addTab(); - addTab() takes user-visible name that appears on the widget's tab - and may identify an accelerator, whereas the widget name is used - primarily for debugging. - - Almost all applications have to connect the applyButtonPressed() - signal to something. applyButtonPressed() is emitted when either OK - or Apply is clicked, and your slot must copy the dialog's state into - the application. - - There are also several other Q_SIGNALS which may be useful: - \list - \i cancelButtonPressed() is emitted when the user clicks Cancel. - \i defaultButtonPressed() is emitted when the user clicks Defaults; - the slot it is connected to should reset the state of the dialog to - the application defaults. - \i helpButtonPressed() is emitted when the user clicks Help. - \i aboutToShow() is emitted at the start of show(); if there is any - chance that the state of the application may change between the - creation of the tab dialog and the time show() is called, you must - connect this signal to a slot that resets the state of the dialog. - \i currentChanged() is emitted when the user selects a page. - \endlist - - Each tab is either enabled or disabled at any given time (see - setTabEnabled()). If a tab is enabled the tab text is drawn in - black and the user can select that tab. If it is disabled the tab - is drawn in a different way and the user cannot select that tab. - Note that even if a tab is disabled, the page can still be visible; - for example, if all of the tabs happen to be disabled. - - You can change a tab's label and iconset using changeTab(). A tab - page can be removed with removePage() and shown with showPage(). The - current page is given by currentPage(). - - TQTabDialog does not support tabs on the sides or bottom, nor can - you set or retrieve the visible page. If you need more functionality - than TQTabDialog provides, consider creating a TQDialog and using a - TQTabBar with TQTabWidgets. - - Most of the functionality in TQTabDialog is provided by a TQTabWidget. - - <img src=qtabdlg-m.png> <img src=qtabdlg-w.png> - - \sa TQDialog -*/ - -/*! - \fn void TQTabDialog::selected( const TQString & ); - \obsolete - - This signal is emitted whenever a tab is selected (raised), - including during the first show(). - - \sa raise() -*/ - -/*! \fn void TQTabDialog::currentChanged( TQWidget* ); - - This signal is emitted whenever the current page changes. - - \sa currentPage(), showPage(), tabLabel() -*/ - - -// add comments about delete, ok and apply - -class TQTabDialogPrivate -{ -public: - TQTabDialogPrivate(); - - TQTabWidget* tw; - - TQPushButton * ok; - TQPushButton * cb; - TQPushButton * db; - TQPushButton * hb; - TQPushButton * ab; - - TQBoxLayout * tll; -}; - -TQTabDialogPrivate::TQTabDialogPrivate() - : tw(0), - ok(0), cb(0), db(0), hb(0), ab(0), - tll(0) -{ } - -/*! - Constructs a TQTabDialog with only an OK button. - The \a parent, \a name, \a modal and widget flag, \a f, arguments - are passed on to the TQDialog constructor. -*/ - -TQTabDialog::TQTabDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal, - WFlags f ) - : TQDialog( parent, name, modal, f ) -{ - d = new TQTabDialogPrivate; - TQ_CHECK_PTR( d ); - - d->tw = new TQTabWidget( this, "tab widget" ); - connect ( d->tw, TQT_SIGNAL ( selected(const TQString&) ), this, TQT_SIGNAL( selected(const TQString&) ) ); - connect ( d->tw, TQT_SIGNAL ( currentChanged(TQWidget*) ), this, TQT_SIGNAL( currentChanged(TQWidget*) ) ); - - d->ok = new TQPushButton( this, "ok" ); - TQ_CHECK_PTR( d->ok ); - d->ok->setText( tr("OK") ); - d->ok->setDefault( TRUE ); - connect( d->ok, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SIGNAL(applyButtonPressed()) ); - connect( d->ok, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SLOT(accept()) ); -} - - -/*! - Destroys the tab dialog. -*/ - -TQTabDialog::~TQTabDialog() -{ - delete d; -} - - -/*! - Sets the font for the tabs to \a font. - - If the widget is visible, the display is updated with the new font - immediately. There may be some tqgeometry changes, depending on the - size of the old and new fonts. -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::setFont( const TQFont & font ) -{ - TQDialog::setFont( font ); - setSizes(); -} - - -/*! - \fn void TQTabDialog::applyButtonPressed(); - - This signal is emitted when either the Apply or OK button is clicked. - - It should be connected to a slot (or several Q_SLOTS) that change the - application's state according to the state of the dialog. - - \sa cancelButtonPressed() defaultButtonPressed() setApplyButton() -*/ - - -/*! - Returns TRUE if the tab dialog has a Defaults button; otherwise - returns FALSE. - - \sa setDefaultButton() defaultButtonPressed() hasApplyButton() - hasCancelButton() -*/ - -bool TQTabDialog::hasDefaultButton() const -{ - return d->db != 0; -} - - -/*! - Returns TRUE if the tab dialog has a Help button; otherwise returns - FALSE. - - \sa setHelpButton() helpButtonPressed() hasApplyButton() - hasCancelButton() -*/ - -bool TQTabDialog::hasHelpButton() const -{ - return d->hb != 0; -} - - -/*! - \fn void TQTabDialog::cancelButtonPressed(); - - This signal is emitted when the Cancel button is clicked. It is - automatically connected to TQDialog::reject(), which will hide the - dialog. - - The Cancel button should not change the application's state at all, - so you should generally not need to connect it to any slot. - - \sa applyButtonPressed() defaultButtonPressed() setCancelButton() -*/ - - -/*! - Returns TRUE if the tab dialog has a Cancel button; otherwise - returns FALSE. - - \sa setCancelButton() cancelButtonPressed() hasApplyButton() - hasDefaultButton() -*/ - -bool TQTabDialog::hasCancelButton() const -{ - return d->cb != 0; -} - - -/*! - \fn void TQTabDialog::defaultButtonPressed(); - - This signal is emitted when the Defaults button is pressed. It - should reset the dialog (but not the application) to the "factory - defaults". - - The application's state should not be changed until the user clicks - Apply or OK. - - \sa applyButtonPressed() cancelButtonPressed() setDefaultButton() -*/ - - -/*! - \fn void TQTabDialog::helpButtonPressed(); - - This signal is emitted when the Help button is pressed. It - could be used to present information about how to use the dialog. - - \sa applyButtonPressed() cancelButtonPressed() setHelpButton() -*/ - - -/*! - Returns TRUE if the tab dialog has an Apply button; otherwise - returns FALSE. - - \sa setApplyButton() applyButtonPressed() hasCancelButton() - hasDefaultButton() -*/ - -bool TQTabDialog::hasApplyButton() const -{ - return d->ab != 0; -} - - -/*! - Returns TRUE if the tab dialog has an OK button; otherwise returns - FALSE. - - \sa setOkButton() hasApplyButton() hasCancelButton() - hasDefaultButton() -*/ - -bool TQTabDialog::hasOkButton() const -{ - return d->ok != 0; -} - - -/*! - \fn void TQTabDialog::aboutToShow() - - This signal is emitted by show() when it is time to set the state of - the dialog's contents. The dialog should reflect the current state - of the application when it appears; if there is any possibility that - the state of the application may change between the time you call - TQTabDialog::TQTabDialog() and TQTabDialog::show(), you should set the - dialog's state in a slot and connect this signal to it. - - This applies mainly to TQTabDialog objects that are kept around - hidden, rather than being created, shown, and deleted afterwards. - - \sa applyButtonPressed(), show(), cancelButtonPressed() -*/ - - -/*!\reimp -*/ -void TQTabDialog::show() -{ - // Reimplemented in order to delay show()'ing of every page - // except the initially visible one, and in order to emit the - // aboutToShow() signal. - if ( tqtopLevelWidget() == this ) - d->tw->setFocus(); - emit aboutToShow(); - setSizes(); - setUpLayout(); - TQDialog::show(); -} - - -/*! - Ensures that tab page \a i is visible and appropriately sized. -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::showTab( int i ) -{ - d->tw->showTab( i ); -} - - -/*! - Adds another tab and page to the tab view. - - The new page is \a child; the tab's label is \a label. - Note the difference between the widget name (which you supply to - widget constructors and to setTabEnabled(), for example) and the tab - label. The name is internal to the program and invariant, whereas - the label is shown on-screen and may vary according to language and - other factors. - - If the tab's \a label contains an ampersand, the letter following - the ampersand is used as an accelerator for the tab, e.g. if the - label is "Bro&wse" then Alt+W becomes an accelerator which will - move the focus to this tab. - - If you call addTab() after show() the screen will flicker and the - user may be confused. - - \sa insertTab() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::addTab( TQWidget * child, const TQString &label ) -{ - d->tw->addTab( child, label ); -} - - - -/*! \overload - - This version of the function shows the \a iconset as well as the \a - label on the tab of \a child. -*/ -void TQTabDialog::addTab( TQWidget *child, const TQIconSet& iconset, const TQString &label) -{ - d->tw->addTab( child, iconset, label ); -} - -/*! - \overload - - This is a lower-level method for adding tabs, similar to the other - addTab() method. It is useful if you are using setTabBar() to set a - TQTabBar subclass with an overridden TQTabBar::paint() function for a - subclass of TQTab. - - The \a child is the widget to be placed on the new tab page. The \a - tab is the tab to display on the tab page -- normally this shows a - label or an icon that identifies the tab page. - -*/ -void TQTabDialog::addTab( TQWidget * child, TQTab* tab ) -{ - d->tw->addTab( child, tab ); -} - -/*! - Inserts another tab and page to the tab view. - - The new page is \a child; the tab's label is \a label. - Note the difference between the widget name (which you supply to - widget constructors and to setTabEnabled(), for example) and the tab - label. The name is internal to the program and invariant, whereas - the label is shown on-screen and may vary according to language and - other factors. - - If the tab's \a label contains an ampersand, the letter following - the ampersand is used as an accelerator for the tab, e.g. if the - label is "Bro&wse" then Alt+W becomes an accelerator which will - move the focus to this tab. - - If \a index is not specified, the tab is simply added. Otherwise - it is inserted at the specified position. - - If you call insertTab() after show(), the screen will flicker and the - user may be confused. - - \sa addTab() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::insertTab( TQWidget * child, const TQString &label, int index ) -{ - d->tw->insertTab( child, label, index ); -} - - -/*! \overload - - This version of the function shows the \a iconset as well as the \a - label on the tab of \a child. - */ -void TQTabDialog::insertTab( TQWidget *child, const TQIconSet& iconset, const TQString &label, int index) -{ - d->tw->insertTab( child, iconset, label, index ); -} - -/*! - \overload - - This is a lower-level method for inserting tabs, similar to the other - insertTab() method. It is useful if you are using setTabBar() to set a - TQTabBar subclass with an overridden TQTabBar::paint() function for a - subclass of TQTab. - - The \a child is the widget to be placed on the new tab page. The \a - tab is the tab to display on the tab page -- normally this shows a - label or an icon that identifies the tab page. The \a index is the - position where this tab page should be inserted. - -*/ -void TQTabDialog::insertTab( TQWidget * child, TQTab* tab, int index ) -{ - d->tw->insertTab( child, tab, index ); -} - -/*! - Replaces the TQTabBar heading the dialog by the given tab bar, \a tb. - Note that this must be called \e before any tabs have been added, - or the behavior is undefined. - \sa tabBar() -*/ -void TQTabDialog::setTabBar( TQTabBar* tb ) -{ - d->tw->setTabBar( tb ); - setUpLayout(); -} - -/*! - Returns the currently set TQTabBar. - \sa setTabBar() -*/ -TQTabBar* TQTabDialog::tabBar() const -{ - return d->tw->tabBar(); -} - -/*! Ensures that widget \a w is shown. This is mainly useful for accelerators. - - \warning If used carelessly, this function can easily surprise or - confuse the user. - - \sa TQTabBar::setCurrentTab() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::showPage( TQWidget * w ) -{ - d->tw->showPage( w ); -} - - -/*! \obsolete - Returns TRUE if the page with object name \a name is enabled and - FALSE if it is disabled. - - If \a name is 0 or not the name of any of the pages, isTabEnabled() - returns FALSE. - - \sa setTabEnabled(), TQWidget::isEnabled() -*/ - -bool TQTabDialog::isTabEnabled( const char* name ) const -{ - if ( !name ) - return FALSE; - TQObjectList * l - = ((TQTabDialog *)this)->queryList( "TQWidget", name, FALSE, TRUE ); - if ( l && l->first() ) { - TQWidget * w; - while( l->current() ) { - while( l->current() && !l->current()->isWidgetType() ) - l->next(); - w = (TQWidget *)(l->current()); - if ( w ) { - bool enabled = d->tw->isTabEnabled( w ); - delete l; - return enabled; - } - } - } - delete l; - return FALSE; -} - - -/*!\obsolete - - Finds the page with object name \a name, enables/disables it - according to the value of \a enable and redraws the page's tab - appropriately. - - TQTabDialog uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a - separate flag. - - Note that even a disabled tab/page may be visible. If the page is - already visible TQTabDialog will not hide it; if all the pages - are disabled TQTabDialog will show one of them. - - The object name is used (rather than the tab label) because the tab - text may not be invariant in multi-language applications. - - \sa isTabEnabled(), TQWidget::setEnabled() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::setTabEnabled( const char* name, bool enable ) -{ - if ( !name ) - return; - TQObjectList * l - = ((TQTabDialog *)this)->queryList( "TQWidget", name, FALSE, TRUE ); - if ( l && l->first() ) { - TQObjectListIt it(*l); - TQObject *o; - while( (o = it.current()) ) { - ++it; - if( o->isWidgetType() ) - d->tw->setTabEnabled( (TQWidget*)o, enable ); - } - } - delete l; -} - - -/* ### SHOULD THIS BE HERE? - Adds an Apply button to the dialog. The button's text is set to \e - text (and defaults to "Apply"). - - The Apply button should apply the current settings in the dialog box - to the application, while keeping the dialog visible. - - When Apply is clicked, the applyButtonPressed() signal is emitted. - - If \a text is a - \link TQString::operator!() null string\endlink, - no button is shown. - - \sa setCancelButton() setDefaultButton() applyButtonPressed() -*/ - - -/*! - Returns TRUE if the page \a w is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. - - \sa setTabEnabled(), TQWidget::isEnabled() -*/ - -bool TQTabDialog::isTabEnabled( TQWidget* w ) const -{ - return d->tw->isTabEnabled( w ); -} - -/*! - If \a enable is TRUE the page \a w is enabled; otherwise \a w is - disabled. The page's tab is redrawn appropriately. - - TQTabWidget uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a - separate flag. - - Note that even a disabled tab and tab page may be visible. If the - page is already visible TQTabWidget will not hide it; if all the - pages are disabled TQTabWidget will show one of them. - - \sa isTabEnabled(), TQWidget::setEnabled() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::setTabEnabled( TQWidget* w, bool enable) -{ - d->tw->setTabEnabled( w, enable ); -} - - -/*! - Adds an Apply button to the dialog. The button's text is set to \a - text. - - The Apply button should apply the current settings in the dialog box - to the application while keeping the dialog visible. - - When Apply is clicked, the applyButtonPressed() signal is emitted. - - If \a text is a - \link TQString::operator!() null string\endlink, - no button is shown. - - \sa setCancelButton() setDefaultButton() applyButtonPressed() -*/ -void TQTabDialog::setApplyButton( const TQString &text ) -{ - if ( !text && d->ab ) { - delete d->ab; - d->ab = 0; - setSizes(); - } else { - if ( !d->ab ) { - d->ab = new TQPushButton( this, "apply settings" ); - connect( d->ab, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SIGNAL(applyButtonPressed()) ); - setUpLayout(); - } - d->ab->setText( text ); - setSizes(); - //d->ab->show(); - } -} - -/*! - \overload - - Adds an Apply button to the dialog. The button's text is set to - a localizable "Apply". - */ -void TQTabDialog::setApplyButton() -{ - setApplyButton( tr("Apply") ); -} - - -/*! - Adds a Help button to the dialog. The button's text is set to \a - text. - - When Help is clicked, the helpButtonPressed() signal is emitted. - - If \a text is a - \link TQString::operator!() null string\endlink, - no button is shown. - - \sa setApplyButton() setCancelButton() helpButtonPressed() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::setHelpButton( const TQString &text ) -{ - if ( !text ) { - delete d->hb; - d->hb = 0; - setSizes(); - } else { - if ( !d->hb ) { - d->hb = new TQPushButton( this, "give help" ); - connect( d->hb, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SIGNAL(helpButtonPressed()) ); - setUpLayout(); - } - d->hb->setText( text ); - setSizes(); - //d->hb->show(); - } -} - - -/*! - \overload - - Adds a Help button to the dialog. The button's text is set to - a localizable "Help". - */ -void TQTabDialog::setHelpButton() -{ - setHelpButton( tr("Help") ); -} - -/*! - Adds a Defaults button to the dialog. The button's text is set to \a - text. - - The Defaults button should set the dialog (but not the application) - back to the application defaults. - - When Defaults is clicked, the defaultButtonPressed() signal is emitted. - - If \a text is a - \link TQString::operator!() null string\endlink, - no button is shown. - - \sa setApplyButton() setCancelButton() defaultButtonPressed() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::setDefaultButton( const TQString &text ) -{ - if ( !text ) { - delete d->db; - d->db = 0; - setSizes(); - } else { - if ( !d->db ) { - d->db = new TQPushButton( this, "back to default" ); - connect( d->db, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SIGNAL(defaultButtonPressed()) ); - setUpLayout(); - } - d->db->setText( text ); - setSizes(); - //d->db->show(); - } -} - - -/*! - \overload - - Adds a Defaults button to the dialog. The button's text is set to - a localizable "Defaults". - */ -void TQTabDialog::setDefaultButton() -{ - setDefaultButton( tr("Defaults") ); -} - -/*! - Adds a Cancel button to the dialog. The button's text is set to \a - text. - - The cancel button should always return the application to the state - it was in before the tab view popped up, or if the user has clicked - Apply, back to the state immediately after the last Apply. - - When Cancel is clicked, the cancelButtonPressed() signal is emitted. - The dialog is closed at the same time. - - If \a text is a - \link TQString::operator!() null string\endlink, - no button is shown. - - \sa setApplyButton() setDefaultButton() cancelButtonPressed() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::setCancelButton( const TQString &text ) -{ - if ( !text ) { - delete d->cb; - d->cb = 0; - setSizes(); - } else { - if ( !d->cb ) { - d->cb = new TQPushButton( this, "cancel dialog" ); - connect( d->cb, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SIGNAL(cancelButtonPressed()) ); - connect( d->cb, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SLOT(reject()) ); - setUpLayout(); - } - d->cb->setText( text ); - setSizes(); - //d->cb->show(); - } -} - - -/*! - \overload - - Adds a Cancel button to the dialog. The button's text is set to - a localizable "Cancel". - */ - -void TQTabDialog::setCancelButton() -{ - setCancelButton( tr("Cancel") ); -} - - -/*! Sets up the tqlayout manager for the tab dialog. - - \sa setSizes() setApplyButton() setCancelButton() setDefaultButton() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::setUpLayout() -{ - // the next four are probably the same, really? - const int topMargin = 6; - const int leftMargin = 6; - const int rightMargin = 6; - const int bottomMargin = 6; - const int betweenButtonsMargin = 7; - const int aboveButtonsMargin = 8; - - delete d->tll; - d->tll = new TQBoxLayout( this, TQBoxLayout::Down ); - - // top margin - d->tll->addSpacing( topMargin ); - - TQBoxLayout * tmp = new TQHBoxLayout(); - d->tll->addLayout( tmp, 1 ); - tmp->addSpacing( leftMargin ); - tmp->addWidget( d->tw, 1); - tmp->addSpacing( rightMargin + 2 ); - - d->tll->addSpacing( aboveButtonsMargin + 2 ); - TQBoxLayout * buttonRow = new TQBoxLayout(TQBoxLayout::RightToLeft); - d->tll->addLayout( buttonRow, 0 ); - d->tll->addSpacing( bottomMargin ); - - buttonRow->addSpacing( rightMargin ); - if ( d->cb ) { - buttonRow->addWidget( d->cb, 0 ); - buttonRow->addSpacing( betweenButtonsMargin ); - d->cb->raise(); - } - - if ( d->ab ) { - buttonRow->addWidget( d->ab, 0 ); - buttonRow->addSpacing( betweenButtonsMargin ); - d->ab->raise(); - } - - if ( d->db ) { - buttonRow->addWidget( d->db, 0 ); - buttonRow->addSpacing( betweenButtonsMargin ); - d->db->raise(); - } - - if ( d->hb ) { - buttonRow->addWidget( d->hb, 0 ); - buttonRow->addSpacing( betweenButtonsMargin ); - d->hb->raise(); - } - - if ( d->ok ) { - buttonRow->addWidget( d->ok, 0 ); - buttonRow->addSpacing( betweenButtonsMargin ); - d->ok->raise(); - } - - // add one custom widget here - buttonRow->addStretch( 1 ); - // add another custom widget here - - d->tll->activate(); -} - - -/*! Sets up the minimum and maximum sizes for each child widget. - - \sa setUpLayout() setFont() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::setSizes() -{ - // compute largest button size - TQSize s( 0, 0 ); - int bw = s.width(); - int bh = s.height(); - - if ( d->ok ) { - s = d->ok->tqsizeHint(); - if ( s.width() > bw ) - bw = s.width(); - if ( s.height() > bh ) - bh = s.height(); - } - - if ( d->ab ) { - s = d->ab->tqsizeHint(); - if ( s.width() > bw ) - bw = s.width(); - if ( s.height() > bh ) - bh = s.height(); - } - - if ( d->db ) { - s = d->db->tqsizeHint(); - if ( s.width() > bw ) - bw = s.width(); - if ( s.height() > bh ) - bh = s.height(); - } - - if ( d->hb ) { - s = d->hb->tqsizeHint(); - if ( s.width() > bw ) - bw = s.width(); - if ( s.height() > bh ) - bh = s.height(); - } - - if ( d->cb ) { - s = d->cb->tqsizeHint(); - if ( s.width() > bw ) - bw = s.width(); - if ( s.height() > bh ) - bh = s.height(); - } - - // and set all the buttons to that size - if ( d->ok ) - d->ok->setFixedSize( bw, bh ); - if ( d->ab ) - d->ab->setFixedSize( bw, bh ); - if ( d->db ) - d->db->setFixedSize( bw, bh ); - if ( d->hb ) - d->hb->setFixedSize( bw, bh ); - if ( d->cb ) - d->cb->setFixedSize( bw, bh ); - - // fiddle the tab chain so the buttons are in their natural order - TQWidget * w = d->ok; - - if ( d->hb ) { - if ( w ) - setTabOrder( w, d->hb ); - w = d->hb; - } - if ( d->db ) { - if ( w ) - setTabOrder( w, d->db ); - w = d->db; - } - if ( d->ab ) { - if ( w ) - setTabOrder( w, d->ab ); - w = d->ab; - } - if ( d->cb ) { - if ( w ) - setTabOrder( w, d->cb ); - w = d->cb; - } - setTabOrder( w, d->tw ); -} - -/*!\reimp -*/ -void TQTabDialog::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * e ) -{ - TQDialog::resizeEvent( e ); -} - - -/*!\reimp -*/ -void TQTabDialog::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ) -{ -} - - -/*! - Adds an OK button to the dialog and sets the button's text to \a text. - - When the OK button is clicked, the applyButtonPressed() signal is emitted, - and the current settings in the dialog box should be applied to - the application. The dialog then closes. - - If \a text is a - \link TQString::operator!() null string\endlink, - no button is shown. - - \sa setCancelButton() setDefaultButton() applyButtonPressed() -*/ - -void TQTabDialog::setOkButton( const TQString &text ) -{ - if ( !text ) { - delete d->ok; - d->ok = 0; - setSizes(); - } else { - if ( !d->ok ) { - d->ok = new TQPushButton( this, "ok" ); - connect( d->ok, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SIGNAL(applyButtonPressed()) ); - setUpLayout(); - } - d->ok->setText( text ); - setSizes(); - //d->ok->show(); - } -} -/*! - \overload - - Adds an OK button to the dialog. The button's text is set to - a localizable "OK". - */ - -void TQTabDialog::setOkButton() -{ - setOkButton( tr("OK") ); -} - - -/* - \overload - Old version of setOkButton(), provided for backward compatibility. -*/ -void TQTabDialog::setOKButton( const TQString &text ) -{ - // Ugly workaround for original "OK" default argument - TQString newText( text ); - if ( text.isNull() ) - newText = TQString::tqfromLatin1( "OK" ); - setOkButton( newText ); -} - - -/*! Returns the text in the tab for page \a w. -*/ - -TQString TQTabDialog::tabLabel( TQWidget * w ) -{ - return d->tw->tabLabel( w ); -} - - -/*! \reimp -*/ -void TQTabDialog::styleChange( QStyle& s ) -{ - TQDialog::styleChange( s ); - setSizes(); -} - - -/*! Returns a pointer to the page currently being displayed by the -tab dialog. The tab dialog does its best to make sure that this value -is never 0 (but if you try hard enough, it can be). -*/ - -TQWidget * TQTabDialog::currentPage() const -{ - return d->tw->currentPage(); -} - -/*! - \overload - Defines a new \a label for the tab of page \a w - */ -void TQTabDialog::changeTab( TQWidget *w, const TQString &label) -{ - d->tw->changeTab( w, label ); -} - -/*! - Changes tab page \a w's iconset to \a iconset and label to \a label. - - */ -void TQTabDialog::changeTab( TQWidget *w, const TQIconSet& iconset, const TQString &label) -{ - d->tw->changeTab( w, iconset, label ); -} - -/*! Removes page \a w from this stack of widgets. Does not - delete \a w. - \sa showPage(), TQTabWidget::removePage(), TQWidgetStack::removeWidget() -*/ -void TQTabDialog::removePage( TQWidget * w ) -{ - d->tw->removePage( w ); -} - -#endif diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqtabdialog.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqtabdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6e98d166a..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqtabdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQTabDialog class -** -** Created : 960825 -** -** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQTABDIALOG_H -#define TQTABDIALOG_H - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqdialog.h" -#include "tqiconset.h" -#endif // TQT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_TABDIALOG - -class TQTabBar; -class TQTab; -class TQTabDialogPrivate; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQTabDialog : public TQDialog -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQTabDialog( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool modal=FALSE, - WFlags f=0 ); - ~TQTabDialog(); - - void show(); - void setFont( const TQFont & font ); - - void addTab( TQWidget *, const TQString &); - void addTab( TQWidget *child, const TQIconSet& iconset, const TQString &label); - void addTab( TQWidget *, TQTab* ); - - void insertTab( TQWidget *, const TQString &, int index = -1); - void insertTab( TQWidget *child, const TQIconSet& iconset, const TQString &label, int index = -1); - void insertTab( TQWidget *, TQTab*, int index = -1 ); - - void changeTab( TQWidget *, const TQString &); - void changeTab( TQWidget *child, const TQIconSet& iconset, const TQString &label); - - bool isTabEnabled( TQWidget * ) const; - void setTabEnabled( TQWidget *, bool ); - bool isTabEnabled( const char* ) const; // compatibility - void setTabEnabled( const char*, bool ); // compatibility - - void showPage( TQWidget * ); - void removePage( TQWidget * ); - TQString tabLabel( TQWidget * ); - - TQWidget * currentPage() const; - - void setDefaultButton( const TQString &text ); - void setDefaultButton(); - bool hasDefaultButton() const; - - void setHelpButton( const TQString &text ); - void setHelpButton(); - bool hasHelpButton() const; - - void setCancelButton( const TQString &text ); - void setCancelButton(); - bool hasCancelButton() const; - - void setApplyButton( const TQString &text ); - void setApplyButton(); - bool hasApplyButton() const; - -#ifndef TQ_TQDOC - void setOKButton( const TQString &text = TQString::null ); -#endif - void setOkButton( const TQString &text ); - void setOkButton(); - bool hasOkButton() const; - -protected: - void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ); - void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ); - void styleChange( QStyle& ); - void setTabBar( TQTabBar* ); - TQTabBar* tabBar() const; - -Q_SIGNALS: - void aboutToShow(); - - void applyButtonPressed(); - void cancelButtonPressed(); - void defaultButtonPressed(); - void helpButtonPressed(); - - void currentChanged( TQWidget * ); - void selected( const TQString& ); // obsolete - -private Q_SLOTS: - void showTab( int i ); - -private: - void setSizes(); - void setUpLayout(); - - TQTabDialogPrivate *d; -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQTabDialog( const TQTabDialog & ); - TQTabDialog& operator=( const TQTabDialog & ); -#endif -}; - -#endif // TQT_NO_TABDIALOG - -#endif // TQTABDIALOG_H diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqwizard.cpp b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqwizard.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 4e3f59262..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqwizard.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,917 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of TQWizard class. -** -** Created : 990124 -** -** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "tqwizard.h" - -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIZARD - -#include "tqlayout.h" -#include "tqpushbutton.h" -#include "tqcursor.h" -#include "tqlabel.h" -#include "tqwidgetstack.h" -#include "tqapplication.h" -#include "tqptrlist.h" -#include "tqpainter.h" -#include "tqaccel.h" - -/*! \file wizard/wizard.cpp */ -/*! \file wizard/wizard.h */ - -/*! - \class TQWizard tqwizard.h - \brief The TQWizard class provides a framework for wizard dialogs. - - \ingroup abstractwidgets - \ingroup organizers - \ingroup dialogs - \mainclass - - A wizard is a special type of input dialog that consists of a - sequence of dialog pages. A wizard's purpose is to walk the user - through a process step by step. Wizards are useful for complex or - infrequently occurring tasks that people may find difficult to - learn or do. - - TQWizard provides page titles and displays Next, Back, Finish, - Cancel, and Help push buttons, as appropriate to the current - position in the page sequence. These buttons can be - enabled/disabled using setBackEnabled(), setNextEnabled(), - setFinishEnabled() and setHelpEnabled(). - - Create and populate dialog pages that inherit from TQWidget and add - them to the wizard using addPage(). Use insertPage() to add a - dialog page at a certain position in the page sequence. Use - removePage() to remove a page from the page sequence. - - Use currentPage() to retrieve a pointer to the currently displayed - page. page() returns a pointer to the page at a certain position - in the page sequence. - - Use pageCount() to retrieve the total number of pages in the page - sequence. indexOf() will return the index of a page in the page - sequence. - - TQWizard provides functionality to mark pages as appropriate (or - not) in the current context with setAppropriate(). The idea is - that a page may be irrelevant and should be skipped depending on - the data entered by the user on a preceding page. - - It is generally considered good design to provide a greater number - of simple pages with fewer choices rather than a smaller number of - complex pages. - - Example code is available here: \l wizard/wizard.cpp \l wizard/wizard.h - - \img qwizard.png A TQWizard page - \caption A TQWizard page - -*/ - - -class TQWizardPrivate -{ -public: - struct Page { - Page( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & title ): - w( widget ), t( title ), - backEnabled( TRUE ), nextEnabled( TRUE ), finishEnabled( FALSE ), - helpEnabled( TRUE ), - appropriate( TRUE ) - {} - TQWidget * w; - TQString t; - bool backEnabled; - bool nextEnabled; - bool finishEnabled; - bool helpEnabled; - bool appropriate; - }; - - TQVBoxLayout * v; - Page * current; - TQWidgetStack * ws; - TQPtrList<Page> pages; - TQLabel * title; - TQPushButton * backButton; - TQPushButton * nextButton; - TQPushButton * finishButton; - TQPushButton * cancelButton; - TQPushButton * helpButton; - - TQFrame * hbar1, * hbar2; - -#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL - TQAccel * accel; - int backAccel; - int nextAccel; -#endif - - Page * page( const TQWidget * w ) - { - if ( !w ) - return 0; - int i = pages.count(); - while( --i >= 0 && pages.at( i ) && pages.at( i )->w != w ) { } - return i >= 0 ? pages.at( i ) : 0; - } - -}; - - -/*! - Constructs an empty wizard dialog. The \a parent, \a name, \a - modal and \a f arguments are passed to the TQDialog constructor. -*/ - -TQWizard::TQWizard( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal, - WFlags f ) - : TQDialog( parent, name, modal, f ) -{ - d = new TQWizardPrivate(); - d->current = 0; // not quite true, but... - d->ws = new TQWidgetStack( this, "qt_widgetstack" ); - d->pages.setAutoDelete( TRUE ); - d->title = new TQLabel( this, "title label" ); - - // create in nice tab order - d->nextButton = new TQPushButton( this, "next" ); - d->finishButton = new TQPushButton( this, "finish" ); - d->helpButton = new TQPushButton( this, "help" ); - d->backButton = new TQPushButton( this, "back" ); - d->cancelButton = new TQPushButton( this, "cancel" ); - - d->ws->installEventFilter( this ); - - d->v = 0; - d->hbar1 = 0; - d->hbar2 = 0; - - d->cancelButton->setText( tr( "&Cancel" ) ); - d->backButton->setText( tr( "< &Back" ) ); - d->nextButton->setText( tr( "&Next >" ) ); - d->finishButton->setText( tr( "&Finish" ) ); - d->helpButton->setText( tr( "&Help" ) ); - - d->nextButton->setDefault( TRUE ); - - connect( d->backButton, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SLOT(back()) ); - connect( d->nextButton, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SLOT(next()) ); - connect( d->finishButton, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SLOT(accept()) ); - connect( d->cancelButton, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SLOT(reject()) ); - connect( d->helpButton, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, TQT_SLOT(help()) ); - -#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL - d->accel = new TQAccel( this, "arrow-key accel" ); - d->backAccel = d->accel->insertItem( TQt::ALT + TQt::Key_Left ); - d->accel->connectItem( d->backAccel, this, TQT_SLOT(back()) ); - d->nextAccel = d->accel->insertItem( TQt::ALT + TQt::Key_Right ); - d->accel->connectItem( d->nextAccel, this, TQT_SLOT(next()) ); -#endif -} - - -/*! - Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources, including - all pages and controllers. -*/ - -TQWizard::~TQWizard() -{ - delete d; -} - - -/*! - \reimp -*/ - -void TQWizard::show() -{ - if ( !d->current ) { - // No page yet - if ( pageCount() > 0 ) - showPage( d->pages.at( 0 )->w ); - else - showPage( 0 ); - } - - TQDialog::show(); -} - - -/*! - \reimp -*/ - -void TQWizard::setFont( const TQFont & font ) -{ - TQApplication::postEvent( this, new TQEvent( TQEvent::LayoutHint ) ); - TQDialog::setFont( font ); -} - - -/*! - Adds \a page to the end of the page sequence, with the title, \a - title. -*/ - -void TQWizard::addPage( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title ) -{ - if ( !page ) - return; - if ( d->page( page ) ) { -#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE) - qWarning( "TQWizard::addPage(): already added %s/%s to %s/%s", - page->className(), page->name(), - className(), name() ); -#endif - return; - } - int i = d->pages.count(); - - if( i > 0 ) - d->pages.at( i - 1 )->nextEnabled = TRUE; - - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = new TQWizardPrivate::Page( page, title ); - p->backEnabled = ( i > 0 ); - d->ws->addWidget( page, i ); - d->pages.append( p ); -} - -/*! - Inserts \a page at position \a index into the page sequence, with - title \a title. If \a index is -1, the page will be appended to - the end of the wizard's page sequence. -*/ - -void TQWizard::insertPage( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title, int index ) -{ - if ( !page ) - return; - if ( d->page( page ) ) { -#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE) - qWarning( "TQWizard::insertPage(): already added %s/%s to %s/%s", - page->className(), page->name(), - className(), name() ); -#endif - return; - } - - if ( index < 0 || index > (int)d->pages.count() ) - index = d->pages.count(); - - if( index > 0 && ( index == (int)d->pages.count() ) ) - d->pages.at( index - 1 )->nextEnabled = TRUE; - - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = new TQWizardPrivate::Page( page, title ); - p->backEnabled = ( index > 0 ); - p->nextEnabled = ( index < (int)d->pages.count() ); - - d->ws->addWidget( page, index ); - d->pages.insert( index, p ); -} - -/*! - \fn void TQWizard::selected(const TQString&) - - This signal is emitted when the current page changes. The - parameter contains the title of the selected page. -*/ - - -/*! - Makes \a page the current page and emits the selected() signal. - - This virtual function is called whenever a different page is to - be shown, including the first time the TQWizard is shown. - By reimplementing it (and calling TQWizard::showPage()), - you can prepare each page prior to it being shown. -*/ - -void TQWizard::showPage( TQWidget * page ) -{ - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->page( page ); - if ( p ) { - int i; - for( i = 0; i < (int)d->pages.count() && d->pages.at( i ) != p; i++ ); - bool notFirst( FALSE ); - - if( i ) { - i--; - while( ( i >= 0 ) && !notFirst ) { - notFirst |= appropriate( d->pages.at( i )->w ); - i--; - } - } - setBackEnabled( notFirst ); - setNextEnabled( TRUE ); - d->ws->raiseWidget( page ); - d->current = p; - } - - layOut(); - updateButtons(); - emit selected( p ? p->t : TQString::null ); -} - - -/*! - Returns the number of pages in the wizard. -*/ - -int TQWizard::pageCount() const -{ - return d->pages.count(); -} - -/*! - Returns the position of page \a page. If the page is not part of - the wizard -1 is returned. -*/ - -int TQWizard::indexOf( TQWidget* page ) const -{ - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->page( page ); - if ( !p ) return -1; - - return d->pages.find( p ); -} - -/*! - Called when the user clicks the Back button; this function shows - the preceding relevant page in the sequence. - - \sa appropriate() -*/ -void TQWizard::back() -{ - int i = 0; - - while( i < (int)d->pages.count() && d->pages.at( i ) && - d->current && d->pages.at( i )->w != d->current->w ) - i++; - - i--; - while( i >= 0 && ( !d->pages.at( i ) || !appropriate( d->pages.at( i )->w ) ) ) - i--; - - if( i >= 0 ) - if( d->pages.at( i ) ) - showPage( d->pages.at( i )->w ); -} - - -/*! - Called when the user clicks the Next button, this function shows - the next relevant page in the sequence. - - \sa appropriate() -*/ -void TQWizard::next() -{ - int i = 0; - while( i < (int)d->pages.count() && d->pages.at( i ) && - d->current && d->pages.at( i )->w != d->current->w ) - i++; - i++; - while( i <= (int)d->pages.count()-1 && - ( !d->pages.at( i ) || !appropriate( d->pages.at( i )->w ) ) ) - i++; - // if we fell of the end of the world, step back - while ( i > 0 && (i >= (int)d->pages.count() || !d->pages.at( i ) ) ) - i--; - if ( d->pages.at( i ) ) - showPage( d->pages.at( i )->w ); -} - - -/*! - \fn void TQWizard::helpClicked() - - This signal is emitted when the user clicks on the Help button. -*/ - -/*! - Called when the user clicks the Help button, this function emits - the helpClicked() signal. -*/ - -void TQWizard::help() -{ - TQWidget * page = d->ws->visibleWidget(); - if ( !page ) - return; - -#if 0 - TQWizardPage *wpage = ::tqqt_cast<TQWizardPage*>(page); - if ( wpage ) - emit wpage->helpClicked(); -#endif - emit helpClicked(); -} - - -void TQWizard::setBackEnabled( bool enable ) -{ - d->backButton->setEnabled( enable ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL - d->accel->setItemEnabled( d->backAccel, enable ); -#endif -} - - -void TQWizard::setNextEnabled( bool enable ) -{ - d->nextButton->setEnabled( enable ); -#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL - d->accel->setItemEnabled( d->nextAccel, enable ); -#endif -} - - -void TQWizard::setHelpEnabled( bool enable ) -{ - d->helpButton->setEnabled( enable ); -} - - -/*! - \fn void TQWizard::setFinish( TQWidget *, bool ) - \obsolete - - Use setFinishEnabled instead -*/ - -/*! - If \a enable is TRUE, page \a page has a Back button; otherwise \a - page has no Back button. By default all pages have this button. -*/ -void TQWizard::setBackEnabled( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) -{ - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->page( page ); - if ( !p ) - return; - - p->backEnabled = enable; - updateButtons(); -} - - -/*! - If \a enable is TRUE, page \a page has a Next button; otherwise - the Next button on \a page is disabled. By default all pages have - this button. -*/ - -void TQWizard::setNextEnabled( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) -{ - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->page( page ); - if ( !p ) - return; - - p->nextEnabled = enable; - updateButtons(); -} - - -/*! - If \a enable is TRUE, page \a page has a Finish button; otherwise - \a page has no Finish button. By default \e no page has this - button. -*/ -void TQWizard::setFinishEnabled( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) -{ - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->page( page ); - if ( !p ) - return; - - p->finishEnabled = enable; - updateButtons(); -} - - -/*! - If \a enable is TRUE, page \a page has a Help button; otherwise \a - page has no Help button. By default all pages have this button. -*/ -void TQWizard::setHelpEnabled( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) -{ - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->page( page ); - if ( !p ) - return; - - p->helpEnabled = enable; - updateButtons(); -} - - -/*! - Called when the Next button is clicked; this virtual function - returns TRUE if \a page is relevant for display in the current - context; otherwise it is ignored by TQWizard and returns FALSE. The - default implementation returns the value set using - setAppropriate(). The ultimate default is TRUE. - - \warning The last page of the wizard will be displayed if no page - is relevant in the current context. -*/ - -bool TQWizard::appropriate( TQWidget * page ) const -{ - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->page( page ); - return p ? p->appropriate : TRUE; -} - - -/*! - If \a appropriate is TRUE then page \a page is considered relevant - in the current context and should be displayed in the page - sequence; otherwise \a page should not be displayed in the page - sequence. - - \sa appropriate() -*/ -void TQWizard::setAppropriate( TQWidget * page, bool appropriate ) -{ - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->page( page ); - if ( p ) - p->appropriate = appropriate; -} - - -void TQWizard::updateButtons() -{ - if ( !d->current ) - return; - - int i; - for( i = 0; i < (int)d->pages.count() && d->pages.at( i ) != d->current; i++ ); - bool notFirst( FALSE ); - if( i ) { - i--; - while( ( i >= 0 ) && !notFirst ) { - notFirst |= appropriate( d->pages.at( i )->w ); - i--; - } - } - setBackEnabled( d->current->backEnabled && notFirst ); - setNextEnabled( d->current->nextEnabled ); - d->finishButton->setEnabled( d->current->finishEnabled ); - d->helpButton->setEnabled( d->current->helpEnabled ); - - if ( ( d->current->finishEnabled && !d->finishButton->isVisible() ) || - ( d->current->backEnabled && !d->backButton->isVisible() ) || - ( d->current->nextEnabled && !d->nextButton->isVisible() ) || - ( d->current->helpEnabled && !d->helpButton->isVisible() ) ) - layOut(); -} - - -/*! - Returns a pointer to the current page in the sequence. Although - the wizard does its best to make sure that this value is never 0, - it can be if you try hard enough. -*/ - -TQWidget * TQWizard::currentPage() const -{ - return d->ws->visibleWidget(); -} - - -/*! - Returns the title of page \a page. -*/ - -TQString TQWizard::title( TQWidget * page ) const -{ - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->page( page ); - return p ? p->t : TQString::null; -} - -/*! - Sets the title for page \a page to \a title. -*/ - -void TQWizard::setTitle( TQWidget *page, const TQString &title ) -{ - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->page( page ); - if ( p ) - p->t = title; - if ( page == currentPage() ) - d->title->setText( title ); -} - -/*! - \property TQWizard::titleFont - \brief the font used for page titles - - The default is TQApplication::font(). -*/ -TQFont TQWizard::titleFont() const -{ - return d->title->font(); -} - -void TQWizard::setTitleFont( const TQFont & font ) -{ - d->title->setFont( font ); -} - - -/*! - Returns a pointer to the dialog's Back button - - By default, this button is connected to the back() slot, which is - virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass. Use - setBackEnabled() to enable/disable this button. -*/ -TQPushButton * TQWizard::backButton() const -{ - return d->backButton; -} - - -/*! - Returns a pointer to the dialog's Next button - - By default, this button is connected to the next() slot, which is - virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass. Use - setNextEnabled() to enable/disable this button. -*/ -TQPushButton * TQWizard::nextButton() const -{ - return d->nextButton; -} - - -/*! - Returns a pointer to the dialog's Finish button - - By default, this button is connected to the TQDialog::accept() - slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard - subclass. Use setFinishEnabled() to enable/disable this button. -*/ -TQPushButton * TQWizard::finishButton() const -{ - return d->finishButton; -} - - -/*! - Returns a pointer to the dialog's Cancel button - - By default, this button is connected to the TQDialog::reject() - slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard - subclass. -*/ -TQPushButton * TQWizard::cancelButton() const -{ - return d->cancelButton; -} - - -/*! - Returns a pointer to the dialog's Help button - - By default, this button is connected to the help() slot, which is - virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass. Use - setHelpEnabled() to enable/disable this button. -*/ -TQPushButton * TQWizard::helpButton() const -{ - return d->helpButton; -} - - -/*! - This virtual function is responsible for adding the buttons below - the bottom divider. - - \a tqlayout is the horizontal tqlayout of the entire wizard. -*/ - -void TQWizard::layOutButtonRow( TQHBoxLayout * tqlayout ) -{ - bool hasHelp = FALSE; - bool hasEarlyFinish = FALSE; - - int i = d->pages.count() - 2; - while ( !hasEarlyFinish && i >= 0 ) { - if ( d->pages.at( i ) && d->pages.at( i )->finishEnabled ) - hasEarlyFinish = TRUE; - i--; - } - i = 0; - while ( !hasHelp && i < (int)d->pages.count() ) { - if ( d->pages.at( i ) && d->pages.at( i )->helpEnabled ) - hasHelp = TRUE; - i++; - } - - TQBoxLayout * h = new TQBoxLayout( TQBoxLayout::LeftToRight ); - tqlayout->addLayout( h ); - - if ( hasHelp ) - h->addWidget( d->helpButton ); - else - d->helpButton->hide(); - - h->addStretch( 42 ); - - h->addWidget( d->backButton ); - - h->addSpacing( 6 ); - - if (d->current == d->pages.at( d->pages.count()-1 )) - hasEarlyFinish = FALSE; - - if ( hasEarlyFinish ) { - d->nextButton->show(); - d->finishButton->show(); - h->addWidget( d->nextButton ); - h->addSpacing( 12 ); - h->addWidget( d->finishButton ); - } else if ( d->pages.count() == 0 || - d->current->finishEnabled || - d->current == d->pages.at( d->pages.count()-1 ) ) { - d->nextButton->hide(); - d->finishButton->show(); - h->addWidget( d->finishButton ); - } else { - d->nextButton->show(); - d->finishButton->hide(); - h->addWidget( d->nextButton ); - } - - // if last page is disabled - show finished btn. at lastpage-1 - i = d->pages.count()-1; - if ( i >= 0 && !appropriate( d->pages.at( i )->w ) && - d->current == d->pages.at( d->pages.count()-2 ) ) { - d->nextButton->hide(); - d->finishButton->show(); - h->addWidget( d->finishButton ); - } - - h->addSpacing( 12 ); - h->addWidget( d->cancelButton ); -} - - -/*! - This virtual function is responsible for laying out the title row. - - \a tqlayout is the horizontal tqlayout for the wizard, and \a - title is the title for this page. This function is called every - time \a title changes. -*/ - -void TQWizard::layOutTitleRow( TQHBoxLayout * tqlayout, const TQString & title ) -{ - d->title->setText( title ); - tqlayout->addWidget( d->title, 10 ); -} - - -/* - -*/ - -void TQWizard::layOut() -{ - delete d->v; - d->v = new TQVBoxLayout( this, 6, 0, "top-level tqlayout" ); - - TQHBoxLayout * l; - l = new TQHBoxLayout( 6 ); - d->v->addLayout( l, 0 ); - layOutTitleRow( l, d->current ? d->current->t : TQString::null ); - - if ( ! d->hbar1 ) { - d->hbar1 = new TQFrame( this, "<hr>", 0 ); - d->hbar1->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Sunken + TQFrame::HLine ); - d->hbar1->setFixedHeight( 12 ); - } - - d->v->addWidget( d->hbar1 ); - - d->v->addWidget( d->ws, 10 ); - - if ( ! d->hbar2 ) { - d->hbar2 = new TQFrame( this, "<hr>", 0 ); - d->hbar2->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Sunken + TQFrame::HLine ); - d->hbar2->setFixedHeight( 12 ); - } - d->v->addWidget( d->hbar2 ); - - l = new TQHBoxLayout( 6 ); - d->v->addLayout( l ); - layOutButtonRow( l ); - d->v->activate(); -} - - -/*! - \reimp -*/ - -bool TQWizard::eventFilter( TQObject * o, TQEvent * e ) -{ - if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(d->ws) && e && e->type() == TQEvent::ChildRemoved ) { - TQChildEvent * c = (TQChildEvent*)e; - if ( c->child() && c->child()->isWidgetType() ) - removePage( (TQWidget *)c->child() ); - } - return TQDialog::eventFilter( o, e ); -} - - -/*! - Removes \a page from the page sequence but does not delete the - page. If \a page is currently being displayed, TQWizard will - display the page that precedes it, or the first page if this was - the first page. -*/ - -void TQWizard::removePage( TQWidget * page ) -{ - if ( !page ) - return; - - int i = d->pages.count(); - TQWidget* cp = currentPage(); - while( --i >= 0 && d->pages.at( i ) && d->pages.at( i )->w != page ) { } - if ( i < 0 ) - return; - TQWizardPrivate::Page * p = d->pages.at( i ); - d->pages.removeRef( p ); - d->ws->removeWidget( page ); - - if( cp == page ) { - i--; - if( i < 0 ) - i = 0; - if ( pageCount() > 0 ) - showPage( TQWizard::page( i ) ); - } -} - - -/*! - Returns a pointer to the page at position \a index in the - sequence, or 0 if \a index is out of range. The first page has - index 0. -*/ - -TQWidget* TQWizard::page( int index ) const -{ - if ( index >= pageCount() || index < 0 ) - return 0; - - return d->pages.at( index )->w; -} - -#endif // TQT_NO_WIZARD diff --git a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqwizard.h b/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqwizard.h deleted file mode 100644 index f3a5fadf2..000000000 --- a/experimental/tqtinterface/qt4/src/dialogs/tqwizard.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of the TQWizard class. -** -** Created : 990101 -** -** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. -** -** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQWIZARDDIALOG_H -#define TQWIZARDDIALOG_H - - -#ifndef TQT_H -#include "tqdialog.h" -#endif // TQT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_WIZARD - -class TQHBoxLayout; -class TQWizardPrivate; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQWizard : public TQDialog -{ - Q_OBJECT - TQ_OBJECT - Q_PROPERTY( TQFont titleFont READ titleFont WRITE setTitleFont ) - -public: - TQWizard( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, bool modal=FALSE, - WFlags f=0 ); - ~TQWizard(); - - void show(); - - void setFont( const TQFont & font ); - - virtual void addPage( TQWidget *, const TQString & ); - virtual void insertPage( TQWidget*, const TQString&, int ); - virtual void removePage( TQWidget * ); - - TQString title( TQWidget * ) const; - void setTitle( TQWidget *, const TQString & ); - TQFont titleFont() const; - void setTitleFont( const TQFont & ); - - virtual void showPage( TQWidget * ); - - TQWidget * currentPage() const; - - TQWidget* page( int ) const; - int pageCount() const; - int indexOf( TQWidget* ) const; - - virtual bool appropriate( TQWidget * ) const; - virtual void setAppropriate( TQWidget *, bool ); - - TQPushButton * backButton() const; - TQPushButton * nextButton() const; - TQPushButton * finishButton() const; - TQPushButton * cancelButton() const; - TQPushButton * helpButton() const; - - bool eventFilter( TQObject *, TQEvent * ); - -public Q_SLOTS: - virtual void setBackEnabled( TQWidget *, bool ); - virtual void setNextEnabled( TQWidget *, bool ); - virtual void setFinishEnabled( TQWidget *, bool ); - - virtual void setHelpEnabled( TQWidget *, bool ); - - // obsolete - virtual void setFinish( TQWidget *, bool ) {} - -protected Q_SLOTS: - virtual void back(); - virtual void next(); - virtual void help(); - -Q_SIGNALS: - void helpClicked(); - void selected( const TQString& ); - -protected: - virtual void layOutButtonRow( TQHBoxLayout * ); - virtual void layOutTitleRow( TQHBoxLayout *, const TQString & ); - -private: - void setBackEnabled( bool ); - void setNextEnabled( bool ); - - void setHelpEnabled( bool ); - - void setNextPage( TQWidget * ); - - void updateButtons(); - - void layOut(); - - TQWizardPrivate *d; - -private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator= -#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) - TQWizard( const TQWizard & ); - TQWizard& operator=( const TQWizard & ); -#endif -}; - -#endif // TQT_NO_WIZARD - -#endif // TQWIZARD_H |